
If the menu scrolls up instead of down, click on the heading to go to a full page outline.
Hasten The Day!
2 Peter 3:9 The Lord is not slow in keeping his promise, as some understand slowness. Instead he is patient with you, not wanting anyone to perish, but everyone to come to repentance. 10 But the day of the Lord will come like a thief. The heavens will disappear with a roar; the elements will be destroyed by fire, and the earth and everything done in it will be laid bare. 11 Therefore, since all these things will be dissolved, what manner of persons ought you to be in holy conduct and godliness, 12 looking for and hastening the coming of the day of God, because of which the heavens will be dissolved, being on fire, and the elements will melt with fervent heat? 13 Nevertheless we, according to His promise, look for new heavens and a new earth in which righteousness dwells. [See Table of Contents for all End-Time Prophecies covered here, best viewed on a big screen]
Future Prophesies - the Stage is Set (Can Happen Any Day)
ONE WORLD (BABYLON) - GOVERNMENT
Does the Bible prophesy a one-world government and currency in the end times?
The Rise of a One World Government
Collapse of the World's Governments
How Governments Collapse (and How Close We May Be)
The Collapse of Government – The Rise of Resistance and Awareness
ESG (Environmental, Social, Governance) Scores
ESG Reports and Ratings: What They Are, Why They Matter
What Is ESG? It's A Leveraging Tool For The Woke Communist Takeover
The ESG Narrative Is A Wolf In Sheep's Clothing
World Government at the Door
World Health Organization (WHO)
We Can Kiss Our National Sovereignty Goodbye
Rep. Chris Smith warns WHO pandemic treaty is the greatest threat to freedom in human history
Time running out to stop Biden’s plot to secretly undermine U.S. national sovereignty
‘An impeachable offense’: Dr. Robert Malone slams Biden admin-proposed WHO amendments
United Nations (UN)
17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDG)
The Truth about the UN's Agenda 2030 — What You Need to Know
Agenda 21 - Climate change and the environment
United Nations 2.0
Conceptual Advances for United Nations 2.0
What Are These UN Agendas Really Doing?
Agenda 21 / United Nations / New World Order - NWO: Blueprint Of Madmen
The True Objectives Behind Their 17 ‘New Sustainable Development Goals’
UN, World Economic Forum Behind Global ‘War on Farmers’: Experts
Fraudulent Labeling - The Way the UN is Dragging the World Into The Abyss
World Economic Forum (WEF)
The Great Reset (One-World Antichrist Reset)
The Great Reset - Lamb & Lion Bible Prophecy Conference
Yuval Harari's blistering warning to Davos 2020
The Global Reset/Rise of the Antichrist
Australian Great Reset Tyranny
Shocking Glimpse Into Life After The Great Reset - WEF's Sinister Plans
The "Great Narrative" Initiative
New World Order
The New World Order by A. Ralph Epperson
COVID-19: Transition to the New World Order
Conditioning of America for the New World Order
Viganò:”those who resist the NWO will have the help and protection of God”
The New World Order and Soon Return of Christ
Smart City Agenda
World Economic Forum Promotes Smart City Governance
Boris Johnson on Smart Tech & Digital Authoritarianism at UN Assembly
Attack of the Drones: Skynet is Coming
Antichrist Kingdom
Where will the One World Government headquarters of the Antichrist be located?
UN 17 Sustainable Development Goals and What They Really Mean
For details and documented proof, see UN Trojan Horse
Goal 1: End poverty in all its forms everywhere.
Translation: Centralized banks, IMF, World Bank, Fed to control all finances, digital one world currency in a cashless society.
Goal 2: End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition and promote sustainable agriculture.
Translation: GMO's.
Goal 3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages.
Translation: Mass vaccination, Codex Alimentarius.
Goal 4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all.
Translation: UN propaganda, brainwashing through compulsory education from cradle to grave.
Goal 5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls.
Translation: Population control through forced “Family Planning”.
Goal 6: Ensure availability and sustainable management of water and sanitation for all.
Translation: Privatize all water sources, don’t forget to add fluoride.
Goal 7: Ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern energy for all.
Translation: Smart grid with smart meters on everything, peak pricing.
Goal 8: Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable economic growth, full and productive employment and decent work for all.
Translation: TPP, free trade zones that favor megacorporate interests.
Goal 9: Build resilient infrastructure, promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster innovation.
Translation: Toll roads, push public transit, remove free travel, environmental restrictions.
Goal 10: Reduce inequality within and among countries.
Translation: Even more regional government bureaucracy like a mutant octopus.
Goal 11: Make cities and human settlements inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable.
Translation: Big brother big data surveillance state.
Goal 12: Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns.
Translation: Forced austerity.
Goal 13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts.
Translation: Cap and Trade, carbon taxes/credits, footprint taxes (aka Al Gore’s wet dream).
Goal 14: Conserve and sustainably use the oceans, seas and marine resources for sustainable development.
Translation: Environmental restrictions, control all oceans including mineral rights from ocean floors.
Goal 15: Protect, restore and promote sustainable use of terrestrial ecosystems, sustainably manage forests, combat desertification, and halt and reverse land degradation and halt biodiversity loss.
Translation: More environmental restrictions, more controlling resources and mineral rights.
Goal 16: Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainable development, provide access to justice for all and build effective, accountable and inclusive institutions at all levels.
Translation: UN “peacekeeping” missions (ex 1, ex 2), the International Court of (blind) Justice, force people together via fake refugee crises and then mediate with more “UN peacekeeping” when tension breaks out to gain more control over a region, remove 2nd Amendment in USA.
Goal 17: Strengthen the means of implementation and revitalize the global partnership for sustainable development.
Translation: Remove national sovereignty worldwide, promote globalism under the “authority” and bloated, Orwellian bureaucracy of the UN
Does the Bible prophesy a one-world government and a one-world currency in the end times?
https://www.gotquestions.org/one-world-government.html
The Bible does not use the phrase “one-world government” or “one-world currency” in referring to the end times. It does, however, provide ample evidence to enable us to draw the conclusion that both will exist under the rule of the Antichrist in the last days.
In his apocalyptic vision in the Book of Revelation, the Apostle John sees the “beast,” also called the Antichrist, rising out of the sea having seven heads and ten horns (Revelation 13:1). Combining this vision with Daniel’s similar one (Daniel 7:16-24), we can conclude that some sort of world system will be inaugurated by the beast, the most powerful “horn,” who will defeat the other nine and will begin to wage war against Christians. The ten-nation confederacy is also seen in Daniel’s image of the statue in Daniel 2:41-42, where he pictures the final world government consisting of ten entities represented by the ten toes of the statue. Whoever the ten are and however they come to power, Scripture is clear that the beast will either destroy them or reduce their power to nothing more than figureheads. In the end, they will do his bidding.
John goes on to describe the ruler of this vast empire as having power and great authority, given to him by Satan himself (Revelation 13:2), being followed by and receiving worship from “all the world” (13:3-4), and having authority over “every tribe, people, language and nation” (13:7). From this description, it is logical to assume that this person is the leader of a one-world government which is recognized as sovereign over all other governments. It’s hard to imagine how such diverse systems of government as are in power today would willingly subjugate themselves to a single ruler, and there are many theories on the subject. A logical conclusion is that the disasters and plagues described in Revelation as the seal and trumpet judgments (chapters 6-11) will be so devastating and create such a monumental global crisis that people will embrace anything and anyone who promises to give them relief.
Once entrenched in power, the beast (Antichrist) and the power behind him (Satan) will move to establish absolute control over all peoples of the earth to accomplish their true end, the worship Satan has been seeking ever since being thrown out of heaven (Isaiah 14:12-14). One way they will accomplish this is by controlling all commerce, and this is where the idea of a one-world currency comes in. Revelation 13:16-17 describes some sort of satanic mark which will be required in order to buy and sell. This means anyone who refuses the mark will be unable to buy food, clothing or other necessities of life. No doubt the vast majority of people in the world will succumb to the mark simply to survive. Again, verse 16 makes it clear that this will be a universal system of control where everyone, rich and poor, great and small, will bear the mark on their hand or forehead. There is a great deal of speculation as to how exactly this mark will be affixed, but the technologies that are available right now could accomplish it very easily.
Those who are left behind after the Rapture of the Church will be faced with an excruciating choice—accept the mark of the beast in order to survive or face starvation and horrific persecution by the Antichrist and his followers. But those who come to Christ during this time, those whose names are written in the Lamb’s book of life (Revelation 13:8), will choose to endure, even to martyrdom.
Does the Bible Prophesy a One-World Government and a One-World Currency in the End Times?
Antichrist Kingdom Rising (Part 1)
Jan Markell with Brandon Holthaus and Billy Crone
Antichrist Kingdom Rising (Part 2)
Jan Markell with Brandon Holthaus and Billy Crone
Endgame: The New World Order (Part 1)
Understanding the Times - Jan Markell with Curtis Bowers
Endgame: The New World Order (Part 2)
Understanding the Times - Jan Markell with Curtis Bowers
The One-World Government is Coming - James Kaddis
Government Reset - Don Perkins (Lamb & Lion Conference)
THE RISE OF A ONE WORLD GOVERNMENT
https://vimeo.com/getalifemedia
The ultimate sign that you're headed for the worst day of your life would have to be this...You wake up one morning only to realize that your family has suddenly disappeared. So you run to turn on your TV to see what's happening and there you watch a special worldwide news report declaring that millions of people all over the planet have simply vanished. As you spy the Bible on the coffee table, it suddenly dawns on you that your family was right after all when they kept telling you about the rapture of the Church. Then to your horror, you realize that you've been left behind and have been catapulted into mankind's darkest hour, the 7-year Tribulation that really is coming upon the whole world. But thankfully, God is not only a God of wrath; He's a God of love as well. And because He loves you and I, He has given us many warning signs to show us that the Tribulation is near and that His 2nd Coming is rapidly approaching. Therefore, The Final Countdown takes a look at 10 signs given by God to lovingly wake us up so we'd give our lives to Him before it's too late. These signs are the Jewish People, Modern Technology, Worldwide Upheaval, The Rise of Falsehood, The Rise of Wickedness, The Rise of Apostasy, One World Religion, One World Government, One World Economy, and The Mark of the Beast. Like it or not folks, we are headed for The Final Countdown. Please, if you haven't already done so, give your life to Jesus today, because tomorrow may be too late!
The Rise of a One World Government - Part 1
The Rise of a One World Government - Part 2
The Rise of a One World Government - Part 3
The Rise of a One World Government - Part 4
The Rise of a One World Government - Part 5
The Rise of a One World Government - Part 6
COVID Plandemic was Created to Reset the Current Governments and Move Us to a One-World Government
MUST WATCH!!
Day 5 - Economical & Financial Destruction
Grand Jury | Crimes Against Humanity
Patrick Wood explained the Agenda 2030 as a plan to destroy capitalism and establish a new international economic order and declare them for sustainable development.
This is sustainable development – sponsored by the World Economic Forum and the United Nations – advocates for:
-
scientific management of resources consumption;
-
fintech underlying financial system using blockchain digital currencies and total surveillance;
-
no private property, resources to be held by a global trust;
-
no privacy allowed; also,
-
stressed, that sustainable development, also called technocracy, is absolutely incompatible with free markets.
Since free market can die naturally things are not so easy for the globalists as the ways they found to destroy capitalism like:
-
withdrawal of energy;
-
withdrawal of resources;
-
corrupt the supply chain;
-
withdrawal labor;
-
withdrawal financing;
-
limit consumption;
-
limit innovation;
-
create cataclysmic events; and,
-
create disinvesting.
Slogans for the new economic order that we have been seeing more often lately: “you will own nothing and will be happy,” to start from zero and “build back better.”
MUST WATCH!!
Day 5 - Economical & Financial Destruction
Grand Jury | Crimes Against Humanity
Then Leslie Manookian explained how that is going on and controlled demolition of both our political and economic systems through:
-
retention of power;
-
centralized control of businesses, assets, natural resources and elected and accountable leaders;
-
super richer elites and a surf class;
-
zero resources for citizens, the result of political and finance system; and,
-
why that is happening now in the US – because summarising the 2008/2009 financial crisis – explosion of US debt, US unfunded pension liability, 2019 [Repo] crisis and developing countries borrowed in dollars.
And in Europe it is kind of the same:
-
2008/2009 financial crisis;
-
did not write off bank debt;
-
European debt not consolidated;
-
European Central Bank owns more than 40% of European debt;
-
negative interest rates since 2014; and,
-
unfunded public pensions.
Well, debt cannot be kicked downhill [down the road] for longer. If you want to control people, you have to get rid of small employers. That’s why the small businesses are being destroyed and the Covid crisis was an excuse for that. At the same time, Pharma buys influence in medicine, politics and media.
How are they doing this? Through:
-
central bank digital currency, that is in the plans;
-
[ ] transitions;
-
universal basic income;
-
elimination of small and medium employers;
-
banking and big tech;
-
end of cash; and,
-
surveillance.
One of the reasons is to cover up the mismanagement.
How Governments Collapse (and How Close We May Be)
https://redstate.com/joesquire/2022/02/17/how-governments-collapse-and-how-close-we-may-be-n523503
One of the most notable dynasties in Chinese history, the Han is considered the foundation of China as we know it today. Its government existed for about 400 years (202 BC – 220 AD), and at its height, it was a center of progress and advancement in the ancient world.
The collapse of this empire actually spans just over 30 years. Historically, it began in 189 AD, when Emperor Ling died without naming an heir. But long before that, the emperors began growing their harems, and they needed their women protected from outside interlopers and each other. Thus, eunuchs were established as the protectors of the concubines. As time progressed, the eunuchs, having been given so much trust and having seen so much of what happened behind the scenes, started requesting more of the emperors, and the emperors started giving more and more trust and power to the eunuchs.
It came to the point that the eunuchs were essentially running the government and giving prime political positions to friends, family, and allies. It was not long before the bureaucracies of the Han became totally corrupt, demanding bribes and recognition from local governors and citizens. It infuriated the people.
Emperor Ling, meanwhile, withdrew more and more from governance and let the eunuchs completely run the show. The Emperor spent all his time with his concubines and attending military parades. He was someone who seemed to exist only for show while the eunuchs did everything in his name but for their own benefit.
A series of rebellions that started before Emperor Ling’s death saw the rise of several warlords, each of whom saw how corrupt and weak the Han Dynasty had become and how easy it might be to take charge. The biggest rebellion, the Yellow Turban Rebellion, lasted a year and spanned nearly the entire empire. Religious leaders inspired farmers and citizens long-abused by the government to rise up and fight. There was a call from the empire to all warlords to step up and fight.
Those warlords saw the eunuchs as responsible for the rebellions and the weakness of the Han. Eventually, they were wiped out, but the damage was done. China would, after decades of conflict, be divided into three kingdoms and eventually reunified under the Jin.
In the United States today, you have a politicized CDC that insists everyone should mask up to fight COVID-19, despite there being no evidence that masking ever truly worked. School boards are fighting parents seemingly at every turn, insisting that parents have no right to get involved with how education is run. The Biden administration has failed on everything from the withdrawal from Afghanistan to the economy to COVID-19. Our criminal justice system has had several high-profile unjust killings of black men (and in Louisiana, for example, a cover-up that extended into the highest levels of command).
All this and so much more. Is it any wonder that the idea of systemic failures of the system can resonate so loudly with both sides of the political aisle?
Like the Han, one of the biggest drivers of civil unrest is a lack of faith and trust in the system, our government, and our leaders. There is no reason to believe that simply voting for someone else will help. People are sent to Washington D.C. all the time on the promise of change and rarely do they do much more than become part of the system. Nothing changes. Bureaucracies become more entrenched and untouchable. Political favors are exchanged and cashed in.
No government can truly function like this. No government can exist without the support of its people, and yet it is really and truly trying. There has to be change, but it has to be something radical. Not a violent overthrow, and not purely partisan. It has to be across all parties. It has to be everyone deciding that, more than politics, our government has to function by listening to its people, not ruling over them. There are autocratic tendencies on all sides, and we have to eliminate that.
When you look at the history of our founding, it is a story of compromises that give the power of the government first and foremost to the people. But, over time, that power was taken away. Legislative power was given to bureaucratic institutions unaccountable to the legislative branch and uncontrollable by the executive. The executive wields more power than it should and is checked only by the judicial. The system is entirely out of balance.
The Han Dynasty collapsed because it did not have the trust of its people and they rebelled. The United States may not collapse, but it will continue to de-evolve and stop functioning entirely if it cannot regain the trust of its people. The problem is that no one seems willing to do that. They just want power for themselves to manage the decline.
The Collapse of Government – The Rise of Resistance and Awareness
https://www.globalresearch.ca/collapse-government-rise-resistance/5788482
Wherever you look in the world today, governance is failing and governments are falling. And even where governments hold-on, premiers, prime ministers, presidents and parliamentarians tumble around them; disgraced and exposed for one seedy scandal after another.
Be it money, sex, fraud, despotism, embezzlement or quite simply a pandemic of lies. It barely matters, over and over again the inimitable lust for power takes precedence over the responsibility to earn the trust of the nation.
So widespread has this ‘failure to govern’ epidemic become that one is justified in asking whether the electoral system – which supposedly underlies ‘democracy’ – has any merit left in it at all?
Well, you might say “It’s not the system it’s the quality of the candidates that’s the problem.” And clearly that is a big problem, as evidenced by the pandemic of failure to deliver.
But isn’t there something wrong with expecting unaware, uninvolved and unsuspecting members of the general public to choose who should lead their countries? Isn’t this a receipt for chaos and corruption?
Yes, quite obviously it is. By and large, whoever is chosen to take on this leadership role turns out to be a mirror of the mentality which put them there.
This seems to come as a shock to most. The electorate appears to want someone on the platform who miraculously rises above their own moral, intellectual and visionary shortcomings. They want a bold, brave and bright Moses figure to lead them out of the desert of their daily afflictions, which, they believe, must have been caused by the previous ‘useless leaders’ they had such unreasonable hopes for.
So the merry-go-round continues. Each time getting more surreal and more systemic in its inability to address the real needs of the country, its people, or any fundamental sense of direction and purpose.
Here we are.
But the laws of the universe strongly suggest that anything which becomes fundamentally incapable of evolving into something better, but lingers on in a state of abject sterility, lands up in – or as – a black hole. An inwardly collapsing gravitational graveyard.
The only way such an outcome can be circumvented, here on earth, is by many people becoming individually aware enough to take back control of their destinies; while recognising that – together – they can run their lives according to another formula.
We are all faced with this choice, never more starkly than today. Either get sucked into the black hole which awaits all those who do nothing/take no action – or – form aware, decentralised, autonomous groups with the determination to act as a responsible governing body at the neighbourhood and community level.
The key words are ‘aware’ and ‘responsible’. Without awareness no action can serve the cause of breaking free. Without accepting a level of responsibility, no action can become reality.
What exactly is this ‘awareness’ I refer to?
Quite simply, it is a condition in which recognition of the endemic levels of falsity and deception in society – and particularly in the political sphere – lead to the realisation that one must stop mindlessly obeying authoritarian voices of destruction and take action to establish a better and more just way of life.
You see, this is where so many submit to the coward within. Instead of following their heart led instincts to rebel, they submit to their ‘false intellect’ whose judgement is always “that’s not possible because we can never be more powerful than ‘them’.”
So Mr and Mrs X, who have moaned almost ceaselessly about the corruption and inept performance of those they elected (or didn’t) into office, take the standard position that in spite of witnessing their elected representatives being incapable of dispensing justice and common sense, the only thing to do is wait for the next election and once again try to get their candidate/party into office. This is, let us not mince our words, a direct route to the black hole.
Unfortunately, or perhaps fortunately, there will not be another ‘election’. This sham is over. The entire tragic-comedy has already imploded. If you think in terms of ‘democracy’ and ‘governance according to the will of the people’, the unaware can’t, or won’t, believe that this ship has sunk to the bottom and cannot be salvaged.
But for the aware, it’s no longer about choices. We must take the tiller and face the music.
It’s not a lullaby or a sonata, but a hand to hand grappling with those who want to destroy us. Which, in some cases, includes those indoctrinated ones who live amongst us and follow orders. Orders that emanate from such devious old hands as Klaus Schwab, head of the World Economic Forum and his fellow henchmen. Orders that are passed-on and repeated by the brain frozen bureaucrats and technocrats whose jobs depend upon being proper robots.
There are no more bona fide ‘governments’ in existence in this world. Just a facade of fake interest directed towards those who put the elected members on their pedestals.
While these members, enjoying their apotheosis of parliamentary power, have their minds only on the next election, defection or rejection. That’s called ‘government’.
While that stuff will no doubt continue to be played-out on the world stage for a while longer, it is simply a facade for our distraction.
This planet is the territory of ‘The Great Reset’ now. An instrument for enforcing what is euphemistically called ‘net zero’.
What kind of gibberish is ‘net zero’? Does it mean anything?
No, actually it doesn’t. It is simply the reductionist algorithm (Al-Gore-rythm) and digital way of getting around having to say ‘zero carbon’. Because ‘zero carbon’ has been exposed as meaning ‘zero CO2’. And ‘zero CO2’ means zero life on Earth. The black hole.
Yes, under Herr Klaus Schwab’s Fourth Reich, we will be disposable.
Since, in some circles, it has been known for years that depopulation and the reprogramming of those that remain, is the true meaning of the two words ‘Great Reset’. And ‘The Fourth Industrial Revolution’ is nothing less than the techno-binary control mechanism for the digitalisation and robotisation of human kind.
The ‘Transhuman’.
For the aware, the time for debate about the nature of what lies ahead, is passed.
The aware are ‘The Resistance’.
‘The Resistance’ is a four dimensional energetic force, operating on physical, mental, psychic and spiritual planes. It encompasses a rising consciousness and capacity for universal vision and action.
The enemy of mankind operates on just two/three dimensional planes. It lacks any warmth or empathy. It is devoid of spirituality. It is coldly wedded to the material world and deeply fears the manifestation of spirit and human courage. It knows not love at all. But does know ‘how to smile’.
‘The Resistance’ is the new government. It will not need to be elected, it will simply come to be.
It is already apparent – and is growing. It is you and I, God and the future of Life on Earth.
Can a collapse of global civilization be avoided?
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3574335/
Abstract
Environmental problems have contributed to numerous collapses of civilizations in the past. Now, for the first time, a global collapse appears likely. Overpopulation, overconsumption by the rich and poor choices of technologies are major drivers; dramatic cultural change provides the main hope of averting calamity. (Note the source of this article)
Keywords: population, consumption, environment, agriculture, climate, culture
1. Introduction
Virtually every past civilization has eventually undergone collapse, a loss of socio-political-economic complexity usually accompanied by a dramatic decline in population size [1]. Some, such as those of Egypt and China, have recovered from collapses at various stages; others, such as that of Easter Island or the Classic Maya, were apparently permanent [1,2]. All those previous collapses were local or regional; elsewhere, other societies and civilizations persisted unaffected. Sometimes, as in the Tigris and Euphrates valleys, new civilizations rose in succession. In many, if not most, cases, overexploitation of the environment was one proximate or an ultimate cause [3].
But today, for the first time, humanity's global civilization—the worldwide, increasingly interconnected, highly technological society in which we all are to one degree or another, embedded—is threatened with collapse by an array of environmental problems. Humankind finds itself engaged in what Prince Charles described as ‘an act of suicide on a grand scale’ [4], facing what the UK's Chief Scientific Advisor John Beddington called a ‘perfect storm’ of environmental problems [5]. The most serious of these problems show signs of rapidly escalating severity, especially climate disruption. But other elements could potentially also contribute to a collapse: an accelerating extinction of animal and plant populations and species, which could lead to a loss of ecosystem services essential for human survival; land degradation and land-use change; a pole-to-pole spread of toxic compounds; ocean acidification and eutrophication (dead zones); worsening of some aspects of the epidemiological environment (factors that make human populations susceptible to infectious diseases); depletion of increasingly scarce resources [6,7], including especially groundwater, which is being overexploited in many key agricultural areas [8]; and resource wars [9]. These are not separate problems; rather they interact in two gigantic complex adaptive systems: the biosphere system and the human socio-economic system. The negative manifestations of these interactions are often referred to as ‘the human predicament’ [10], and determining how to prevent it from generating a global collapse is perhaps the foremost challenge confronting humanity.
The human predicament is driven by overpopulation, overconsumption of natural resources and the use of unnecessarily environmentally damaging technologies and socio-economic-political arrangements to service Homo sapiens’ aggregate consumption [11–17]. How far the human population size now is above the planet's long-term carrying capacity is suggested (conservatively) by ecological footprint analysis [18–20]. It shows that to support today's population of seven billion sustainably (i.e. with business as usual, including current technologies and standards of living) would require roughly half an additional planet; to do so, if all citizens of Earth consumed resources at the US level would take four to five more Earths. Adding the projected 2.5 billion more people by 2050 would make the human assault on civilization's life-support systems disproportionately worse, because almost everywhere people face systems with nonlinear responses [11,21–23], in which environmental damage increases at a rate that becomes faster with each additional person. Of course, the claim is often made that humanity will expand Earth's carrying capacity dramatically with technological innovation [24], but it is widely recognized that technologies can both add and subtract from carrying capacity. The plough evidently first expanded it and now appears to be reducing it [3]. Overall, careful analysis of the prospects does not provide much confidence that technology will save us [25] or that gross domestic product can be disengaged from resource use [26].
2. Do current trends portend a collapse?
What is the likelihood of this set of interconnected predicaments [27] leading to a global collapse in this century? There have been many definitions and much discussion of past ‘collapses’ [1,3,28–31], but a future global collapse does not require a careful definition. It could be triggered by anything from a ‘small’ nuclear war, whose ecological effects could quickly end civilization [32], to a more gradual breakdown because famines, epidemics and resource shortages cause a disintegration of central control within nations, in concert with disruptions of trade and conflicts over increasingly scarce necessities. In either case, regardless of survivors or replacement societies, the world familiar to anyone reading this study and the well-being of the vast majority of people would disappear.
How likely is such a collapse to occur? No civilization can avoid collapse if it fails to feed its population. The world's success so far, and the prospective ability to feed future generations at least as well, has been under relatively intensive discussion for half a century [33–40]. Agriculture made civilization possible, and over the last 80 years or so, an industrial agricultural revolution has created a technology-dependent global food system. That system, humanity's single biggest industry, has generated miracles of food production. But it has also created serious long-run vulnerabilities, especially in its dependence on stable climates, crop monocultures, industrially produced fertilizers and pesticides, petroleum, antibiotic feed supplements and rapid, efficient transportation.
Despite those food production miracles, today at least two billion people are hungry or poorly nourished. The Food and Agriculture Organization estimates that increasing food production by some 70 per cent would be required to feed a 35 per cent bigger and still growing human population adequately by 2050 [41]. What are the prospects that H. sapiens can produce and distribute sufficient food? To do so, it probably will be necessary to accomplish many or all of the following tasks: severely limit climate disruption; restrict expansion of land area for agriculture (to preserve ecosystem services); raise yields where possible; put much more effort into soil conservation [3]; increase efficiency in the use of fertilizers, water and energy; become more vegetarian; grow more food for people (not fuel for vehicles); reduce food wastage; stop degradation of the oceans and better regulate aquaculture; significantly increase investment in sustainable agricultural and aquacultural research; and move increasing equity and feeding everyone to the very top of the policy agenda.
Most of these long-recommended tasks require changes in human behaviour thus far elusive. The problem of food wastage and the need for more and better agricultural research have been discussed for decades. So have ‘technology will save us’ schemes such as building ‘nuclear agro-industrial complexes’ [42], where energy would be so cheap that it could support a new kind of desert agriculture in ‘food factories’, where crops would be grown on desalinated water and precisely machine fertilized. Unhappily, sufficiently cheap energy has never been produced by nuclear power to enable large-scale agriculture to move in that direction. Nor has agriculture moved towards feeding people protein extracted from leaves or bacteria grown on petroleum [43, pp. 95–112]. None of these schemes has even resulted in a coordinated development effort. Meanwhile, growing numbers of newly well-off people have increased demand for meat [44], thereby raising global demand for feedgrains.
Perhaps even more critical, climate disruption may pose insurmountable biophysical barriers to increasing crop yields. Indeed, if humanity is very unlucky with the climate, there may be reductions in yields of major crops [45], although near-term this may be unlikely to affect harvests globally [46]. Nonetheless, rising temperatures already seem to be slowing previous trends of increasing yields of basic grains [45,47], and unless greenhouse gas emissions are dramatically reduced, dangerous anthropogenic climate change [48] could ravage agriculture. Also, in addition to falling yields from many oceanic fish stocks because of widespread overfishing [49], warming and acidification of the oceans threaten the protein supply of some of the most nutritionally vulnerable people [50], especially those who cannot afford to purchase farmed fish.
Unfortunately, the agricultural system has complex connections with all the chief drivers of environmental deterioration. Agriculture itself is a major emitter of greenhouse gases and thus is an important cause of climate disruption as well as being exceptionally vulnerable to its consequences. More than a millennium of change in temperature and precipitation patterns is apparently now entrained [51], with the prospect of increasingly severe storms, droughts, heat waves and floods, all of which seem already evident and all of which threaten agricultural production.
Land is an essential resource for farming, and one facing multiple threats. In addition to the serious and widespread problems of soil degradation, sea-level rise (the most certain consequence of global warming) will take important areas out of production either by inundating them (a 1 m rise would flood 17.5% of Bangladesh [52]), exposing them to more frequent storm surges, or salinizing coastal aquifers essential for irrigation water. Another important problem for the food system is the loss of prime farmland to urbanization, a trend that seems certain to accelerate [53] as population growth steadily erodes the per capita supply of farmland.
The critical importance of substantially boosting the inadequate current action on the demographic problem can be seen in the time required to change the trajectory of population growth humanely and sensibly. We know from such things as the World War II mobilizations that many consumption patterns can be altered dramatically within a year, given appropriate incentives [54]. If food shortages became acute, then a rapid reaction would ensue as hunger became much more widespread. Food prices would rise, and diets would temporarily change (e.g. the number of meals consumed per day or amount of meat consumed) to compensate the shortage. Over the long term, however, expanding the global food supply and distributing it more equitably would be a slow and difficult process. Even though a major famine might well provoke investment in long-needed improvements in food production and distribution, they would take time to plan, test and implement.
Furthermore, agriculture is a leading cause of losses of biodiversity and thus of the critical ecosystem services supplied to agriculture itself (e.g. pollination, pest control, soil fertility, climate stability) and other human enterprises. Farming is also a principal source of global toxification, as has been clear since the days of Carson [55], exposing the human population to myriad subtle poisons. These pose further potential risks to food production.
3. What needs to be done to avoid a collapse?
The threat from climate disruption to food production alone means that humanity's entire system for mobilizing energy needs to be rapidly transformed. Warming must be held well below a potential 5°C rise in global average temperature, a level that could well bring down civilization [56]. The best estimate today may be that, failing rapid concerted action, the world is already committed to a 2.4°C increase in global average temperature [57]. This is significantly above the 2°C estimated a decade ago by climate scientists to be a ‘safe’ limit, but now considered by some analysts to be too dangerous [58,59], a credible assessment, given the effects seen already before reaching a one degree rise. There is evidence, moreover, that present models underestimate future temperature increase by overestimating the extent that growth of vegetation can serve as a carbon sink [60] and underestimating positive feedbacks [61].
Many complexities plague the estimation of the precise threats of anthropogenic climate disruption, ranging from heat deaths and spread of tropical diseases to sea-level rise, crop failures and violent storms. One key to avoiding a global collapse, and thus an area requiring great effort and caution is avoiding climate-related mass famines. Our agricultural system evolved in a geological period of relatively constant and benign climate and was well attuned to twentieth-century conditions. That alone is cause for substantial concern as the planet's climates rapidly shift to new, less predictable regimes. It is essential to slow that process. That means dramatically transforming much of the existing energy mobilization infrastructure [62] and changing human behaviour to make the energy system much more efficient. This is possible; indeed, sensible plans for doing it have been put forward [63,64], and some progress has been made. The central challenge, of course, is to phase out more than half of the global use of fossil fuels by 2050 in order to forestall the worst impacts of climate disruption, a challenge the latest International Energy Agency edition of World Energy Outlook makes look more severe [65]. This highlights another dilemma. Fossil fuels are now essential to agriculture for fertilizer and pesticide manufacture, operation of farm machinery, irrigation (often wasteful), livestock husbandry, crop drying, food storage, transportation and distribution. Thus, the phase-out will need to include at least partial substitution of non-fossil fuels in these functions, and do so without greatly increasing food prices.
Unfortunately, essential steps such as curbing global emissions to peak by 2020 and reducing them to half of present levels by 2050 [66] are extremely problematic economically and politically. Fossil fuel companies would have to leave most of their proven reserves in the ground, thus destroying much of the industry's economic value [67]. Because the ethics of some businesses include knowingly continuing lethal but profitable activities [68], it is hardly surprising that interests with large financial stakes in fossil fuel burning have launched a gigantic and largely successful disinformation campaign in the USA to confuse people about climate disruption [69,70] and block attempts to deal with it [71].
One recurrent theme in analyses of the food problem is the need for closing ‘yield gaps’ [72–74]. That means raising yields in less productive systems to those typical of industrial agriculture. But climatic conditions may change sufficiently that those industrial high yields can themselves no longer be sustained [45]. Thus, reducing the chances of a collapse calls for placing much more effort into genetic and ecological research related to agriculture [75] and adopting already known environmental-friendly techniques, even though that may require trading off immediate corporate profits for social benefits or long-term sustainability [3].
Rationalizing energy mobilization alone may not be enough to be enough to maintain agricultural production, let alone allow its great expansion. Human water-handling infrastructure will have to be re-engineered for flexibility to bring water to crops in an environment of constantly changing precipitation patterns [51]. This is critical, for although today only about 15 per cent of agricultural land is irrigated, it provides some 40 per cent of the grain crop yield. It seems likely that farming areas now rain-fed may someday need to be irrigated, whereas irrigation could become superfluous elsewhere, and both could change more or less continually. For this and many other reasons, the global food system will need to quickly evolve an unprecedented flexibility, never before even contemplated.
One factor making the challenges more severe is the major participation in the global system of giant nations whose populations have not previously enjoyed the fossil energy abundance that brought Western countries and Japan to positions of affluence. Now they are poised to repeat the West's energy ‘success’, and on an even greater scale. India alone, which recently suffered a gigantic blackout affecting 300 million people, is planning to bring 455 new coal plants on line. Worldwide more than 1200 plants with a total installed capacity of 1.4 million megawatts are planned [76], much of that in China, where electricity demand is expected to skyrocket. The resultant surge in greenhouse gases will interact with the increasing diversion of grain to livestock, stimulated by the desire for more meat in the diets of Indians, Chinese and others in a growing global middle class.
4. Dealing with problems beyond food supply
Another possible threat to the continuation of civilization is global toxification. Adverse symptoms of exposure to synthetic chemicals are making some scientists increasingly nervous about effects on the human population [77–79]. Should a global threat materialize, however, no planned mitigating responses (analogous to the ecologically and politically risky ‘geoengineering’ projects often proposed to ameliorate climate disruption [80]) are waiting in the wings ready for deployment.
Much the same can be said about aspects of the epidemiological environment and the prospect of epidemics being enhanced by rapid population growth in immune-weakened societies, increased contact with animal reservoirs, high-speed transport and the misuse of antibiotics [81]. Nobel laureate Joshua Lederberg had great concern for the epidemic problem, famously stating, ‘The survival of the human species is not a preordained evolutionary program’ [82, p. 40]. Some precautionary steps that should be considered include forbidding the use of antibiotics as growth stimulators for livestock, building emergency stocks of key vaccines and drugs (such as Tamiflu), improving disease surveillance, expanding mothballed emergency medical facilities, preparing institutions for imposing quarantines and, of course, moving as rapidly as possible to humanely reduce the human population size. It has become increasingly clear that security has many dimensions beyond military security [83,84] and that breaches of environmental security could risk the end of global civilization.
But much uncertainty about the human ability to avoid a collapse still hinges on military security, especially whether some elements of the human predicament might trigger a nuclear war. Recent research indicates that even a regional-scale nuclear conflict, as is quite possible between India and Pakistan, could lead to a global collapse through widespread climatic consequences [32]. Triggers to conflict beyond political and religious strife easily could include cross-border epidemics, a need to gain access to food supplies and farmland, and competition over other resources, especially agricultural water and (if the world does not come to its energy senses) oil. Finding ways to eliminate nuclear weapons and other instruments of mass destruction must move even higher on civilization's agenda [85], because nuclear war would be the quickest and surest route to a collapse [86].
In thinking about the probability of collapse, one must obviously consider the social disruptions associated with elements of the predicament. Perhaps at the top of the list should be that of environmental refugees [87]. Recent predictions are that environmental refugees could number 50 million by 2020 [88]. Severe droughts, floods, famines and epidemics could greatly swell that number. If current ‘official’ predictions of sea-level rise are low (as many believe they are), coastal inundations alone could generate massive human movements; a 1 m rise would directly affect some 100 million people, whereas a 6 m rise would displace more than 400 million [89]. Developing a more comprehensive system of international governance with institutions planning to ameliorate the impacts of such catastrophes would be a major way to reduce the odds of collapse.
5. The role of science
The scientific community has repeatedly warned humanity in the past of its peril [90–102], and the earlier warnings [93,103–107] about the risks of population expansion and the ‘limits to growth’ have increasingly been shown to be on the right track [108–111] (but see Hayes [17]). The warnings continue [109,112–119]. Yet many scientists still tend to treat population growth as an exogenous variable, when it should be considered an endogenous one—indeed, a central factor [120]. Too many studies asking ‘how can we possibly feed 9.6 billion people by 2050?’ should also be asking ‘how can we humanely lower birth rates far enough to reduce that number to 8.6?’ To our minds, the fundamental cure, reducing the scale of the human enterprise (including the size of the population) to keep its aggregate consumption within the carrying capacity of Earth [121], is obvious but too much neglected or denied. There are great social and psychological barriers in growthmanic cultures to even considering it. This is especially true because of the ‘endarkenment’—a rapidly growing movement towards religious orthodoxies that reject enlightenment values such as freedom of thought, democracy, separation of church and state, and basing beliefs and actions on empirical evidence. They are manifest in dangerous trends such as climate denial, failure to act on the loss of biodiversity and opposition to condoms (for AIDS control) as well as other forms of contraception [122]. If ever there was a time for evidence-based (as opposed to faith-based) risk reduction strategies [123], it is now.
How can scientists do more to reduce the odds of a collapse? Both natural and social scientists should put more effort into finding the best ways of accomplishing the necessary re-modelling of energy and water infrastructure. They should develop better ways of evaluating and regulating the use of synthetic chemicals, a problem that might abate somewhat as availability of their fossil fuel sources fades (even though only about 5% of oil production flows into petrochemical production). The protection of Earth's remaining biodiversity (especially the crucial diversity of populations [124,125]) must take centre stage for both scientific specialists and, through appropriate education, the public [126,127]. Scientists must continually call attention to the need to improve the human epidemiological environment, and for control and eventual elimination of nuclear, chemical and biological weapons. Above all, they should expand efforts to understand the mechanisms through which cooperation evolves [128], because avoiding collapse will require unusual levels of international cooperation.
Is it too late for the global scientific community to collect itself and start to deal with the nexus of the two complex adaptive systems [129] and then help generate the necessary actions to move towards sustainability? There are certainly many small-scale science-based efforts, often local, that can provide hope if scaled up [121]. For example, environmental non-govenmental organizations and others are continually struggling to halt the destruction of elements of biodiversity (and thus, in some cases, of vital ecosystem services [7]), often with success. In the face of the building extinction crisis, they may be preserving nuclei from which Earth's biota and humanity's ecosystem services, might eventually be regenerated. And some positive efforts are scaling up. China now has some 25 per cent of its land in ecosystem function conservation areas [130] designed to protect both natural capital and human well-being. The Natural Capital Project [131] is helping improve the management of these areas. This is good news, but in our view, many too few scientists are involved in the efforts needed, especially in re-orienting at least part of their research towards mitigating the predicament and then bringing their results to the policy front.
6. The need for rapid social/political change
Until very recently, our ancestors had no reason to respond genetically or culturally to long-term issues. If the global climate were changing rapidly for Australopithecus or even ancient Romans, then they were not causing it and could do nothing about it. The forces of genetic and cultural selection were not creating brains or institutions capable of looking generations ahead; there would have been no selection pressures in that direction. Indeed, quite the opposite, selection probably favoured mechanisms to keep perception of the environmental background steady so that rapid changes (e.g. leopard approaching) would be obvious [132, pp. 135–136]. But now slow changes in that background are the most lethal threats. Societies have a long history of mobilizing efforts, making sacrifices and changes, to defeat an enemy at the gates, or even just to compete more successfully with a rival. But there is not much evidence of societies mobilizing and making sacrifices to meet gradually worsening conditions that threaten real disaster for future generations. Yet that is exactly the sort of mobilization that we believe is required to avoid a collapse.
Perhaps the biggest challenge in avoiding collapse is convincing people, especially politicians and economists, to break this ancient mould and alter their behaviour relative to the basic population-consumption drivers of environmental deterioration. We know that simply informing people of the scientific consensus on a serious problem does not ordinarily produce rapid changes in institutional or individual behaviour. That was amply demonstrated in the case of cigarettes [68], air pollution and other environmental problems [69] and is now being demonstrated in the obesity epidemic [133] as well as climate disruption.
Obvious parallels exist regarding reproduction and overconsumption, which are especially visible in what amounts to a cultural addiction to continued economic growth among the already well-off [134]. One might think that the mathematics of compound interest would have convinced everyone long ago that growth of an industrialized economy at 3.5 per cent annually cannot long continue.
Unfortunately, most ‘educated’ people are immersed in a culture that does not recognize that, in the real world, a short history (a few centuries) of exponential growth does not imply a long future of such growth.
Besides focusing their research on ways to avoid collapse, there is a need for natural scientists to collaborate with social scientists, especially those who study the dynamics of social movements. Such collaborations could develop ways to stimulate a significant increase in popular support for decisive and immediate action on the predicament. Unfortunately, awareness among scientists that humanity is in deep trouble has not been accompanied by popular awareness and pressure to counter the political and economic influences implicated in the current crisis. Without significant pressure from the public demanding action, we fear there is little chance of changing course fast enough to forestall disaster.
The needed pressure, however, might be generated by a popular movement based in academia and civil society to help guide humanity towards developing a new multiple intelligence [135], ‘foresight intelligence’ to provide the long-term analysis and planning that markets cannot supply. Foresight intelligence could not only systematically look ahead but also guide cultural changes towards desirable outcomes such as increased socio-economic resilience. Helping develop such a movement and foresight intelligence are major challenges facing scientists today, a cutting edge for research that must slice fast if the chances of averting a collapse are to be improved.
If foresight intelligence became established, many more scientists and policy planners (and society) might, for example, understand the demographic contributions to the predicament [136], stop treating population growth as a ‘given’ and consider the nutritional, health and social benefits of humanely ending growth well below nine billion and starting a slow decline. This would be a monumental task, considering the momentum of population growth. Monumental, but not impossible if the political will could be generated globally to give full rights, education and opportunities to women, and provide all sexually active human beings with modern contraception and backup abortion. The degree to which those steps would reduce fertility rates is controversial [137–139], but they are a likely win-win for societies [140].
Obviously, especially with the growing endarkenment, there are huge cultural and institutional barriers to establishing such policies in some parts of the world. After all, there is not a single nation where women are truly treated as equal to men. Despite that, the population driver should not be ignored simply because limiting overconsumption can, at least in theory, be achieved more rapidly. The difficulties of changing demographic trajectories mean that the problem should have been addressed sooner, rather than later. That halting population growth inevitably leads to changes in age structure is no excuse for bemoaning drops in fertility rates, as is common in European government circles [141]. Reduction of population size in those over-consuming nations is a very positive trend, and sensible planning can deal with the problems of population aging [142].
While rapid policy change to head off collapse is essential, fundamental institutional change to keep things on track is necessary as well. This is especially true of educational systems, which today fail to inform most people of how the world works and thus perpetuate a vast culture gap [54]. The academic challenge is especially great for economists, who could help set the background for avoiding collapse by designing steady-state economic systems [107,134,143], and along the way destroying fables such as ‘growth can continue forever if it's in service industries’, or ‘technological innovation will save us’. Issues such as the importance of comparative advantage under current global circumstances [144], the development of new models that better reflect the irrational behaviour of individuals and groups [145], reduction of the worship of ‘free’ markets that infests the discipline, and tasks such as making information more symmetrical, moving towards sustainability and enhancing equity (including redistribution) all require re-examination. In that re-examination, they would be following the lead of distinguished economists [146–148] in dealing with the real world of biophysical constraints and human well-being.
At the global level, the loose network of agreements that now tie countries together [149,150], developed in a relatively recent stage of cultural evolution since modern nation states appeared, is utterly inadequate to grapple with the human predicament. Strengthening global environmental governance [151] and addressing the related problem of avoiding failed statehood [152] are tasks humanity has so far refused to tackle comprehensively even as cultural evolution in technology has rendered the present international system (as it has educational systems) obsolete. Serious global environmental problems can only be solved and a collapse avoided with an unprecedented level of international cooperation [122]. Regardless of one's estimate of civilization's potential longevity, the time to start restructuring the international system is right now. If people do not do that, nature will restructure civilization for us.
Similarly, widely based cultural change is required to reduce humanely both population size and overconsumption by the rich. Both go against cultural norms, and, as long feared [153], the overconsumption norm has understandably been adopted by the increasingly rich subpopulations of developing nations, notably India and China. One can be thrilled by the numbers of people raised from poverty while being apprehensive about the enormous and possibly lethal environmental and social costs that may eventually result [154,155]. The industrial revolution set civilization on the road to collapse, spurring population growth, which contributed slightly more than overconsumption to environmental degradation [136]. Now population combined with affluence growth may finish the job.
Needless to say, dealing with economic and racial inequities will be critically important in getting large numbers of people from culturally diverse groups [156] to focus their minds on solving the human predicament, something globalization should help [157]. These tasks will be pursued, along with an emphasis on developing ‘foresight intelligence’, by the nascent Millennium Alliance for Humanity and the Biosphere (the MAHB; http://mahb.stanford.edu). One of its central goals is to try to accelerate change towards sustainability. Since simply giving the scientific facts to the public will not do it, among other things, this means finding frames and narratives to convince the public of the need to make changes.
We know that societies can evolve fundamentally and unexpectedly [158, p. 334], as was dramatically demonstrated by the collapse of communist regimes in Europe in 1989 [159]. Rather than tinkering around the edges and making feeble or empty gestures towards one or another of the interdependent problems we face, we need a powerful and comprehensive approach. In addressing climate change, for instance, developing nations need to be convinced that they (along with the rest of the world) cannot afford (and do not need) to delay action while they ‘catch up’ in development. Indeed, development on the old model is counterproductive; they have a great opportunity to pioneer new approaches and technologies. All nations need to stop waiting for others to act and be willing to do everything they can to mitigate emissions and hasten the energy transition, regardless of what others are doing.
With climate and many other global environmental problems, polycentric solutions may be more readily found than global ones. Complex, multi-level systems may be better able to cope with complex, multi-level problems [160], and institutional change is required at many levels in many polities. What scientists understand about cultural evolution suggests that, while improbable, it may be possible to move cultures in such directions [161,162]. Whether solutions will be global or polycentric, international negotiations will be needed, existing international agencies that deal with them will need strengthening, and new institutions will need to be formed.
7. Conclusions
Do we think global society can avoid a collapse in this century? The answer is yes, because modern society has shown some capacity to deal with long-term threats, at least if they are obvious or continuously brought to attention (think of the risks of nuclear conflict). Humanity has the assets to get the job done, but the odds of avoiding collapse seem small because the risks are clearly not obvious to most people and the classic signs of impending collapse, especially diminishing returns to complexity [28], are everywhere. One central psychological barrier to taking dramatic action is the distribution of costs and benefits through time: the costs up front, the benefits accruing largely to unknown people in the future. But whether we or more optimistic observers [17,163] are correct, our own ethical values compel us to think the benefits to those future generations are worth struggling for, to increase at least slightly the chances of avoiding a dissolution of today's global civilization as we know it.
Acknowledgements
We are especially grateful to Joan Diamond, Executive Director of the MAHB, for her ideas on foresight intelligence, and to the Beijer Institute of Ecological Economics for two decades of provocative discussions on topics related to this paper. This paper has benefited from comments from Ken Arrow, Scott Barrett, Andy Beattie, Dan Blumstein, Corey Bradshaw, Greg Bratman, Paul Brest, Jim Brown, Bob Brulle, Gretchen Daily, Lisa Daniel, Timothy Daniel, Partha Dasgupta, Nadia Diamond-Smith, Tom Dietz, Anantha Duraiappah, Riley Dunlap, Walter Falcon, Marc Feldman, Rachelle Gould, Larry Goulder, John Harte, Mel Harte, Ursula Heise, Tad Homer-Dixon, Bob Horn, Danny Karp, Don Kennedy, Michael Klare, Simon Levin, Jack Liu, David Lobell, Doug McAdam, Chase Mendenhall, Hal Mooney, Fathali Moghaddam, Dennis Pirages, Graham Pyke, Gene Rosa, Lee Ross, Jose Sarukhan, Kirk Smith, Sarah Soule, Chris Turnbull and Wren Wirth. Two of the best and most thorough anonymous reviewers we have ever encountered helped us improve the manuscript. The work was supported by Peter and Helen Bing and the Mertz Gilmore Foundation.
See article for references.
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL, AND GOVERNANCE (ESG) SCORES - How WOKE are you???
The US Version of the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) Social Credit System - In America NOW

Start at 20:16 - ESG Scores
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL, AND GOVERNANCE (ESG) SCORES
https://www.refinitiv.com/en/sustainable-finance/esg-scores
Our ESG scores are designed to transparently and objectively measure a company's relative ESG performance, commitment and effectiveness across 10 main themes, based on publicly available and auditable data.
ESG scores from Refinitiv are designed to transparently and objectively measure a company's relative ESG performance, commitment and effectiveness across 10 main themes (emissions, environmental product innovation, human rights, shareholders, etc.) based on publicly-reported data.
Refinitiv ESG scores reflect the underlying ESG data framework and are a transparent, data-driven assessment of companies’ relative ESG performance and capacity, integrating and accounting for industry materiality and company size biases.
The Refinitiv ESG score measures the company’s ESG performance based on verifiable reported data in the public domain. It captures and calculates over 450 company-level ESG measures, of which a subset of 186 of the most comparable and material per industry power the overall company assessment and scoring process.
The underlying measures are based on considerations around comparability, impact, data availability and industry relevance that varies across each industry group.
These are grouped into 10 categories that form the three pillar scores and the final ESG score, which is a reflection of the company’s ESG performance, commitment and effectiveness based on publicly reported information.
The category scores are rolled up into three pillar scores – environmental, social and corporate governance. ESG pillar score is a relative sum of the category weights which vary per industry for the 'Environmental' and 'Social' categories. For 'Governance', the weights remain the same across all industries.

ESG Reports and Ratings: What They Are, Why They Matter
https://corpgov.law.harvard.edu/2017/07/27/esg-reports-and-ratings-what-they-are-why-they-matter/
Most international and domestic public (and many private) companies are being evaluated and rated on their environmental, social and governance (ESG) performance by various third party providers of reports and ratings. Institutional investors, asset managers, financial institutions and other stakeholders are increasingly relying on these reports and ratings to assess and measure company ESG performance over time and as compared to peers. This assessment and measurement often forms the basis of informal and shareholder proposal-related investor engagement with companies on ESG matters. Report and ratings methodology, scope and coverage, however, vary greatly among providers. Many providers encourage input and engagement with their subject companies to improve or sometimes correct data. There are currently numerous ESG data providers, a summary of each of which is beyond the scope of this post, but some well-known third party ESG report and ratings providers include: (i) Bloomberg ESG Data Service; (ii) Corporate Knights Global 100; (iii) DowJones Sustainability Index (DJSI); (iv) Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS); (v) MSCI ESG Research; (vi) RepRisk; (vii) Sustainalytics Company ESG Reports; and (viii) Thomson Reuters ESG Research Data. This post provides an overview and analysis of these providers.
What Is ESG? It's A Leveraging Tool For The Woke Communist Takeover
https://www.zerohedge.com/political/what-esg-its-leveraging-tool-woke-communist-takeover
The corporate dynamic when it comes to politics has been rather bizarre the past five years. The general rule for decades in the US was that companies would avoid public sparring over political agendas whenever possible and if they did contribute to election campaigns they would spend money discreetly on candidates in both parties to hedge their bets. Something changed around 2015-2016, however.
Was it the surprise election of Donald Trump? Trump was probably incidental. It was more likely the dramatic shift among conservatives away from the controlled Neo-con paradigm and into a more liberty oriented standing. Ron Paul's 2008 and 2012 campaigns had a lot to do with this change among Republican voters. Conservatives and liberty minded independents were returning to their foundations of small government, constitutionalism, independent thought, meritocracy and decentralization. This is when the corporate world decided (or was perhaps guided) to go full bore leftist.
That is to say, the leftist cult couldn't stifle the rise of conservative liberty advocates without consolidating their control in the open, and corporations are a big part of that strategy.
Wall Street, Entertainment Media and Big Tech companies donated FAR more to Democrat candidates in recent years compared to Republican candidates. In the 2020 presidential election, they spent 250% more on Joe Biden's campaign than Donald Trump's. But beyond that, many companies have gone aggressively and openly woke. Social Justice narratives of “equity, diversity and inclusion” are dominating corporate culture, and though leftist bias has always been a problem among Hollywood elitists and the entertainment media, things got a lot worse after 2016.
Part of this aggressive leftism could be attributed to the ESG movement (Environmental, Social and Corporate Governance), a clear appendage or tool for globalist foundations like the Ford Foundation, the Rockefeller Foundation and the World Economic Forum. It is also referred to as “stakeholder capitalism” and “mission related investing.” Stakeholder capitalism is just another term for socialism/communism, and ESG is a related control methodology for dictating how businesses behave politically.
The term “ESG” was originally coined by the United Nations Environment Program Initiative in 2005, but the methodology was not fully applied to the corporate world until the past six years when ESG investment skyrocketed.
There are some people that will argue that ESG is not a true “communist” mechanism because communism technically involves the state taking control of the means of production. These people are either ignorant or they are acting deliberately obtuse. Communism is about controlling culture just as much as it is about controlling the economy.
Corporations are at bottom creations of government; they are chartered by governments, receive special legal advantages including corporate personhood, and they often receive special protections from governments including central bank stimulus and a shield from civil litigation. They call it “too big to fail” because the government and the corporate world work hand in hand to keep certain institutions alive.
One could call this an odd mix of communism and fascism; the point is, the lines have blurred beyond all recognition and the ideology of the people in power is specifically leftist/communist/globalist. Corporations already have government incentives to protect the corrupt status quo, but ESG is designed to lure them into supporting vocal political alignment even at the cost of normal profits.
ESG is about money; loans given out by top banks and foundations to companies that meet the guidelines of “stakeholder capitalism.” Companies must show that they are actively pursuing a business environment that prioritizes woke virtues and climate change restrictions. These loans are not an all prevailing income source, but ESG loans are highly targeted, they are growing in size (for now) and they are very easy to get as long as a company is willing to preach the social justice gospel as loudly as possible.
Deloitte's Insights studies show that ESG assets compounded at 16% p.a. between 2014 and 2018, now account for 25% of total market assets, and they believe that ESG could account for 50% of market share globally by 2024.
These loans become a form of leverage over the business world – Once they get a taste of that easy money they keep coming back. Many of the loan targets attached to ESG are rarely enforced and penalties are few and far between. Primarily, an ESG funded company must propagandize, that is all. They must propagandize their employees and they must propagandize their customers. As long as they do this, that sweet loan capital keeps flowing.
It's enough to keep corporations addicted, but not enough to keep them satiated. Diversity hiring quotas based on skin color and sexual orientation rather than merit help make the overlords happy. Pushing critical race theory smooths the way for more cash. Carbon controls and climate change narratives really makes them happy. And, promoting trans-trenders and gender fluidity makes them ecstatic. Each participating company gets it's own ESG rating and the more woke they go, the higher their rating climbs and the more money they can get.
The list of companies heavily involved in ESG includes some of the largest in the world, with influence over thousands of smaller businesses. The ESG rating system is much like the social credit scoring system used in communist China to oppress the citizenry. The tactic is pretty straightforward – Banking elites are centralizing control of social narratives by incentivising businesses to embrace social justice and globalist ideals. They control who gets the money and anyone who doesn't play ball will be at a distinct disadvantage compared to companies that do.
They figure, if the corporate world can be pushed to go full woke, then this will trickle down to the general public and influence our behaviors and thinking. Except, it hasn't exactly worked out that way. Resistance to woke propaganda is growing exponentially and many of these companies are losing a huge portion of their customer base. They cannot survive on ESG alone.
The thing is, even ESG money has limits.
With central banks around the world now raising interest rates these kind of loans will become more expensive and will likely start to phase out. This is why the most woke corporations out there are also some of the most desperate for revenues this year, and why many of these companies are edging closer and closer to mass layoffs. The venture capital is gone and the ESG money is going to dry up also unless rates go back to zero and the bailout firehose is turned back on. Getting woke was once a backdoor tactic of gaining easy wealth. Now, getting woke really does mean going broke.
The ESG Narrative Is A Wolf In Sheep's Clothing
https://www.zerohedge.com/crypto/esg-narrative-wolf-sheeps-clothing
ESG seems like a positive way to protect the environment on a surface level, but a deeper examination reveals a more sinister path to totalitarianism.
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) is an approach to evaluate companies or countries based on their alignment with these three factors. Growing in popularity in recent years, ESG has become a globally adopted framework and a focal point of capital allocation. The concept sounds harmless on paper since most people are good and want to advance environmental or social issues. Even better if we can do it through investments. However, introducing a monetary reward for ESG's disciples introduces a whole new set of incentives that have likely not been thoroughly examined by the investment community.
There is more than meets the eye. The ESG evaluation process is arbitrary, opaque and centralized, leaving significant room for corruption. It is also suspicious that one of the key proponents of ESG is the BlackRock CEO, Larry Fink. BlackRock is the world's largest asset manager managing more than $10 trillion, and Mr. Fink's lifestyle reflects that. He enjoys flying private to Davos, relaxing in his Aspen mansion and telling you to reduce your carbon footprint.
Digging deeper into ESG reveals a more sinister plan. While we want to be good stewards of the planet, we quickly learn that the globalists' proposal for doing so is quite ominous and also illegitimate. ESG is a vital component of the agenda to consolidate capital and centrally plan the allocation of resources, destroying the remains of the free market in the process. Let's dig a bit deeper.
ESG is more than an approach to evaluating investments; it is a social credit system similar to the one that exists under the Chinese Communist Party. Similar to a credit score that determines one's eligibility for loans based on their past ability to service debts, a social credit system is a more invasive analysis and determines access to not only financial services, but also public services, such as public transportation or grocery stores. For instance, China's social credit system seeks to compile digital records of citizens' social and financial behavior to calculate a personal rating that determines what services they are entitled. Per the Wall Street Journal, the official Chinese social credit system incorporates loan repayment, credit card bills, adherence to traffic rules, adherence to family-planning limits and “reliability” of information posted or reposted online, among other factors. In addition to the official inputs, social credit incorporates political dissidence, personal values and online speech into each person’s score. Someone's beliefs, political views and online behavior determine their ability to access services such as insurance and banking, school admissions, internet services, social services and job eligibility.
Social credit is a system that determines access to goods and services at an individual level, while ESG determines a corporation's ability to access capital. Ultimately, rather than a company delivering a product or service that the market demands, companies succeed based on their ability to compromise values and incorporate an ESG agenda. On an ESG standard, success is no longer based on delivering products and services to the market but on allegiance to the ruling class. ESG is a return to the monarchical model, allowing an elite few to allocate capital to causes that further enrich them in the name of “social good.”
Not only does the ESG system consolidate capital to the ruling class, but it is also effective at destroying wealth on a country-wide scale. For example, Sri Lanka's ESG score was 98.1 ahead of its collapse. World Economic’s research explains the score. A high Emissions Index (close to 100) indicates a low environmental impact for the country. The Emissions Index is based on the equal weighting of carbon and methane emissions.
Sri Lanka's collapse is due in some part to the government's decision to force farmers to switch from chemical fertilizers, which use natural gas as a key input, to organic fertilizer in April 2021. This mandate reduced crop yields and has led to less food, resulting in Sri Lanka depleting its foreign currency reserves in order to import food. In two years, Sri Lanka's foreign currency reserves were depleted from $7.6 billion in 2019 to $50 million by the end of 2020, a roughly 99% decrease. All the while, the country had $81 billion in debt and food prices have nearly doubled.
If anything, the ESG score teaches us that it can be a counter indicator to a country's economic health, indicating a lack of food and reliable energy. Another recent ESG development was the Netherlands government's recent announcement of their plans to cut emissions of nitrogen by 50% by 2030 and Canada’s proposal for cutting fertilizer emissions by 30%. In the Netherlands, the scapegoat is livestock and a reduction in herd size will render many farmers bankrupt, increasing food insecurity globally and making beef artificially scarce. By succumbing to the pressures of ESG, companies and countries do not prosper, they crumble. Rather than lifting all tides, they sink all ships.
At a corporate level, the ESG scheme is feasible because the stock market, namely passive investing, has been promoted as the best way to build wealth, especially in the U.S. Passive vehicles such as exchange-traded funds have been championed by BlackRock and other companies. for their simplicity and have seen a massive growth in demand in the past decade. However, the unspoken consequence of passive investing is that the shareholder voting rights are now concentrated with these behemoth asset managers, which use the votes to implement their ESG agenda. The ESG cronies are appointed to board positions and management roles, destroying the remains of capitalism. Rather than delivering shareholder value and increasing aggregate wealth, companies are forced to focus on “stakeholder capitalism,” translating to woke capitalism. Companies must succumb to Marxist ideologies to maintain a connection to the monetary window. ESG is a social credit system masquerading as a “social good.” A new form of crony capitalism, one based on allegiance to the globalists and masked as a virtuous cause.
The root cause of Marxism spreading throughout the capital allocation process is the debt-based fiat money. Because inflation is programmed into our money, savers are forced to invest in Wall Street products to preserve their purchasing power. The inflationary currency monopolized by central banks is a problem that Wall Street is eager to solve and their solution allows them to use the shareholder voting power to push the ESG agenda. The need for a savings technology independent from depreciating fiat currency and Wall Street’s financial products is obvious.
Enter Bitcoin, a savings technology that will free us from the globalists’ attack vectors, including ESG. By restoring the base layer of civilization with sound money technology, Bitcoin enables us to save for the long term. There is no need for Wall Street products on a bitcoin standard since there is no central authority, such as the Federal Reserve, diluting the supply. Bitcoin is programmatically scarce. There will only ever be 21 million bitcoin and the monetary policy is fully transparent and inelastic to changes in demand. Just as gold was selected by the free market as money due to its salability across space, so too is bitcoin being adopted as savings technology. There is a growing demand for sound money as fiat currencies trend toward zero. As demand grows over time and supply issuance decreases, the price will go up. Bitcoin is the savings technology that humanity needs to prosper.
Before people point out the obvious, it is worth addressing that bitcoin's price is volatile. Bitcoin's price does decrease in dollar terms because of the instability of the fiat financial system. However, bitcoin is only 13 years old and not yet a unit of account. As understood well in the bitcoin and Austrian economics space, money follows an adoption curve: first as a collectible, then as a store of value, next as a medium of exchange and finally as a unit of account. Bitcoin's predecessor, gold, went through this monetization process over thousands of years. Bitcoin's adoption is progressing much faster. As it advances in the monetization process, it will become more stable in dollar terms. Just remember that it is always stable in bitcoin terms; 1 bitcoin = 1 bitcoin.
To conclude, the restoration of sound money as the base layer of civilization removes theft from the monetary system. Unlike central bankers that devalue your savings and force you to speculate on Wall Street products to preserve purchasing power, bitcoin exists as an alternative to store value through space and time, defunding the Cantillonares and destroying ESG in the process.
World Government at the Door
https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-4-10-2022/
On March 29th and 30th of 2022, global elites gathered for the World Government Summit in Dubai. They talked about working with individual governments in a variety of areas. But make no mistake. Their goal is in their name. They want world government.
The Bible speaks of Antichrist and the False Prophet taking control of the planet by seizing the financial system. This year’s World Government Summit expressed the same idea.
American economist Dr. Pippa Malmgren said, “What underpins a world order is always the financial system…. And what we’re seeing in the world today, I think, is we are on the brink of a dramatic change where we are about to—and I’ll say this boldly—we’re about to abandon the traditional system of money and accounting, and introduce a new one. And the new one, the new accounting is what we call blockchain. It means digital, it means having an almost perfect record of every single transaction that happens in the economy.”
The context proves that she’s talking about a “world order.” Therefore, she must be referring to every single transaction in the world economy. “What underpins a world order,” she said, “is always the financial system.” She says “boldly” that, “We’re about to abandon the traditional system of money and accounting, and introduce a new one.”
If you want to remake a civilization, remake its financial system. And that’s what they’re trying to do—not for a single civilization, but for the whole world. It will ultimately lead to the “mark of the beast,” and the totalitarian world system necessary to enforce it.
She says that the new money will be based on the blockchain technology that now underpins digital currencies such as Bitcoin. She then makes an important distinction between present digital currencies and future ones. “This new money,” she says, “will be sovereign in nature. Most people think that digital money is crypto, and private. But I see our superpowers introducing digital currency. The Chinese were the first, the US is on the brink, I think, of moving in the same direction. The Europeans have committed to that as well.”
According to the Atlantic Council, at least 91 countries are already developing digital currencies. At first, this new kind of money will augment cash. But globalists admit that their real goal is to supplant cash entirely. Digital currencies will not stop terrorists, tax cheats, or other criminals until such currencies completely replace cash and fully interconnect. Unlike Bitcoin, government versions of digital currencies will not be private, and their users will not be anonymous.
Like all digital data, the new currencies will be made of zeroes and ones, and interpreted by machines. For that reason, “digital euros,” “digital dollars,” and the others can easily be made to work together as a single currency. With that, world elites will have achieved the goal Dr. Malmgren states so well. They will have “an almost perfect record of every single transaction that happens in the economy.”
And when they implement their system globally, they will have a “record of every single transaction that happens in the economy” of the entire planet.
We find this high-tech scenario in a document written over 1,900 years ago. Revelation 13:17 (NKJV) describes it like this: “No one may buy or sell except one who has the mark or the name of the beast, or the number of his name.” A person will not be allowed to buy or sell unless he can access the global grid of digital money. And when the Antichrist reigns, only those who carry his mark will have that access.
The Hal Lindsey Report
WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION (WHO)
Matthew 24:4 Take heed that no one deceives you
Revelation 18:23 ...by your φαρμακείᾳ all the nations were deceived
φαρμακείᾳ [pharmakeia]
-
Pharmakeia is our root word for pharmacy (drugs) - by your pharmaceuticals all the nations were deceived.
-
The Greek word pharmakeia is where the English word “pharmacy” is derived from. It was synonymous with sorcery in the Bible. “Sorceries” means “the use of drugs” which denotes the magic rites of the heathen.
-
Mystics and witches alike have long touted narcotics for their ability to help access the spiritual realm. In ancient times, mixtures of herbs and animal parts were concocted to assist an occult practitioner in casting spells or summoning spirits.
Matthew 24:3-4 - The Signs of the Times and the End of the Age
Mt 24:3 Now as He sat on the Mount of Olives, the disciples came to Him privately, saying, “Tell us, when will these things be? And what will be the sign of Your coming, and of the end of the age?” 4 And Jesus answered and said to them: “Take heed that no one deceives you.
Revelation 18:21-24 - Finality of Babylon’s Fall
Rev 18:21 Then a mighty angel took up a stone like a great millstone and threw it into the sea, saying, “Thus with violence the great city Babylon shall be thrown down, and shall not be found anymore. 22 The sound of harpists, musicians, flutists, and trumpeters shall not be heard in you anymore. No craftsman of any craft shall be found in you anymore, and the sound of a millstone shall not be heard in you anymore. 23 The light of a lamp shall not shine in you anymore, and the voice of bridegroom and bride shall not be heard in you anymore. For your merchants were the great men of the earth, for by your φαρμακείᾳ all the nations were deceived. 24 And in her was found the blood of prophets and saints, and of all who were slain on the earth.”
We Can Kiss Our National Sovereignty Goodbye :: By Daymond Duck
https://www.raptureready.com/2022/05/22/we-can-kiss-our-national-sovereignty-goodbye-by-daymond-duck/
I’ve mentioned some of the information that is in the opening comments of this article, but I believe this information is so important that it is impossible to say too much about it.
The World Health Organization (WHO) will meet at the UN headquarters in Geneva, Switzerland, from May 22-28, 2022, to consider 13 U.S. proposed amendments to a treaty that was adopted in 2005 called the International Health Regulations of 2005 (IHR).
Because this treaty was adopted by the U.S. in 2005, the amendments will not have to be presented to the U.S. Senate for approval.
Up until now, the WHO could pressure every nation to impose lockdowns, mandates, vaccine passports, tracking systems, etc., but the WHO could not require nations to obey.
If a simple majority of the world’s 194 nations vote for these amendments, and that appears to be a done deal, the WHO will be empowered to require all nations to obey its mandates when the WHO declares a pandemic (and everyone seems to believe that the WHO will declare many more pandemics).
These amendments give the WHO global control of the health care and sovereignty of every nation on earth.
Nations that do not obey WHO regulations will be sanctioned, denied rights, denied loans, punished in various ways, etc., until they comply.
Put another way: WHO requirements will supersede national laws.
For whatever it is worth, Pres. Trump withdrew the U.S. from the WHO, but Pres. Biden canceled Trump’s withdrawal and is now locking the U.S. into the coming world government.
This writer has long believed that the Ten Kings will rise to power over ten regions in the world, not ten divisions in the EU.
One interesting feature of Biden’s amendments is the creation of “regional health czars” (under the authority of the WHO) with the power to police obedience to the WHO lockdowns, mandates, vaccine passports, tracking systems, etc.
Did you get that — every nation could soon be under a “regional czar”?
These czars may or may not wind up being the Ten Kings, but this could certainly be a major step in that direction.
Mat Staver, founder and chairman of Liberty Council, said, “The proposed amendments would give the WHO global jurisdiction over the United States, including the authority to declare national emergencies.”
If the amendments are approved (and they probably will be), every nation on earth (including the U.S.) can kiss their national sovereignty goodbye.
Here is more information about this story:
On May 13, 2022, Leo Hohmann noted that the timing of the Biden administration’s creation of a Disinformation Governance Board coincides with the timing of the Biden administration’s proposed amendments that surrender America’s health care and national sovereignty to the WHO.
Hohmann believes the purpose is “to crack down on free speech at the very same time the Biden administration is setting up a noose to hang around the necks of sovereign nations.”
In my words, the Biden administration wants to silence those that criticize the surrender of America’s health care and sovereignty.
Dr. Robert Malone, the famous inventor of mRNA technology, noted that the Biden administration is trying to surrender America’s health care and sovereignty before the mid-term elections.
Malone believes the Biden administration is “intentionally undermining the U.S. Constitution.”
Here are a couple of links to the information above:
Here are more events readers may be interested in:
One, “2000 Mules,” Dinesh D’Souza’s movie about how the 2020 election was stolen, has been censored by many in the media, but those that want to watch it can do so at this link: https://www.bitchute.com/video/hi3rGY78wyux/
Two, concerning shortages: on May 13, 2022, it was reported that trucking companies have warned employees that a shortage of diesel fuel could cause gas stations in the eastern U.S. to run out in the next few weeks.
According to the report, the shortage is occurring in part because the Biden administration is diverting some U.S. fuel to the EU to slow their purchase of Russian oil.
Even though the trucking companies are talking about a diesel shortage in the eastern U.S., people all over the U.S. will be impacted. (Trains, most farm tractors, and most construction equipment use diesel fuel, so the delivery of many things, farming, and construction projects will be affected.)
Three, concerning the Battle of Gog and Magog: in recent weeks, it has been reported that the tension between Russia and Israel is growing over Israel’s support for Ukraine.
It has now been reported that on May 13, 2022, Russian forces fired S-300 anti-aircraft missiles at Israeli planes that were attacking an underground bunker and tunnel site in Syria.
According to one report, this was the first time Russian forces tried to shoot down Israeli planes (and they failed).
Four, concerning an Israeli attack on Iran (a possible trigger for the Battle of Gog and Magog): on May 17, 2022, Joel Rosenberg, at All Israel News, reported that he met with senior officials from Bahrain, the UAE, and Israel, and one senior official said, “Iran is now just five days away from having enough fuel to build The Bomb” (a nuclear bomb).
The official estimates that it could take a year or so for Iran to put a nuclear warhead on a missile, but they are working on it.
Finally, are you Rapture Ready?
If you want to be rapture ready and go to heaven, you must be born again (John 3:3). God loves you, and if you have not done so, sincerely admit that you are a sinner; believe that Jesus is the virgin-born, sinless Son of God who died for the sins of the world, was buried, and raised from the dead; ask Him to forgive your sins, cleanse you, come into your heart and be your Saviour; then tell someone that you have done this.
Rep. Chris Smith warns WHO pandemic treaty is the greatest threat to freedom in human history
https://www.lifesitenews.com/news/rep-chris-smith-warns-who-pandemic-treaty-is-the-greatest-threat-to-freedom-in-human-history/?
US lawmakers warned the proposed WHO Pandemic Treaty broadens the definition of ‘health crisis’ to include issues like climate change and abortion, enabling the WHO to assert control over member nations.
Washington, D.C. (LifeSiteNews) — Members of the U.S. Congress warned Monday that the proposed World Health Organization Pandemic Treaty, which would cede significant power of governance over nations to self-appointed globalists in the case of a newly declared “health emergency,” looms as the greatest threat to freedom, national sovereignty, and the sanctity of life that has ever been seen in human history.
In what legal experts have called a power grab modeled off China’s totalitarian communist regime, with a small committee of elite left-wing globalists appropriating to themselves control of all basic functions of a free society, the WHO Pandemic Treaty would be a legally binding agreement that lawmakers have pointed out fulfills the definition of a treaty, making it unconstitutional for the president to sign without the advice and consent of the U.S. Senate.
Rep. Chris Smith warns @WHO #pandemic treaty is the greatest threat to #freedom in human history
READ MORE: https://t.co/aDizOsAa1G pic.twitter.com/NbfLFATA4A
— LifeSiteNews (@LifeSite) February 6, 2024
In the event of new “health crisis” or “global pandemic,” the proposed treaty would cede to the WHO certain powers over member nations regarding the “crisis.”
The criteria for such a “health crisis” has been greatly broadened to potentially include the “health” of the planet, as well as any crisis arising from restrictions deemed “essential health care” by the WHO, such as abortion and so-called “transgender” surgeries.
READ: Trudeau gov’t pushing WHO to include ‘climate change’ in pandemic treaty
In a press conference on Capitol Hill Monday afternoon with fellow lawmakers and political experts, Congressman Chris Smith (R-NJ) addressed the threats to American democracy and the sanctity of life contained in still-debated clauses of the proposed treaty.
Drawing attention to the WHO’s explicit demand for abortion as so-called “essential health care,” a much-touted mantra of Biden’s aggressively pro-abortion administration, Smith said, “Article 6 of the Agreement calls for the ‘continued provision of… essential health services,’ which includes abortion on demand. There is absolutely no ambiguity here. Abortion is included in the list of essential health care services published by WHO in 2020 in the wake of COVID-19, despite the fact that a majority of countries restrict and regulate abortion.”
READ: WHO’s Dr. Tedros says new global pandemic is matter of ‘when’ not ‘if’ at 2024 Davos summit
Detailing the WHO’s abortion agenda, Smith continued:
Paragraph 13 of the Pandemic Agreement affirms the need to prioritize ‘equity and respect for human rights’, yet on November 25, 2021, the WHO made clear that it construes the killing of unborn children by abortion – dismemberment, child beheading and starvation, and that’s how the abortion pill works – to be a human right.
Last February, WHO granted abortion provider and promoter International Planned Parenthood Federation ‘official relations with WHO’ status.
In August, WHO’s director general signed a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with the European Parliamentary Forum for Sexual and Reproductive Rights to advance laws and policies according to WHO guidelines. And what’s that?
WHO’s law and policy guidelines on abortion – Towards a supportive law and policy environment for quality abortion care: evidence brief – a supplement to the WHO Abortion Care Guideline, proposes actions ‘to create an enabling environment’ for abortion and seeks the overturning of laws regulating or restricting abortion including waiting periods, parental notification, conscientious objection, and any gestational age limit – WHO now is pushing laws to legalize abortion for all nine months!
As we meet here today the WHO Executive Board is expected to vote in May to give another abortion-promoting organization – the Center for Reproductive Rights – ‘official relations with WHO’ status. This is an organization that, like the WHO itself, lobbies for changes in law, and uses case law to promote abortion on demand for all nine months.
On January 22, thirty-three pro-life organizations including the National Right to Life Committee, Susan B Anthony Pro-Life America, AUL, Family Research Council, Heritage Foundation, LifeNews, signed a letter authored by C-FAM to WHO’s executive board urging them to stop the WHO from entering into an official relationship with the Center for Reproductive Rights.
The Center for Family and Human Rights (C-Fam) had similarly warned in October of WHO’s express intent to impose abortion on all member states party to the proposed treaty. In an October 10 briefing, C-Fam wrote:
The WHO has taken an increasingly extreme position on abortion, recently releasing a guideline calling for the repeal of all legal restrictions on abortion and seeking to curtail the right of health care providers to opt out of providing or assisting with abortions as a matter of conscience.
From the outset of the COVID-19 pandemic, the WHO insisted that abortion was an essential service, eve
The WHO subsequently built on this recommendation in its 2022 abortion guideline, expanding it to non-emergency contexts for the first time, and explicitly referring to how telemedicine had ‘helped support access to abortion and family planning services during the COVID-19 pandemic.’
Given that the WHO has interpreted a purported right to abortion into the text of nearly every binding U.N. human rights treaty despite the fact that none of the painstakingly negotiated texts mention the issue at all, the organization can be expected to use the pandemic accord to impose abortion on countries bound to adhere to it.
This is precisely the kind of abortion activism that the Biden administration seems to expect from the WHO in a new pandemic accord. In her opening statement at the February 2023 meeting of the INB, the U.S. ambassador specifically called for ‘access to essential health care services during pandemics, including sexual and reproductive health services,’ which is language routinely used to promote abortion.
Smith told LifeSiteNews Monday that the WHO has become “the leading promoter of abortion in the entire world.” He called on the Vatican to “vigorously” oppose the treaty on account of its abortion agenda, saying “an all-out effort” is what is needed to keep it from moving forward.
Smith also said the treaty’s provisions categorizing abortion as “essential health care” could easily be used by the WHO to push transgender ideology and to impose medical mandates for the surgical mutilation and chemical sterilization of minors who wish to “transition,” again, regardless of existing laws to the contrary within member states. In June 2023, the WHO announced the development of a pro-transgender guideline advocating for mutilating surgeries and hormones. The period for feedback came to a close on February 2.
Lawmakers also raised the alarm over concerns the proposed treaty would give the left-wing globalist at the head of the WHO power to censor what they arbitrarily deem online “disinformation” regarding whatever might be declared a “health crisis,” a move not unknown to the Biden administration with the COVID narrative.
Further alarm was raised over a clause that would prohibit member states from making reservations to the terms of the treaty, which would bind them all in its entirely. Smith pointed out that “Nations, including the United States, are precluded by the draft Pandemic Agreement from taking reservations when they consider ratification concerning any aspect of the Agreement. Article 26: ‘No reservations may be made to the WHO Pandemic Agreement.’”
The clause runs afoul of the U.S Constitution, which gives the Senate the right to take any reservation when ratifying a treaty. The U.N. has explicitly stated that the treaty will be considered internationally legally binding on any states that sign onto it.
Other experts called the treaty, which can be revised by amendments approved by a central committee, a “power grab” modeled off the Chinese Communist Party, aimed at silencing all dissent and absorbing control of all member nations.
Republican Rep. Brad Wenstrup of Ohio, chairman of the Select Subcommittee on the Coronavirus Pandemic, stated in a December congressional hearing that WHO had failed to prioritize “honesty, transparency, and the health of citizens worldwide” in its COVID-19 pandemic response, instead succumbing to “undue influence from the Chinese Communist Party.”
The WHO missed its January 27 deadline for submitting a final draft of provisions for member states to review and debate, and yet is maintaining its May 27 date for a final vote on what appears to be an ever-evolving document.
LifeSiteNews’ extensive coverage of the proposed WHO Pandemic Treaty can be viewed here.
RELATED
Congress scrutinizes WHO reforms, addresses sovereignty concerns surrounding pandemic treaty
Leslyn Lewis warns WHO pandemic treaty amendments violate Canadian sovereignty
Liberals attack Conservative MP Leslyn Lewis for calling on Trudeau gov’t to leave UN, WHO
Dr. Meryl Nass: The WHO pandemic treaty will increase man-made pandemics
WHO’s pandemic treaty will subject us to an unelected class of globalist scientific bureaucrats
The WHO pandemic treaty is a constitutional nightmare that risks America’s sovereignty
EU politician: WHO pandemic treaty would mean ‘the abolition of democracy’
Time running out to stop Biden’s plot to secretly undermine U.S. national sovereignty
https://leohohmann.com/2022/05/12/time-running-out-to-stop-bidens-plot-to-secretly-undermine-u-s-national-sovereignty/
The fact that the European Union has the Digital Services Act and the U.K. has proposed an Online Safety Bill are among the latest evidence that it was not mere coincidence that the U.S. Department of Homeland Security recently decided to create a Disinformation Governance Board.
This is all tied in together, along with the sneaky ploy by the Biden administration to create an all-powerful United Nations World Health Organization, which we were among the first to report back on April 24.
The idea, directed by the billionaire backers of the World Economic Forum, is to crack down on free speech at the very same time they are setting up a noose to hang around the necks of sovereign nations.
By amending an existing health treaty, called the International Health Regulations of 2005 (IHR), they are able to bypass U.S. Senate approval, which means no public debate and no media coverage of this sovereignty-killing power grab. It will all be done under the cloak of darkness in Geneva, Switzerland, when the WHO World Health Assembly meets May 22-28.
That’s why we see the timing of these anti-free speech measures unfolding now in all of the formerly free nations. They are designed to keep users of large social media platforms immersed in the government narrative about the forever virus (Covid), about whether elections in formerly free Western nations are actually still free and fair, about the holy and righteous nature of Ukraine’s war with Russia that everyone must support.
And don’t forget about that other tenet of the new one-world religion: climate change. The unpopular green new deal policies that Biden was unable to pass through Congress could be simply implemented under the newly upgraded IHR regulations.
And you wondered how the Great Reset was going to reach out and touch you, making you own nothing and be happy?
I think you have the answer now.
If the United Nations World Health Organization gets the desired new powers that the Biden administration has proposed to give it, look out. These 13 proposed amendments would create a beast with teeth at the United Nations.
Let’s be clear on what’s happening. They are building the infrastructure for global governance and strengthening the infrastructure that’s already in place.
If you would like to sign the petition against this travesty you may do so here.
I don’t believe petitions will do much good, other than to offer a historical record behind that shows everyone was not asleep when this global power grab played out.
As dangerous as the WHO is, it still can’t impose policy on its 194 member nations without the consent of those nations. Their dictates can be checkmated by national sovereignty. Doing so can be dangerous, just ask the dead president of Tanzania. But it still can be done.
If Biden and his Health and Human Services chief, Xavier Baccera, get their way, the nations of the world will not have their sovereignty snatched away. No, they will hand it over.
The vote takes place May 22-28 in Geneva, Switzerland. All that’s required is a simply majority vote and, poof, there goes the sovereignty of 194 nations of the world over matters of “public health emergencies,” which could include a wide range of issues, not just viruses.
The changes to the 2005 treaty also include the addition of new “regional” health czars under the authority of the WHO. These czars will have their own bureaucratic cohorts to police the policies they impose on the nations. Aid can be withheld, punishing economic sanctions can be placed on any nation that deviates from the prescribed WHO remedy for whatever health emergency has been declared by the WHO director general. That would be Dr. Tedros, a known asset of the Chinese Communist Party.
The CDC has already declared that “firearm injuries are a serious public health problem.” So is falling in the bathtub, skydiving, riding a bicycle on a busy highway, and mountain climbing, but you don’t see the CDC getting involved in any of those dangerous activities. This is all political and has nothing to do with your health. The Republicans if they gain power should fire every executive level person and replace them with legitimate scientists who are not political. If that can’t be achieved then shut the whole agency down. If a political leader isn’t willing to consider these tough decisions then they should not get our support. That includes some of the biggest names in politics. Ask them these questions. If they don’t answer with at least legitimate, heartfelt concern, then dust your sandals and move on from them. I don’t care how big of name they have in politics.
The CDC has essentially become an arm of the WHO. Both of these agencies are the enemy of public health.
But before they can implement this ghastly plan they need to beef up the WHO’s enforcement powers.
If that is achieved in less than two weeks in Geneva, then the revised International Health Regulations will go into effect in November. If that happens, every nation that voted against the Biden amendments needs to pull out of the WHO.
Biden has already garnered the support of at least 40 nations, including the EU, to help ram these amendments through.
If these amendments get passed and the WHO member nations abide by them, there will be catastrophic consequences for the world. The lights will go out on individual freedom in the U.S. and every other formerly free country.
Every city in America potentially becomes Shanghai. Where lockdowns are not only always looming over people’s heads but when they come they come hard and strict. Your house or apartment becomes your own personal prison and you are 100 percent dependent on the government for your basic needs.
But before they can get to that point, they need to figure out a way to silence all dissent.
These are the sacred gospels of the New World Order about which nobody is allowed to dissent.
Remember, in the Great Reset (aka New World Order) you have no rights, only privileges.
The idea is to hold social media companies responsible for so-called hate speech and “disinformation” posted by users.
Experts interviewed by The Defender addressed the “potential slippery slope of regulations” — in the U.S. and overseas — which, under the guise of “combating disinformation,” stifle the spread of information deemed inconvenient for governments and other powerful actors.
A May 12 article by the Defender addresses the international move toward silencing dissent in Europe and the U.S. And while it isn’t mentioned by the Defender, we know that Canada, Australia and New Zealand are also stifling dissent. This is an international revolutionary movement and the sooner we figure that out the better.
From Children’s Health Defense
As reported by The Defender, in the U.S., these proposals include a government “disinformation board” and a bill pending before Congress, the Digital Services Oversight and Safety Act.
The EU’s new regulations, experts said, may have far-reaching impacts beyond Europe.
Michael Rectenwald, author of “Google Archipelago: The Digital Gulag and the Simulation of Freedom,” said he can foresee a future in which such regulations might affect all speech — not just speech on social media platforms.
Rectenwald told The Defender:
“[T]he EU’s DSA represents a major step toward one-world governance of social media and Internet search and one step closer to global government.
“Since the distinction between ‘on-line’ and ‘off-line’ activity will lose all meaning as the Internet includes the Internet of Things and Bodies, the DSA may become the law of the land.”
Is EU’s Digital Services Act on collision course with Musk’s Twitter plans?
In timing that coincided with Elon Musk’s intent to purchase Twitter, the EU announced April 23 the passage of the Digital Services Act (DSA).
The DSA seeks to tackle the spread of “misinformation and illegal content” and will apply “to all online intermediaries providing services in the EU,” in proportion to “the nature of the services concerned” and the number of users of each platform.
According to the DSA, “very large online platforms” (VLOPs) and “very large online search engines” (VLOSEs) — those with more than 45 million monthly active users in the EU — will be subject to the most stringent of the DSA’s requirements.
As Elon Musk prepares to finalize his purchase of Twitter, government officials in the U.S. and elsewhere are introducing new legislation aimed at combating “disinformation” online — particularly on social media platforms.
Big Tech companies will be obliged to perform annual risk assessments to ascertain the extent to which their platforms “contribute to the spread of divisive material that can affect issues like health,” and independent audits to determine the steps the companies are taking to prevent their platforms from being “abused.”
These steps come as part of a broader crackdown on the “spread of disinformation” called for by the Act, requiring platforms to “flag hate speech, eliminate any kind of terrorist propaganda” and implement “frameworks to quickly take down illicit content.”
Regarding alleged “disinformation,” these platforms will be mandated to create a “crisis response mechanism” to combat the spread of such content, with the Act specifically citing the conflict between Russia and Ukraine and the “manipulation” of online content that has ensued.
The DSA also will ban certain types of advertising on digital platforms, including targeted ads tailored to children or to people of specific ethnicities or sexual orientations.
‘An impeachable offense’: Dr. Robert Malone slams Biden admin-proposed WHO amendments
The renowned mRNA pioneer called out the U.S.’s proposed surrender of powers to the World Health Organization as an “intentional” subversion of the U.S. constitution.
(LifeSiteNews) – Dr. Robert Malone, the inventor of mRNA technology, on Friday slammed the Biden administration’s recent proposed amendments to the World Health Organization (WHO)’s International Health Regulations (IHR) as “an impeachable offense.”
Malone argued on Steve Bannon’s War Room show that the proposed amendments, which Dr. Peter Breggin and Ginger Breggin have pointed out would essentially surrender the sovereignty of the U.S. and other United Nations member nations to the WHO, is a deliberate subversion of the U.S. Constitution.
The Breggins have noted that the amendments will “empower the WHO’s Director-General to declare health emergencies or crises in any nation and to do so unilaterally and against the opposition of the target nation.”
On Friday, Malone sketched a picture of the unprecedented political subjection to the WHO, which would be imposed not only on the U.S. but on all U.N. member states, that would be subsequently made possible.
“Under article five, the WHO will develop early warning criteria that will allow it to establish a [health] risk assessment for a member state, which means it can use the type of modeling simulation of predictions that exaggerated the risk from COVID 19 over two years ago,” said Malone, noting that this implies a world of “increased surveillance.”
“Once the WHO creates its assessment unilaterally, it will communicate it to inter-governmental organizations in other member states. They will then have a 48-hour deadline … to make a ‘go/no-go’ decision about complying with the mandate, which is entirely under the control of Tedros, the director general of the World Health Organization.”
According to Malone, this would allow the WHO to “circumvent the U.S. constitution” and “undermine it through this tortured logic that public health should take preeminence over the American Constitution.”
As the Breggins have pointed out, “there is no specific limit to what constitutes a health emergency,” which the WHO said includes any “illness or medical condition … that presents or could present significant harm to humans.”
Malone added that “in parallel” with the proposed rule changes, Congress took actions to “essentially allow the president to sign a treaty without congressional authorization,” further stripping the ability of the American people to consent to being essentially ruled by unelected parties.
Even further, the proposed amendments would shrink what the Breggins noted was “an 18-month grace period during which a nation may withdraw its ‘yes’ vote for amendments,” down to six months.
“What this means is that this will get rammed through the American political system and the World Health Organization before the November midterm elections,” Malone said.
“This is one of those things that sounds like science fiction. It’s hard to believe that the president of the United States and his administration are intentionally undermining the Constitution, but that’s what it is as far as I’m concerned. This constitutes a breach of his oath of office to defend the Constitution,” Malone told Bannon.
Malone said that not only the constitution but “states’ rights,” which include “control of medical care,” are being handed over to the WHO, and also, he suggested, to its “two major donors”: the Chinese Communist Party, and the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation.
“Those two control the WHO full stop,” Malone said.
While the potential powers of the WHO during such a “potential or actual” health risk are not clearly defined, the Breggins have observed that the “breadth of WHO’s scope of power” is indicated by the other U.N. agencies with which it will be “given the right” to work with, “including those related to food and agriculture, animal health, environmental programs, “or other relevant entities” (Article 6.1).”
“This too will not require the permission of the identified nation … And as we have seen, the foreward to these regulations presents a much larger array of potential collaborating agencies,” the Breggins wrote.
They further noted that because “the health-endangering event may be so nonspecific as to have ‘unknown causes or sources,’” the WHO “will be given unrestricted powers to define and then implement their interventions.”
J.D. Farag Prophecy Update
56-page World Health Organization (WHO), downloadable PDF file, “NINTH MEETING OF THE WORKING GROUP ON STRENGTHENING WHO PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE TO HEALTH EMERGENCIES https://apps.who.int/gb/wgpr/pdf_files/wgpr9/A_WGPR9_3-en.pdf
World Health Organization (WHO) - Countries: https://www.who.int/countries
WHO Proposals Could Strip Nations of Their Sovereignty, Create Worldwide Totalitarian State, Expert Warns
https://childrenshealthdefense.org/defender/who-proposals-sovereignty-totalitarian-state/
In an interview with The Defender, Francis Boyle, J.D., Ph.D., bioweapons expert and professor of international law at the University of Illinois, said the World Health Organization’s (WHO) latest proposals may violate international law. Boyle called for U.S. federal and state governments to exit the WHO immediately.
Secretive negotiations took place this week in Geneva, Switzerland, to discuss proposed amendments to the World Health Organization’s (WHO) International Health Regulations (IHR), considered a binding instrument of international law.
Similar negotiations took place last month for drafting a new WHO pandemic treaty.
While the two are often conflated, the proposed IHR amendments and the proposed pandemic treaty represent two separate but related sets of proposals that would fundamentally alter the WHO’s ability to respond to “public health emergencies” throughout the world — and, critics warn, significantly strip nations of their sovereignty.
According to author and researcher James Roguski, these two proposals would transform the WHO from an advisory organization to a global governing body whose policies would be legally binding.
They also would greatly expand the scope and reach of the IHR, institute a system of global health certificates and “passports” and allow the WHO to mandate medical examinations, quarantine and treatment.
Roguski said the proposed documents would give the WHO power over the means of production during a declared pandemic, call for the development of IHR infrastructure at “points of entry” (such as national borders), redirect billions of dollars to the “Pharmaceutical Hospital Emergency Industrial Complex” and remove mention of “respect for dignity, human rights and fundamental freedoms of people.”
Francis Boyle, J.D., Ph.D., professor of international law at the University of Illinois, said the proposed documents may also contravene international law.
Boyle, author of several international law textbooks and a bioweapons expert who drafted the Biological Weapons Anti-Terrorism Act of 1989, recently spoke with The Defender about the dangers — and potential illegality — of these two proposed documents
Other prominent analysts also sounded the alarm.
Proposals would create ‘worldwide totalitarian medical and scientific police state’
Meeting in Geneva between Jan. 9-13, the WHO’s IHR Review Committee worked to develop “technical recommendations to the [WHO’s] Director-General on amendments proposed by State Parties to the IHR,” according to a WHO document.
The IHR was first enacted in 2005, in the aftermath of SARS-CoV-1, and took effect in 2007. They constitute one of only two legally binding treaties the WHO has achieved since its inception in 1948 — the other being the Framework Convention on Tobacco Control.
As previously reported by The Defender, the IHR framework already allows the WHO director-general to declare a public health emergency in any country, without the consent of that country’s government, though the framework requires the two sides to first attempt to reach an agreement.
According to the same WHO document, the recommendations of the IHR Review Committee and the member states’ Working Group on Amendments to the International Health Regulations (2005) (WGIHR) will be reported to WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus by mid-January, in the leadup to the WHO’s 76th World Health Assembly in late May.
Boyle said he questioned the legality of the above documents, citing for instance the fact that “the proposed WHO treaty violates the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties,” which was ratified in 1969, and which Boyle described as “the international law of treaties for every state in the world.”
Boyle explained the difference between the latest pandemic treaty and IHR proposals. “The WHO treaty would set up a separate international organization, whereas the proposed regulations would work within the context of the WHO we have today.”
However, he said, “Having read through both of them, it’s a distinction without a difference.” He explained:
“Either one or both will set up a worldwide totalitarian medical and scientific police state under the control of Tedros and the WHO, which are basically a front organization for the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Tony Fauci, Bill Gates, Big Pharma, the biowarfare industry and the Chinese Communist government that pays a good chunk of their bills.
“Either they’ll get the regulations or they’ll get the treaty, but both are existentially dangerous. These are truly dangerous, existentially dangerous and insidious documents.”
Boyle, who has written extensively on international law and argued cases on behalf of Palestine and Bosnia in the International Court of Justice, told The Defender he has “never read treaties and draft international organizations that are so completely totalitarian as the IHR regulations and the WHO treaty,” adding:
“Either one or both will set up a totalitarian medical and scientific police state that will be beyond the control of national, state and local government authorities.
“Both the IHR regulations and the WHO treaty, as far as I can tell from reading them, are specifically designed to circumvent national, state and local government authorities when it comes to pandemics, the treatment for pandemics and also including in there, vaccines.”
Talks for both the proposed pandemic treaty and the proposed IHR amendments appear to follow a similar timeline, in order to be submitted for consideration during the WHO’s World Health Assembly May 21-30.
“It’s clear to me they are preparing both the regulations and the treaty for adoption by the World Health Assembly in May of 2023,” Boyle said. “That’s where we stand right now as I see it.”
According to the WHO, the International Negotiating Body (INB) working on the Pandemic Treaty will present a “progress report” at the May meeting, with a view toward presenting its “final outcome” to the 77th World Health Assembly in May 2024.
Boyle: proposed legally-binding pandemic treaty violates international law
Commenting on the pandemic treaty, Tedros said, “The lessons of the pandemic must not go unlearned.” He described the current “conceptual zero draft” of the treaty as “a true reflection of the aspirations for a different paradigm for strengthening pandemic prevention, preparedness, response and recovery.”
Roguski, in his analysis of the “Pandemic Treaty,” warned that it will create a “legally binding framework convention that would hand over enormous additional, legally binding authority to the WHO.”
The WHO’s 194 member states would, in other words, “agree to hand over their national sovereignty to the WHO.” This would “dramatically expand the role of the WHO,” by including an “entirely new bureaucracy,” the “Conference of the Parties,” which would include not just member states but “relevant stakeholders.”
This new bureaucracy, according to Roguski, would “be empowered to analyze social media to identify misinformation and disinformation in order to counter it with their own propaganda.”
The WHO currently partners with numerous such organizations, such as “fact-checking” firm NewsGuard, for these purposes.
Roguski said the pandemic treaty also would speed up the approval process for drugs and injectables, provide support for gain-of-function research, develop a “Global Review Mechanism” to oversee national health systems, implement the concept of “One Health,” and increase funding for so-called “tabletop exercises” or “simulations.”
“One Health,” a brainchild of the WHO, is described as “an integrated, unifying approach to balance and optimize the health of people, animals and the environment” that “mobilizes multiple sectors, disciplines and communities” and “is particularly important to prevent, predict, detect, and respond to global health threats such as the COVID-19 pandemic.”
In turn, “tabletop exercises” and “simulations” such as “Event 201,” were remarkably prescient in “predicting” the COVID-19 and monkeypox outbreaks before they actually occurred.
Roguski said the pandemic treaty would provide a structure to redirect massive amounts of money “via crony capitalism to corporations that profit from the declarations of Public Health Emergencies of International Concern” (‘pandemics’) and “the fear-mongering that naturally follows such emergency declarations.”
Boyle warned that the treaty and proposed IHR regulations go even further. “The WHO, which is a rotten, corrupt, criminal, despicable organization, will be able to issue orders going down the pike to your primary care physician on how you should be treated in the event they proclaim a pandemic.”
Moreover, Boyle said, the pandemic treaty would be unlike many other international agreements in that it would come into immediate effect. He told The Defender:
“If you read the WHO Treaty, at the very end, it says quite clearly that it will come into effect immediately upon signature.
“That violates the normal processes for ratification of treaties internationally under the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties, and also under the United States Constitution, requiring the United States Senate to give its advice and consent to the terms of the treaty by two-thirds vote.”
Indeed, Article 32 of the proposed treaty regarding its “Provisional application” states:
“The [treaty] may be applied provisionally by a Party that consents to its provisional application by so notifying the Depository in writing at the time of signature or deposit of its instrument of ratification, acceptance, approval, formal confirmation or accession.
“Such provisional application shall become effective from the date of receipt of the notification by the Secretary-General of the United Nations.”
“Whoever drafted that knew exactly what they were doing to bring it into force immediately upon signature,” said Boyle. “Assuming the World Health Assembly adopts the treaty in May, Biden can just order Fauci or whoever his representative is there to sign the treaty, and it will immediately come into effect on a provisional basis,” he added.
“I don’t know, in any of my extensive studies of international treaties, let alone treaties setting up international organizations, of any that has a provision like that in it,” said Boyle. “It’s completely insidious.”
Proposed amendments to IHR described as a WHO ‘power grab’
According to Roguski, who said the WHO is “attempting a power grab,” the proposed amendments to the IHR may be even more concerning than the pandemic treaty.
Roguski wrote that while he believes the pandemic treaty is “an important issue,” he also thinks it is “functioning as a decoy that is designed to distract people from the much larger and more immediate threat to our rights and freedoms, which are the proposed amendments to the International Health Regulations.”
The IHR Review Committee working on the proposed amendments “began its work on 6 October 2022,” according to a WHO document, and has convened five times since then, including this week’s meetings in Geneva. Access to the meetings was prohibited for the unvaccinated.
The final proposals of the IHR Review Committee and the WGIHR will be presented to Tedros in mid-January and to the World Health Assembly in May. According to Roguski, “If the proposed amendments are presented to the 76th World Health Assembly, they could be adopted by a simple majority of the 194 member nations.”
As a result, Roguski said, compared to the proposed pandemic treaty, “The amendments to the International Health Regulations are a much more immediate and direct threat to the sovereignty of every nation and the rights and freedoms of every person on earth.”
According to Roguski, “The proposed amendments would seek to remove 3 very important aspects of the existing regulations,” including “removing respect for dignity, human rights and fundamental freedoms” from the text of the IHR, changing the IHR from “non-binding” to “legally binding” and obligating nations to “assist” other nations.
“Essentially, the WHO’s Emergency Committee would be given the power to overrule actions taken by sovereign nations,” Roguski said.
According to Boyle, similarly to the pandemic treaty, “again, Biden can instruct his representative in May, assuming they adopt the regulations, to sign the regulations. And then, the Biden administration will treat that as a binding international agreement, just like they did with the 2005 regulations,” referring to the original IHR ratified that year.
He added:
“Those [the 2005 IHR] were signed and the U.S. State Department at that time considered them to be a legally binding international executive agreement that they list in the official State Department publication, ‘Treaties in Force.’
“In other words, they treat the 2005 regulations as if they were a treaty that never received the advice and consent of the United States Senate, and therefore the supreme law of the land under Article 6 of the United States Constitution that would be binding upon all state and local governments here in the United States, even if they are resisting, the IHR regulations or the WHO treaty.”
According to Roguski, “The proposed amendments would implement a great number of changes that everyone should absolutely disagree with.”
These changes include “dramatically expand[ing] the scope of the International Health Regulations from dealing with actual risks to dealing with anything that had the potential to be a risk to public health,” which Roguski said “would open up the doors wide to massive abuse beyond anything we have seen over the past three years.”
The proposed amendments also would shift the WHO’s focus “away from the health of real people” to “place primary preference upon the resilience of health care systems,” and would establish a “National Competent Authority” that “would be given great power to implement the obligations under these regulations,” Roguski said.
If the amendments come to pass, Roguski said, “The WHO will no longer need to consult any sovereign nation in which an event may or may not be occurring within that nation before declaring that there is a Public Health Emergency of International Concern within the borders of that nation.”
“Intermediate Public Health Alert[s],” “Public Health Emergenc[ies] of Regional Concern” and “World Alert and Response Notice[s]” could also be declared by the WHO’s director general, while the WHO would be recognized “as the guidance and coordinating authority during international emergencies.”
During such real or “potential” emergencies, the amendments would empower the WHO to mandate a variety of policies globally, which would be legally binding on member nations.
These policies could include requiring medical examinations or proof of such exams, requiring proof of vaccination, refusing travel, implementing quarantine and contact tracing or requiring travelers to furnish health declarations, to fill out passenger locator forms and to carry digital global health certificates.
“Competent health authorities” would also be empowered to commandeer aircraft and ships, while surveillance networks to “quickly detect public health events” within member nations would also be set up, as per the proposed amendments.
The WHO would also be empowered to be involved in the drafting of national health legislation.
The proposed amendments would give the WHO the power to develop an “Allocation Plan,” allowing it to commandeer the means of production of pharmaceuticals and other items during an “emergency,” and would oblige developed nations to provide “assistance” to developing nations.
“The proposed amendments … would facilitate digital access to everyone’s private health records,” Roguski said, and similar to the proposals in the pandemic treaty, would “also facilitate the censorship of any differing opinions under the guise of mis-information or dis-information.”
Roguski said the proposals are being made despite a “lack of input from the general public” by “unknown and unaccountable delegates” using vague and “undefined terminology” and vague criteria “by which to measure preparedness.”
He said the proposals would “trample our rights and restrict our freedoms,” including the right to privacy, to choose or refuse treatment, to express one’s opinions, to protect one’s children, to be with family and friends and to be free from discrimination, including discrimination on the basis of one’s vaccination status.
“The finality of decisions made by the Emergency Committee” foreseen by the amendments “would be a direct attack on national sovereignty,” Roguski said.
How did we get here?
According to the WHO, the members of the INB — during a meeting in Geneva July 18-21, 2022 — reached a “consensus,” agreeing that any new “convention, agreement or other international instrument on pandemic prevention, preparedness and response” would be “legally binding” on member states.
For Boyle, this is the WHO’s response to the “enormous opposition” to the COVID-19-related restrictions of the past three years. He told The Defender:
“As far as I can figure out what happened here was this: As you know, there has been enormous opposition here in the United States [against] these totalitarian edicts coming out, and this was under both Trump and Biden.
“These totalitarian edicts coming out of the federal government, the White House, the CDC, everyone else on this pandemic and also the vaccine mandates, there’s enormous grassroots opposition. And so, as far as I can tell what happened, this culminated in Trump pulling us out of the WHO, which I think was a correct decision.
“So you know, I’m a political independent. I’m just looking at this subjectively. Now, what happened was then, when Biden came to power, his top scientific advisor was Tony Fauci. So Biden put us back into the WHO and then appointed Fauci as the U.S. representative on the Executive Committee of the WHO.
“That’s where both the IHR regulations and the WHO treaty come from: to circumvent the enormous grassroots opposition to the handling of the edicts coming out of the federal government with respect to the pandemic and the vaccine mandates.”
Boyle explained what “legally binding” would mean in this context, if either set of proposals comes to pass:
“What will happen is the WHO will come up with an order, this new organization will come up with an order that they will then send to Washington, D.C., whereupon the Biden administration will enforce it as a binding international obligation of the United States of America under Article 6 of the United States Constitution, and it will usurp the state and local health authorities, who generally have constitutional authority to deal with public health under the 10th Amendment to the United States Constitution.
“The Biden administration will then argue that either the regulations or the treaty will usurp the 10th Amendment to the United States Constitution and state and local health authorities, governors, attorney generals, public health authorities will have to obey [any] order coming out of the WHO.”
Referring to his remarks about the illegality of the two proposals under the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties, Boyle clarified that under Article 18 of the convention, “a treaty does not come into force when signed. When the state has signed the treaty, it is only obligated to act in a manner that does not defeat the object and purpose of the treaty.”
Article 18 states:
“A State is obliged to refrain from acts which would defeat the object and purpose of a treaty when: (a) it has signed the treaty or has exchanged instruments constituting the treaty subject to ratification, acceptance or approval, until it shall have made its intention clear not to become a party to the treaty.”
According to Boyle a state’s signature “does not provisionally bring the treaty into force.”
Boyle also described the proposals as “a massive power grab by Fauci, the CDC, the WHO, Bill Gates, Big Pharma, the biowarfare industry and Tedros.”
He added:
“I’ve never seen anything like this in any of my research, writing, teaching, litigating international organizations going back to the First Hague Peace Conference of 1899, up until today.”
Roguski and Boyle argued that the U.S. — and other countries — should exit the WHO. Boyle told The Defender:
“I’m not a supporter of President Trump, but I think we have to go back to pulling out of the WHO right away. In the last session of Congress, there was legislation introduced pulling us out of the WHO. We need that legislation reintroduced immediately, in this new session of Congress.
“I think the House of Representatives has to make it clear that they object, that there’s no way they are going to go along with any orders coming out of the WHO, the World Health Assembly [WHA] or this new international pandemic organization, and that they have the power of the purse and that they will defund anything related to the WHO.”
However, for Boyle, this is not just a matter for federal lawmakers. “We need, certainly, the state governments here in the United States to take the position that they will not comply with any decisions coming out of the WHO, the WHA or this new international pandemic organization,” adding that he recently made such recommendations to Florida Gov. Ron DeSantis.
“We need that replicated all over the United States, on a state-by-state basis,” said Boyle, “and I think we need it right away because they’re trying to rush through these WHO regulations and the [pandemic] treaty for the WHO assembly in May.”
Close cooperation with Gates Foundation, others
According to the WHO, the INB discussions are taking place not just among all member states, but also with “relevant stakeholders” listed in document A/INB/2/4.
Who are these stakeholders? One example is GAVI, The Vaccine Alliance, listed as an “Observer” alongside the Holy See (Vatican), Palestine and the Red Cross.
As previously reported by The Defender, GAVI proclaims a mission to “save lives and protect people’s health,” and states it “helps vaccinate almost half the world’s children against deadly and debilitating infectious diseases.”
GAVI describes its core partnership with various international organizations, including names that are by now familiar: the WHO, UNICEF, the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation and the World Bank, and with the ID2020 Alliance, which supports the implementation of “vaccine passports.”
ID2020’s founding members include the Gates Foundation, Microsoft and the Rockefeller Foundation.
In turn, the Gates Foundation, alongside Bloomberg Philanthropies, the Clinton Health Access Initiative, the Rockefeller Foundation, the International Air Transport Association (IATA — think “vaccine passports”) and the Population Council — founded by John D. Rockefeller and known for its “population control” initiatives — are listed in the same WHO document under Annex C as “non-state actors in official relations with WHO.”
“Other stakeholders, as decided by the INB, invited to attend [and] speak at open sessions of meetings of the INB [and] provide inputs to the INB” include IATA, the International Civil Aviation Organization and the World Bank Group.
“Open Philanthropy” and George Soros’ Open Society Foundations, and “nonprofit consumer advocacy organization” Public Citizen, are among the groups listed in the WHO document as “other stakeholders” that can “provide inputs to the INB,” alongside two Russian state-affiliated health organizations.
Lead U.S. negotiator for the pandemic treaty, Pamela Hamamoto — previously an investment banker with Goldman Sachs and Merrill Lynch — “helped coordinate early responses to the Ebola outbreak in West Africa in 2015 … and a strengthened WHO response.”
Hamamoto also was “instrumental in the 2014 launch of the Global Health Security Agenda” (GHSA), a “global effort … focused on strengthening the world’s ability to prevent, detect, and respond to infectious disease threats,” spearheaded by the CDC and founded with the purpose of accelerating the IHR passed in 2005.
The World Bank, the Global Health Security Consortium, the Private Sector Roundtable and the WHO are part of the GHSA’s steering group. AstraZeneca and Johnson & Johnson, manufacturers of COVID-19 vaccines, are members of the Private Sector Roundtable.
Advising the GHSA is the “GHSA Consortium,” which includes within its steering committee the Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health (which hosted Event 201) and the Nuclear Threat Initiative (NTI).
As previously reported by The Defender, the NTI organized a “tabletop exercise” that predicted a “fictional” May 2022 monkeypox outbreak with remarkable accuracy. “Open Philanthropy” funded the final report for this exercise.
General members of the GHSA Consortium include the Gates Foundation, Amazon Web Services (which maintained COVID-19 immunization databases for the CDC), Boston University and the institution’s National Emerging Infectious Diseases Laboratories (NEIDL), and Emergent BioSolutions.
As previously reported by The Defender, NEIDL is where “a new strain of COVID-19 that killed 80% of the mice infected with the virus” was recently developed.
Emergent BioSolutions, which produced the Johnson & Johnson vaccine and attained infamy for losing a $600 million federal contract after millions of vaccine doses were ruined, is connected to the 2001 Dark Winter anthrax simulation.
In June 2022, with the support of the U.S., Italy (current chair of the GHSA) and then-G20 president Indonesia, the World Bank announced the launch of a $1 billion “pandemic fund.”
In November 2022, Indonesian Minister of Health Budi Gunadi Sadikin, at the G20 meeting held in Bali, pushed for an international “digital health certificate acknowledged by the WHO” to enable the public to “move around.” Indonesia is also a permanent member of the GHSA’s steering group.
UNITED NATIONS (UN) AGENDA 2030
The Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) are the blueprint to achieve a better and more sustainable future for all. They address the global challenges we face, including poverty, inequality, climate change, environmental degradation, peace and justice.
UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)
UN: Urgent Solutions for Urgent Times
<-- UN Resolution: Agenda 2030
2030 Agenda: The roadmap to GlobALLizaton -->
2030 Agenda: The roadmap to GlobALLizaton - This paper conceptualizes recently negotiated international agreements, particularly the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, as a collective roadmap to overcome challenges associated with globalization. By analyzing the effects and implications of globalization on societies and economies, the paper highlights concrete aspects of the international commitments that address globalization challenges in the three dimensions of sustainable development. Particular focus is placed on global production patterns, labor markets, poverty and inequality, global imbalances, migration and climate change. The paper concludes that, in the context of a changing political economy of globalization and multilateralism, concrete steps to be taken should include efforts to forge a new social contract, tackle inequalities within and between countries, address adverse effects of globalization on domestic economies, promote decent work, strengthen global institutions and tackle environmental challenges
17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDG)
GOAL 1: NO POVERTY
End poverty in all its forms everywhere – Economic growth must be inclusive to provide sustainable jobs and promote equality.
GOAL 2: ZERO HUNGER
The food and agriculture sector offers key solutions for development and is central for hunger and poverty eradication.
GOAL 3: GOOD HEALTH AND WELL-BEING
Ensuring healthy lives and promoting the well-being for all at all ages is essential to sustainable development.
GOAL 4: QUALITY EDUCATION
Obtaining a quality education is the foundation to improving people’s lives and sustainable development.
GOAL 5: GENDER EQUALITY
Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls – Gender equality is not only a fundamental human right, but a necessary foundation for a peaceful, prosperous and sustainable world.
GOAL 6: CLEAN WATER AND SANITATION
Ensure access to water and sanitation for all – Clean, accessible water for all is an essential part of the world we want to live in.
GOAL 7: AFFORDABLE AND CLEAN ENERGY
Ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern energy – Energy is central to nearly every major challenge and opportunity.
GOAL 8: DECENT WORK AND ECONOMIC GROWTH
Promote inclusive and sustainable economic growth, employment and decent work for all. Sustainable economic growth will require societies to create the conditions that allow people to have quality jobs.
GOAL 9: INDUSTRY, INNOVATION, AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Investments in infrastructure are crucial to achieving sustainable development. Build resilient infrastructure, promote sustainable industrialization and foster innovation
GOAL 10: REDUCED INEQUALITIES
Reduce inequality within and among countries – To reduce inequalities, policies should be universal in principle, paying attention to the needs of disadvantaged and marginalized populations.
GOAL 11: SUSTAINABLE CITIES AND COMMUNITIES
Make cities inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable. There needs to be a future in which cities provide opportunities for all, with access to basic services, energy, housing, transportation and more.
GOAL 12: RESPONSIBLE CONSUMPTION AND PRODUCTION
Responsible Production and Consumption. Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns
GOAL 13: CLIMATE ACTION
Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts. Climate change is a global challenge that affects everyone, everywhere.
GOAL 14: LIFE BELOW WATER
Conserve and sustainably use the oceans, seas and marine resources . Careful management of this essential global resource is a key feature of a sustainable future.
GOAL 15: LIFE ON LAND
Sustainably manage forests, combat desertification, halt and reverse land degradation, halt biodiversity loss
GOAL 16: PEACE, JUSTICE AND STRONG INSTITUTIONS
Promote just, peaceful and inclusive societies. Access to justice for all, and building effective, accountable institutions at all levels.
GOAL 17: PARTNERSHIPS
Revitalize the global partnership for sustainable development.
UN Adopts 2030 Agenda for
Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)
The Truth about the UN's Agenda 2030 — What You Need to Know
https://mypatriotsupply.com/blogs/scout/the-truth-about-the-uns-agenda-2030-what-you-need-to-know
We live in a world of misinformation, and it is hard to sort fact from fiction—even more so when the facts are distorted. With misinformation coming our way day and night, we’ve got to decipher the truth. Once we have the actual facts, it is up to each of us to determine how it affects us and the world around us.
“Agenda 2030” – the central United Nations platform for sustainable development — is a perfect case in point. It contains 17 goals that 193 member states (including the U.S.) pledged to ensure. It is a convoluted, wordy document that focuses on the idea of a global partnership to eradicate issues relating to global human rights, poverty, and the environment.
Rather than just picking up on sound bites, here is the truth about Agenda 2030, straight from the original sources (The United Nations: Department of Economic and Social Affairs). Use this information to form your own opinion.
The Basics Facts of Agenda 2030
The Heads of State and Government and High Representatives met at the United Nations Headquarters in New York September 25-27, 2015, to create new global Sustainable Development Goals.
The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development is a resolution adopted by the UN General Assembly in 2015. You can read it in its entirety here.
The 2030 Agenda has 17 Sustainable Development Goals and 169 targets. According to the UN, “All countries and all stakeholders, acting in collaborative partnership, will implement this plan. […] The Goals and targets will stimulate action over the next fifteen years in areas of critical importance for humanity and the planet.”
In the 2030 Agenda Declaration, the UN declares, “On behalf of the peoples we serve, we have adopted a historic decision on a comprehensive, far-reaching and people-centred set of universal and transformative Goals and targets. We commit ourselves to working tirelessly for the full implementation of this Agenda by 2030.”
It is important to note that Agenda 2030 was written in 2015, well before COVID-19. However, the UN has a COVID-19 Response for the Sustainable Development Goals and is pushing Agenda 2030 in the wake of the pandemic, which may explain why you are hearing about it more often now.
The UN’s COVID-19 Response website says, “The pandemic is an unprecedented wake-up call, laying bare deep inequalities and exposing precisely the failures that are addressed in the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development and the Paris Agreement on climate change. Leveraging this moment of crisis, when usual policies and social norms have been disrupted, bold steps can steer the world back on track towards the Sustainable Development Goals. This is the time for change, for a profound systemic shift to a more sustainable economy that works for both people and the planet. The Sustainable Development Goals are vital for a recovery that leads to greener, more inclusive economies, and stronger, more resilient societies.”
The 5 Ps of Agenda 2030
So, what exactly does the United Nations plan to do with Agenda 2030? According to The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development Primer, “At the heart of the 2030 Agenda are five critical dimensions: people, prosperity, planet, partnership and peace, also known as the 5P’s.”
-
People: To end poverty and hunger for all.
-
Planet: To protect the planet from degradation.
-
Prosperity: To ensure “all human beings can enjoy prosperous and fulfilling lives and that economic, social and technological progress occurs in harmony with nature.”
-
Peace: To foster peaceful and inclusive societies.
-
Partnership: To strengthen global solidarity.
The 17 Goals of Agenda 2030
In order to achieve the 5 Ps, 17 Sustainable Goals were created by the United Nations. Here are the goals directly from the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development:
-
Goal 1. End poverty in all its forms everywhere.
-
Goal 2. End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition and promote sustainable agriculture.
-
Goal 3. Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages.
-
Goal 4. Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all.
-
Goal 5. Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls.
-
Goal 6. Ensure availability and sustainable management of water and sanitation for all.
-
Goal 7. Ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern energy for all.
-
Goal 8. Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable economic growth, full and productive employment and decent work for all.
-
Goal 9. Build resilient infrastructure, promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster innovation.
-
Goal 10. Reduce inequality within and among countries.
-
Goal 11. Make cities and human settlements inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable.
-
Goal 12. Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns.
-
Goal 13. Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts.
-
Goal 14. Conserve and sustainably use the oceans, seas and marine resources for sustainable development.
-
Goal 15. Protect, restore and promote sustainable use of terrestrial ecosystems, sustainably manage forests, combat desertification, halt and reverse land degradation and halt biodiversity loss.
-
Goal 16. Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainable development, provide access to justice for all and build effective, accountable and inclusive institutions at all levels.
-
Goal 17. Strengthen the means of implementation and revitalize the global partnership for sustainable development.
Keep in mind that each goal also contains several targets, as well. For example, Goal 2 includes, “2.1: By 2030, end hunger and ensure access by all people, in particular the poor and people in vulnerable situations, including infants, to safe, nutritious and sufficient food all year round.” Goal 16 includes, “16.9: By 2030, provide legal identity for all, including birth registration.”
There are 169 targets total, all of which break down goals in this way.
Implementation of Agenda 2030
Lofty goals like these require lots of action, and Agenda 2030 is not lacking in calls for governments to “act.”
The Agenda repeatedly refers to the Financing for Development Outcome Document as a major part of the action plan for achieving goals. While it’s hard to say how “actionable” the declarations in the Outcome Document actually are, they shine a light on the priorities and mindset of the groups writing the Agenda. Taken directly from the Document itself, these include:
Expanding Taxation
“We commit to enhancing revenue administration through modernized, progressive tax systems, improved tax policy and more efficient tax collection. We will work to […] broaden the tax base. […] We welcome efforts by countries to set nationally defined domestic targets and timelines for enhancing domestic revenue as part of their national sustainable development strategies and will support developing countries in need in reaching these targets.”
Empowering the IMF and World Bank to Access Financial Information
“To help to combat illicit flows, we invite the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the World Bank and the United Nations to assist both source and destination countries. We also invite appropriate international institutions and regional organizations to publish estimates of the volume and composition of illicit financial flows […] [W]e will encourage information-sharing among financial institutions to mitigate the potential impact of the anti-money-laundering and combating the financing of terrorism standard on reducing access to financial services.”
Strengthening Regulations on Private Business to Achieve “Public Goals”
“We will develop policies and, where appropriate, strengthen regulatory frameworks to better align private sector incentives with public goals, including incentivizing the private sector to adopt sustainable practices, and foster long-term quality investment.”
Growing Services for Immigrants in Their Host Countries
“We recognize the positive contribution of migrants for inclusive growth and sustainable development in countries of origin and transit and destination countries […] We will work to ensure that adequate and affordable financial services are available to migrants and their families in both home and host countries.”
Footing a 100-Billion Dollar Annual Bill for “Clean Energy”
“We will promote both public and private investment in energy infrastructure and clean energy technologies […] with a combined potential to raise over $100 billion in annual investments by 2020.”
There are many other action items in the document. Click here to see them all.
The Concern regarding Agenda 2030
If we’re being honest, there is quite a lot of mistrust when it comes to Washington or the United Nations. We have seen firsthand how FEMA has failed to save us in times of crisis. So, when looking at this giant agenda that is full of hyperbolic language, it is easy to see why some people don’t trust it.
How is the UN going to “end poverty in all its forms everywhere” by 2030? It just doesn’t seem that possible given their track record.
Moreover, the language used in Agenda 2030 has some worried it is presenting a “New World Order.” This is because it uses all-encompassing language, such as “for all” and emphasizes the need for a global partnership.
Instead of the United States of America, people are fearful that our own current laws will cease to exist if we continue to hand U.S. sovereignty over to an international government.
However, according to the United Nations, “The Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are not legally binding. Nevertheless, countries are expected to take ownership and establish a national framework for achieving the 17 Goals.”
Prepare Now for Agenda 2030 Issues
Take time to read Agenda 2030 and the Financing for Development Outcome Document in full and form your own opinion. While the goals may seem all fine and good, we’re all familiar with the phrase, “No good deed goes unpunished.”
As danger in the world grows and concern for our government handing over its independence continues, it is always important to practice preparedness. Learn basic survival skills, develop relationships with people you can trust, purchase land, stock up on food supplies, and stay aware.
Don’t rely on the government or the United Nations to save the world. Learn how to save yourself, friends.
In liberty,
Elizabeth Anderson
Preparedness Advisor, My Patriot Supply
SOURCES
https://sdgs.un.org/2030agenda
https://www.unssc.org/sites/unssc.org/files/2030_agenda_for_sustainable_development_kcsd_primer_en.pdf
https://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/sdgs-framework-for-covid-19-recovery/
https://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/
https://www.usatoday.com/story/news/factcheck/2020/07/23/fact-check-uns-agenda-21-2030-agenda-wont-create-new-world-order/5474884002/
https://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/development-agenda/
AGENDA 21
Agenda 21 is a non-binding action plan of the United Nations with regard to sustainable development. It is a product of the Earth Summit (UN Conference on Environment and Development) held in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, in 1992. It is an action agenda for the UN, other multilateral organizations, and individual governments around the world that can be executed at local, national, and global levels.
One major objective of the Agenda 21 initiative is that every local government should draw its own local Agenda 21. Its aim initially was to achieve global sustainable development by 2000, with the "21" in Agenda 21 referring to the original target of the 21st century.
Agenda 21 is grouped into 4 sections:
-
Section I: Social and Economic Dimensions is directed toward combating poverty, especially in developing countries, changing consumption patterns, promoting health, achieving a more sustainable population, and sustainable settlement in decision making.
-
Section II: Conservation and Management of Resources for Development includes atmospheric protection, combating deforestation, protecting fragile environments, conservation of biological diversity (biodiversity), control of pollution and the management of biotechnology, and radioactive wastes.
-
Section III: Strengthening the Role of Major Groups includes the roles of children and youth, women, NGOs, local authorities, business and industry, and workers; and strengthening the role of indigenous peoples, their communities, and farmers.
-
Section IV: Means of Implementation includes science, technology transfer, education, international institutions, and financial mechanisms.
Agenda 21 - United Nations Sustainable Development
Agenda 21: The U.N. plan to take control of individual freedom. Made by Glenn Beck and his Blaze team.
A Short Introduction to Understanding Agenda 21
Agenda 21 is a 1992 United Nations' policy document which calls for using Smart Growth and Sustainability to remake the world into a new global order--devoid of private property and free enterprise. This video is the introduction to a series about Smart Growth, Sustainable development, and how Agenda 21 is remaking our nation one city at a time.
In 1989, her book, "No Regrets: How Homeschooling Earned me a Master's Degree at Age Sixteen", was published. She currently writes "Paying for Protection", http://www.protectionmoney.blogspot.com, a regular blog about the impact of excessive government regulations, including regulations designed to prevent climate change, on American society and freedom. She is author of "The Planner", a novel about the impact of Agenda 21 in America, and co-author of "The Chosen" about the NDAA. For more information visit her website at http://www.frontier2000.net.
Economic Reset - Billy Crone (Lamb & Lion Conference 1:08:26)
Agenda 21: How Will It Affect You? - The John Birch Society
Conceptual Advances for United Nations 2.0
https://www.globalissues.org/news/2021/07/20/28318
The forthcoming UN Secretary-General’s “Our Common Agenda” report, to be released before this year’s UN General Assembly High-Level Week, is expected to offer ambitious recommendations to accelerate the realization of the UN75 Declaration as the world comes to grips with the COVID-19 pandemic.
While the report’s ideas are still undisclosed, three notions are likely to represent conceptual building blocks: a “new social contract,” a “new global deal,” and “networked and inclusive multilateralism” have each permeated current high-level discussions at the United Nations, especially in speeches of UN Secretary-General António Guterres.
While these three concepts are not mentioned explicitly in the UN75 Declaration, they are implicit in the framing of the declaration’s twelve commitments. Building on perspectives from past and present scholars, world leaders, policymakers, and practitioners, these powerful notions are each unpacked in Stimson Center’s recent report, “Beyond UN75: A Roadmap for Inclusive, Networked, and Effective Global Governance.”
Critics, including the United Nations, argue that the present state of the social contract is outdated and incapable of meeting the needs and challenges of the twenty-first century. The UN Secretary-General himself emphasized that a new social contract is “an opportunity to build back a more equal and sustainable world” from COVID-19.
A new, modernized social contract could, indeed, help advance a more just post-COVID-19 recovery and economic policies that consider the realization of human rights as an end in itself—rather than as one more channel to achieve high economic growth levels under outdated metrics.
It could include a global political commitment to securing social protection floors and universal access to educational systems, among other initiatives that seek to respond to the major economic, technological, and societal shifts now underway.
Similarly, an equitable, resilient, and sustainable social contract should rebuild people’s trust in governance institutions. Trust is a prerequisite that offers legitimacy to those governing, and it permits the existence of a contract in the first place.
With the “new social contract” being the vision and long-term goal for weaving a new normative fiber binding states and peoples together, the world also needs a more operational “new global deal.”
The UN Secretary-General suggested that a new global deal would entail a redistribution of power, wealth, and opportunities, and global political and economic systems that deliver critical global public goods: public health, climate action, sustainable development, and peace.
This echoes long-standing discussions about representativeness in the current system of global governance, considering, for example, the distribution of special drawing rights at the International Monetary Fund, which gives the United States a blocking minority share, or the setup of the Security Council with its five permanent, veto-wielding powers and ten non-permanent members.
Resource redistribution and redirection also need to be seen in light of calls for a “green recovery” from the COVID-19 pandemic and of the need to recalibrate the 2030 Sustainable Development Agenda.
Advancing a new social contract and new global deal further require a more networked and inclusive multilateralism. This would entail a paradigm shift from the state-centric international world order to one where myriad actors, beyond nation-states (especially traditional major powers), can collaboratively share and implement solutions to complex problems.
Delivering the future we want will not come from “polarized member states or politicized UN secretariats.” It will result from collaborations between international civil servants, Member States, and progressive networks of non-state actors—including scholars, academics, media, businesses, philanthropies, and other stakeholders.
In this spirit, the United Nations and other intergovernmental organizations must update their rules of engagement with non-state actors, to facilitate networked and inclusive multilateralism. There is no dearth of institutional innovation ideas that can help build inclusive multilateralism.
For instance, the Call for Inclusive Global Governance, released in April 2021 and endorsed by over 150 civil society organizations worldwide, provides three recommendations for promoting greater inclusion and participation of civil society at the UN: first, the creation of a formal instrument—a World Citizens’ Initiative—to enable individual citizens to influence the UN’s work; second, a UN Parliamentary Assembly to allow for the inclusion of elected representatives in agenda-setting and decision-making at the UN; and third, the appointment of a UN Civil Society Envoy to support greater civil society engagement at the UN.
Networked and inclusive multilateralism, going beyond classic intergovernmentalism, provides a platform and framework to carry out a new global deal (operational plan) in the service of establishing a new social contract (vision).
What is needed now is enlightened leadership, combined with a well-designed strategy for reform for channeling these ideas in support of a more interlinked and participatory global governance system.
Guided by these three powerful concepts, the Secretary-General’s “Our Common Agenda” can generate political momentum for a potential 2023 World Summit on Inclusive Global Governance for truly innovating the United Nations system to keep pace with present and future challenges and opportunities.
The 75th anniversary of the United Nations was believed to be a moment for laying the foundations for a new kind of multilateralism. Although adoption of the UN75 Declaration represents an important milestone, its vision is yet to be matched by a commensurate global plan for action.
Bouncing back now from the COVID-19 presents an opportunity to also rebuild a global system that can help all nations and peoples effectively overcome current global inequalities, injustices, and insecurity. It is incumbent on all of us to make 2021 a turning point for multilateralism.
SUMMARY
https://www.un.org/en/content/common-agenda-report/summary.shtml
We are at an inflection point in history.
In our biggest shared test since the Second World War, humanity faces a stark and urgent choice: a breakdown or a breakthrough.
The coronavirus disease (COVID-19) is upending our world, threatening our health, destroying economies and livelihoods and deepening poverty and inequalities.
Conflicts continue to rage and worsen.
The disastrous effects of a changing climate – famine, floods, fires and extreme heat – threaten our very existence.
For millions of people around the world, poverty, discrimination, violence and exclusion are denying them their rights to the basic necessities of life: health, safety, a vaccination against disease, clean water to drink, a plate of food or a seat in a classroom.
Increasingly, people are turning their backs on the values of trust and solidarity in one another – the very values we need to rebuild our world and secure a better, more sustainable future for our people and our planet.
Humanity’s welfare – and indeed, humanity’s very future – depend on solidarity and working together as a global family to achieve common goals.
For people, for the planet, for prosperity and for peace.
Last year, on the occasion of the seventy-fifth anniversary of the United Nations, Member States agreed that our challenges are interconnected, across borders and all other divides. These challenges can only be addressed by an equally interconnected response, through reinvigorated multilateralism and the United Nations at the centre of our efforts.
Member States asked me to report back with recommendations to advance our common agenda. This report is my response.
In preparing the report, we have engaged with a broad array of stakeholders, including Member States, thought leaders, young people, civil society and the United Nations system and its many partners.
One message rang through loud and clear: the choices we make, or fail to make, today could result in further breakdown, or a breakthrough to a greener, better, safer future.
The choice is ours to make; but we will not have this chance again.
That is why Our Common Agenda is, above all, an agenda of action designed to accelerate the implementation of existing agreements, including the Sustainable Development Goals.
First, now is the time to re-embrace global solidarity and find new ways to work together for the common good. This must include a global vaccination plan to deliver vaccines against COVID-19 into the arms of the millions of people who are still denied this basic lifesaving measure. Moreover, it must include urgent and bold steps to address the triple crisis of climate disruption, biodiversity loss and pollution destroying our planet.
Second, now is the time to renew the social contract between Governments and their people and within societies, so as to rebuild trust and embrace a comprehensive vision of human rights. People need to see results reflected in their daily lives. This must include the active and equal participation of women and girls, without whom no meaningful social contract is possible. It should also include updated governance arrangements to deliver better public goods and usher in a new era of universal social protection, health coverage, education, skills, decent work and housing, as well as universal access to the Internet by 2030 as a basic human right. I invite all countries to conduct inclusive and meaningful national listening consultations so all citizens have a say in envisioning their countries’ futures.
Third, now is the time to end the “infodemic” plaguing our world by defending a common, empirically backed consensus around facts, science and knowledge. The “war on science” must end. All policy and budget decisions should be backed by science and expertise, and I am calling for a global code of conduct that promotes integrity in public information.
Fourth, now is the time to correct a glaring blind spot in how we measure economic prosperity and progress. When profits come at the expense of people and our planet, we are left with an incomplete picture of the true cost of economic growth. As currently measured, gross domestic product (GDP) fails to capture the human and environmental destruction of some business activities. I call for new measures to complement GDP, so that people can gain a full understanding of the impacts of business activities and how we can and must do better to support people and our planet.
Fifth, now is the time to think for the long term, to deliver more for young people and succeeding generations and to be better prepared for the challenges ahead. Our Common Agenda includes recommendations for meaningful, diverse and effective youth engagement both within and outside the United Nations, including through better political representation and by transforming education, skills training and lifelong learning. I am also making proposals, such as a repurposed Trusteeship Council, a Futures Lab, a Declaration on Future Generations and a United Nations Special Envoy to ensure that policy and budget decisions take into account their impact on future generations. We also need to be better prepared to prevent and respond to major global risks. It will be important for the United Nations to issue a Strategic Foresight and Global Risk Report on a regular basis, and I also propose an Emergency Platform, to be convened in response to complex global crises.
Sixth, now is the time for a stronger, more networked and inclusive multilateral system, anchored within the United Nations. Effective multilateralism depends on an effective United Nations, one able to adapt to global challenges while living up to the purposes and principles of its Charter. For example, I am proposing a new agenda for peace, multi-stakeholder dialogues on outer space and a Global Digital Compact, as well as a Biennial Summit between the members of the Group of 20 and of the Economic and Social Council, the Secretary-General and the heads of the international financial institutions. Throughout, we need stronger involvement of all relevant stakeholders, and we will seek to have an Advisory Group on Local and Regional Governments.
For 75 years, the United Nations has gathered the world around addressing global challenges: from conflicts and hunger, to ending disease, to outer space and the digital world, to human rights and disarmament. In this time of division, fracture and mistrust, this space is needed more than ever if we are to secure a better, greener, more peaceful future for all people. Based on this report, I will ask a High-level Advisory Board, led by former Heads of State and Government, to identify global public goods and other areas of common interest where governance improvements are most needed, and to propose options for how this could be achieved.
In this spirit, I propose a Summit of the Future to forge a new global consensus on what our future should look like, and what we can do today to secure it.
Humanity has shown time and time again that it is capable of great achievements when we work together. This common agenda is our road map to recapture this positive spirit and begin rebuilding our world and mending the trust in one another we need so desperately at this moment in history.
Now is the time to take the next steps in our journey together, in solidarity with and for all people.
KEY PROPOSALS
Across the 12 commitments from the Declaration on the Commemoration of the 75th anniversary of the United Nations
OUR COMMON AGENDA - UNITED NATIONS 2.0

This is the Universal Agenda (Hope for Our Times Prophecy Update)
What is really happening with these UN agendas?
THE PLAN TO DEPOPULATE 90-95% OF THE WORLD
https://www.democratsagainstunagenda21.com/ok-so-what-is-agenda-21-and-why-should-i-care-part-1.html
The world’s human population has exploded over the last two hundred years. According to United Nations (UN) estimates, we numbered less than one billion people 200 years ago, while today there over seven billion humans living on Earth! This is a staggering fact considering that for thousands of years the population of the world increased very slowly. However, in the last century, the world population grew exponentially from 1.5 to 6.1 billion between 1900 and 2000!
The exponential growth in the human population has put immense pressure on our environmental resources, including air, food, and water, as well as medicine, biodiversity, and habitats. The increasing pressure to grow and compete economically, whether it’s developed countries or developing countries, continues to deplete and pollute the environment and diminish its resources while threatening the future of life on earth.
THE UN MAKES A PLAN - Before I started researching this plan, I thought the United Nations was insincere and ineffective in many areas, but I could hardly believe what my research revealed: the UN is downright evil to have devised such a well-planned agenda to depopulate the planet.
Agenda 21 is a plan which many allege will depopulate 95% of the world population by 2030. It has already begun and we see outcomes worldwide. There are many means implemented to achieve this goal including vaccines, irradiated food, GMOs, and others. It all sounds great when couched in terms like “sustainable development.”
This is a plan impacting every aspect of our lives: It is the blueprint, it is the action plan, to inventory and control all land, all water, all plants, all minerals, all construction, all animals, all means of production, all energy, all information and all the human beings in the world. It is a completely comprehensive plan, it’s global and it’s implemented locally… It is in every single town all across the United States and across the world. (www.postsustainabilityinstitute.org)
What’s the difference between Agenda 21 and Agenda 2030? To quote Peter B. Meyer on the website The Final Wakeup Call:
Agenda 21 was primarily focused on climate change and the environment, but the 2030 Agenda goes far beyond that. The 2030 Agenda addresses in far more depth economics, agriculture, education, gender equality, healthcare and a whole host of other issues. There are very few forms of human activity that do not fall under the goals of the 2030 Agenda… More precisely the UN Agendas 21 and 2030 ‘sustainable development’ is a UN-led program where individuals will be stripped of personal rights and freedoms, cars will become scarce and the masses will be herded into large hellish cities and forced to live in tiny “sustainable” dorm-like apartments. (http://finalwakeupcall.info/en/2015/10/21/ agenda-21-converted-into-2030/)
I found out this plan will attempt to reduce the population from a little over 7 billion people on Earth to fewer than half a billion. If you think this is just a conspiracy theory, think again. They vaguely state their intentions and couch it in high-minded rhetoric. You have to look at the implementation of the plan rather than the slogans used. They consider depopulation the best method to decrease environmental degradation and instability.
Agenda 2030 comprises seventeen goals promoted as beneficial for everyone. What can be bad about ending poverty or hunger? The answer is in the implementation. The vocabulary is vague, leaving a lot to be interpreted, but the method is mass genocide to achieve the goals. If you want to see these plans for your city, simply Google “Agenda 21” and the name of your city, and you’ll receive data on it.
This is crazy - How would they even accomplish this?
THE PLAN TO DEPOPULATE 90-95% OF THE WORLD
Step 1 - COVID-19 VACCINE (See enormous amount of proof: Deception - Covid-19 Plandemic)
Step 2 - Russia / Ukraine War --> World War 3 (See Seal 2 - Red Horse of World War III)
Agenda 21/2030
-
https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/content/documents/Agenda21.pdf
-
https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/outcomedocuments/agenda21
-
World Economic Forum 2030Vision – Digital Technology for the Global Goals
-
Agenda 2030 (aka New World Order) Decrypted/Layman’s Terms (2016)
-
Depopulation by Injection, The return of Fascism in Europe and Agenda 2030
-
Designing cities for sustainability, resilience and happiness | Paulina Lis | TEDxSanDiego This is the UN’s Agenda21/2030 plan for Sustainable Development. They sure make it sound FANTASTIC! It’s a LIE, it’s human enslavement and total control.
Agenda 21 / United Nations / New World Order
Agenda 21 was decades in the making. The “21” in the name refers to the 21st Century.For the first time Introduced at the 1992 UN “Earth Summit” in Rio de Janeiro, President George H. Bush and leaders from 177 other nations, signed on to this “non-binding” UN action plan that was supposedly designed to assist governments at the local, national and international level the implementation of so-called “sustainable development.”
Rio+20 happened in 2012 at the UNITED NATIONS CONFERENCE ON SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT the attending members reaffirmed their commitment to Agenda 21 in their outcome document called “The Future We Want”. 180 nation leaders participated
At the Sustainable Development Summit in 2015, Agenda 2030 was introduced. Agenda 2030, also known as the Sustainable Development Goals, was a set of goals decided upon at the UN Sustainable Development Summit in 2015.
Agenda 21 was introduced to the U.S. legislation in 1993 when President Clinton quietly established the PRESIDENT’S COUNCIL ON SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT (PCSD). The PCSD codified Agenda 21 into U.S. policy through a program called SUSTAINABLE AMERICA. Today, nearly all federal programs dealing with land management, education, environment and much more are linked to Agenda 21 through Sustainable America. Let me say this again. Today, nearly all federal programs dealing with land management, education, environment and much more are linked to Agenda 21 through Sustainable America.
Europe turned out to be the continent where Agenda 21 was best accepted and most implemented. In Sweden, for example, all local governments have implemented a Local Agenda 21 initiative. Now pay close attention to what the Swedish News Propaganda pushes. Almost no one is aware that this is propaganda for the Agenda 21. https://www.youtube.com/watch?time_continue=5&v=KxTeQLL2p2c The truth however, or the results if you will, looks more like this. https://yournewswire.com/sweden-on-brink-of-collapse-worry…/
The main goals of the Agenda 21 is to CONTROL ALL RESOURCES, the deindustrialization and destroying of nation states, controlling population through UN policy and military forces and ULTIMATELY MASS DEPOPULATION. There are already multifaceted soft-kill programs underway to accomplish this goal.
THE “RED-PILLED” PAY ATTENTION TO THE DETAILS When I read statements like: “This site has nothing to do with Agenda 21”, my usual thought is: “You have a long way to go to understand the Agenda 21.” Sure, we do mix some interesting stories and satire into the news cycle, to spice it up for the readers.
The “boring” news articles are the ones YOU SHOULD BE INTERESTED IN. The implementation of various Agenda 21 programs start on a local level. And this is where the INTERNATIONAL COUNCIL FOR LOCAL ENVIRONMENTAL INITIATIVES comes into play. The ICLEI includes 1,227 local government members worldwide in 70 countries, with more than 600 in the United States. ICLEI USA membership grew by 58% in 2008 and by 25% in 2009. U.S. local government members include cities, towns, and counties of all sizes, from New York City and Los Angeles County to Arlington, Texas.
So, next time you read “some boring article” about the dumbing down of the next Generation in public schools, or about how in mid-March of 2014, the Ninth U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals upheld federal guidelines that guaranteed minimal flow of the Sacramento River to benefit “endangered” Delta Smelt and utterly neglecting the needs of local farmers, or about the breeding grounds of Fascist doctrines in major Universities where they implement anti-white hatred, or when you read about GMO’s and Glyphosates in our food supply, about fluoride in the water, or the steady increase of cancer and Alzheimer’s disease in conjunction with increased Barium and Aluminum found in the atmosphere, you might want to have a closer look at the next Geo-Engineering article before posting your unqualified and ignorant “That’s just condensation” remark. Have a look at the mass refugee migration, the open border policies and how the main stream media is complicit in trying to brain wash the masses before you comment “what has this to do with the Agenda 21?”
CHAPTER 2: THE GOAL OF THE NEW WORLD ORDER:
The “Final Solution” is described in major publications and interviews by leaders of the New World Order. In fact, the plans of the New World Order are so horrific, they are often dismissed as a “Conspiracy Theory”
THE FINAL SOLUTION There will be 440,000 “Chosen ELITES” with each owning 1,000 slaves. The rest of humanity will be exterminated. In total only one half Billion People will survive.
THE BEGINNING OF THE END: AGENDA 2030 The current world population is 7.7 Billion. To accomplish the NWO plans, it requires the extermination of 95% of humanity. The depopulation Agenda will be accelerated in 2030 (12 years from now) with the beginning of a worldwide economic collapse. Millions of people will starve to death. All nation states will be dissolved. The United Nations will control the AI (and only) Military force
THE FUTURE OF OUR PLANET IS IN OUR HANDS Understanding, exposing and ultimately stopping these plans must be a priority for the other 95% of the human race. If you want to see any future for coming generations, get educated and become pro-active.
REFERENCE AND RESEARCH MATERIAL:
THE MOST POWERFUL FAMILIES (forces) behind the New World Order Agenda
https://infinityexplorers.com/families-who-rule-the-world#psfbmodal
THE INSTITUTIONS that work tirelessly to establish the NWO
http://humansarefree.com/2014/10/exposing-shadow-forces-behind-nwo.html
The REAL WORLD GOVERNMENT (Committee of the 300, also called the Illuminati, as of 2010)
https://worldtruth.tv/the-committee-of-300/
The Globalists’ New World Order: Soft and Hard Kill Methods. An Unknown and Uncertain Future
https://www.globalresearch.ca/the-globalists-new-world-order-soft-and-hard-kill-methods-an-unknown-and-uncertain-future/5451356
Soft Kill Depopulation Programs – Expansive Sources
http://lookintoit.org/Soft-Kill-Depopulation-Prgm.html
How the Elite Plan to Survive an Engineered Extinction Event
https://www.wakingtimes.com/2016/11/28/svalbard-elite-plan-survive-engineered-extinction-event/
The Complete History of the Freemasonry and the Creation of the New World Order
http://humansarefree.com/2013/10/the-complete-history-of-freemasonry-and.html
UNDERSTANDING THE NEW WORLD ORDER – THE WHO, WHAT, HOW AND WHY
https://wakeup-world.com/2016/03/31/understanding-the-new-world-order-the-who-what-how-and-why/
“You have to understand, most of these people are not ready to be unplugged. And many of them are so inured, so hopelessly dependent on the system, that they will fight to protect it.” ― Morpheus, The Matrix
CHAPTER 3: THE ENDGAME
CREATING A POST INDUSTRIAL TECHNOCRACY. THE EXTINCTION OF THE HUMAN RACE.
There are a multitude of trends happing that “awake” people consider alarming. Common sense people feel like the world is going mad. On every corner they turn, they see a new trend emerging that defies logic. Looking at these trends, at first glance, they are seemingly unrelated. Yet, observing them from an elevated perspective, we can recognize the integral nature of all these trends, working toward one common goal.
The response of observers wavers mostly between denial, as the mind has trouble to process the findings, to causing an alarming realization when it becomes clear; WE ARE PREPARED TO BE EXTERMINATED.
Let us not jump to the last chapter, before we have had a look at the facts. Let’s shed some light on the occurring trends, to underline these grave assertions and to support you in drawing your own conclusion.
CULTURAL TRENDS: TRANSGENDERISM | PEDOPHILIA | ERASING THE MALE SPECIES
We are observing cultural trends, described as incomprehensible by people with common sense. These trends are beginning to have a lasting impact on our social fabric. We see the normalization of Pedophilia and a surge in Transgenderism, especially in the younger population. From social learning theory we know that the sudden exponential increase in transgender belief among adolescents across the United States and in Europe is due to the ongoing mass marketing of transgenderism to the youth. The Mass media, promoting Transgenderism, is doing their part in having a negative effect on children and teens as well.
Instead of combating what can be seen as a psychological disorder, society embraces it. At the most vulnerable time in a young person’s psychological development, transgender activists are promoting this delusion.
– LGBT advocates claim the increase in Transgenderism are the direct results of the growing confidence teens feel in being honest about their true gender identity. (https://world.wng.org/content/what_s_behind_the_surge_in_transgender_teens).
Another disturbing trend is the normalization of pedophilia, claiming to be a mainstream “sexual orientation.” Pedophiles are rebranding themselves as “Minor Attracted Persons,” with readily being accepted by the LGBT community. You see more often the addition as LGBTPQ, where the P stands for Pedophile.
– The normalization of Pedophilia (https://thefreethoughtproject.com/normalization-of-pedophilia-goes-mainstream-child-molesters-rebranded-as-minor-attracted-persons/).
– The LGBTPQ Insanity on full display (https://newstarget.com/2018-12-24-lgbtpq-insanity-11-year-old-desmond-is-amazing.html)
There is also a massive trend against masculinity, whereas the LGBT is playing an active role to erase the male species altogether.
– The newest trend is to combat Testosterone (https://www.dailywire.com/news/22906/buzzfeed-guys-test-their-testosterone-levels-amanda-prestigiacomo).
– The obliteration of rational thinking, where an ever growing portion of people, (especially the younger generation) believe that men menstruate and can get pregnant
– These (http://thefederalist.com/2016/09/30/washington-post-advice-columnist-men-can-bear-children/) are just a few examples of a catalogue filled with irrational patterns.
SYSTEMATIC INDOCTRINATION
Our entire schooling system is designed to create a culture of helplessness and victimization. College students are now taught to be victims who cannot think for themselves. Save spaces are being erected. Students are taught to find refuge in collectivism, whereas free speech and free thought are being eradicated. Liberal “Teachers” and “Professors” lay the very foundations to void any logic and reason, by teaching “true progressivism” as the new standard. Sure enough, latest claims arise that traditional teachings of mathematics, and physics are racist by nature, and developed by a white patriarchy that must be eradicated. The political Left now advocates through and through racism and bigotry, with the mass indoctrination of young children all the way to college students. They are being thought to hate white people and denounce them for being a certain skin color. Yes, it is true; racism is alive and well. The brain washing has worked, because white people apologizing for their “white privilege,” all while the true racist Left wants to force the entire eradication of white people from public offices or any positions of influence. What used to be called “eugenics” is now called “equality.” This is not a new development though. In 1933 similar doctrines were labelled as Nazism, and its subversion of the Jewish people was enforced through fascism.
BIOLOGICAL TRENDS: POISONED FOOD AND WATER:
Did you know that the food and water you consume is deliberately poisoned? If not, you might want to pay attention. About 80% of the food we eat is controlled by companies the likes of Monsanto, whose primary industry focuses on exterminating life. (https://www.ecowatch.com/how-monsanto-gained-huge-control-of-the-worlds-food-supply-1882046512.html)
Monsanto’s path of destruction is reaching much further back than the Vietnam War, yet this is where Monsanto left its most memorable mark, edged in the history books of mass destruction. Monsanto developed “Agent Orange”, which killed thousands of people and crippled millions of children, even when born decades after the war ended. Today, Monsanto is the inventor of Glyphosate, a Carcinogen linked to millions of cancer death around the world. The ingredient of “Roundup,” widely used on crops and harvests. It also brought us deadly foods, laced with aluminum resistant GMO crops. Enabling crops to survive the atmosphere and rain water, heavily saturated with Aluminum through Geoengineering. Yet, the majority of people don’t seem to care or are completely ignorant about these facts, while continuing to purchase foods that makes them sick. Poison, mascaraing as food.
– The Government under President Obama made sure Monsanto will be unobstructed while conducting business as usual. https://planetsave.com/2013/04/02/five-appalling-facts-about-the-farmer-assurance-provision-the-monsanto-protection-act/
– For the unaware, here is comprehensive toxin research data on Glyphosates and GMO’s in food: https://www.diseaseglyphosategmos.info/
Fluoride consumption leads to lowered intelligence and an increased risk of cancer. One of the most researched side effects of fluoride is that it lowers IQ. A study was published in the Institute of Environmental Health Sciences journal Environmental Health Perspectives, August 2012. Researchers from both Harvard University’s School of Public Health and China Medical University in Shenyang, in a joint meta-analysis of 27 studies, found there were “strong indications” that fluoride exposure, particularly among developing children, is highly problematic for proper cognitive development and brain formation. Additional, a study by the Harvard School of Dental Health stated that fluoride in tap water increases risk of bone cancer in boys, at levels currently present in fluoridated water supplies.
“This is a very specific cancer in a defined population of children,” said Richard Wiles, co-founder of the Environmental Working Group (EWG), a research organization based in Washington, D.C., that made the research available. (Natural News, Mike Adams)
– The entire agricultural food and water production has been drenched with brain damaging fluoride induced in our water supply (https://articles.mercola.com/sites/articles/archive/2014/07/01/water-supply-fluoridation.aspx). Study after study have confirmed that fluoride is a dangerous, toxic poison that bio-accumulates in the body.-
Dirty Dozen Endocrine Disruptors: https://www.ewg.org/research/dirty-dozen-list-endocrine-disruptors
MEDICAL TRENDS:
The most visible (to the awake person) and one of the most deadly trend in modern medicine is the vaccine industry. There is a concerted effort to push vaccines, which are deliberately laced with lethal chemicals. Many reputable doctors, such as Dr. Joseph Mercola are outspoken and highly critical of vaccines. While vaccine propagandist the likes of Bill Gates claim they are saving lives, in reality they are involved in eugenics programs, promoting mass depopulation. (https://newspunch.com/bill-gates-polio-vaccine-program-causes-47500-deaths/).
Most vaccine peddlers are brainwashed and buying into the lie they are saving the lives of their children, while they are injecting them with hidden cancer viruses and depopulation chemicals that support the collapse the human species. (https://www.vaccines.news/2018-02-13-vaccines-target-blacks-depopulation-science-paper-infertility-chemical-african-women.html).
Vaccine advocates want to explain the epidemic-like increase in Autism by telling the “uneducated sheep” that this disease is hereditary, yet can’t explain where all the retirement homes full of autistic people are. (https://www.vaccines.news/2018-11-03-if-autism-is-hereditary-where-are-retirement-homes-full-of-autistic-people.html). While the Autism rate keeps climbing astronomically, the main stream media is complicit in the cover up, rather than committing to real journalism.
– USA Today Article: (https://www.usatoday.com/story/news/nation/2018/04/26/autism-rates-climb-experts-dont-know-why/554247002/).
– CNN Article (https://www.cnn.com/2015/04/22/health/mmr-vaccine-autism-study/index.html). Independent Media Reporting on Vaccines.
– Reference Vaccine Page: (https://www.vaccines.news/2018-10-21-more-toxic-than-fluorine-deadly-mercury-damages-your-body-and-brain.html).
– TRIPLETS all become autistic within hours of vaccination (https://www.naturalnews.com/2018-12-23-triplets-all-become-autistic-within-hours-of-vaccination-see-shocking-video.html#)
TECHNOLOGICAL TRENDS: GEOENGINEERING:
Geoengineering has so many different facets to it and many are unknown to a large portion of the public. All of them have one thing in common; they are extraordinarily harmful to all life on earth. Over 300 species being extinct every day, in large due to the Atmospheric Aerosol Injections. We are not heading toward the sixth mass extinction event, we are neck deep in it! The species extinction rate happens 1,000 times faster because of a still little known agenda to the masses of people.
One major factor for the extermination of life is Geoengineering. As a side note: We have covered Geoengineering in great detail. We have produced a Geoengineering Documentary Film. In recent times, the Geoengineering efforts taken on another level of complete insanity. The terraforming of our planet through Atmospheric Aerosol Injections has been accelerated and the mass extinction program is well on its way. The UN “Agenda 2030” is only 12 years out, while the cover up attempts become more blatant. HERE IS ANOTHER CALL TO ACTION, AS YOU ARE THE ONLY FORCE THAT, COLLECTIVELY, CAN STOP THE INSANITY.
Our previous attempts through Film Festival submissions or through Fundraisers have not ensued the desired results. We are now ready to take on this challenge “on site” with a new strategy; through private screenings. If you are able and willing to set up Private Screenings, either with a larger crowd, or with people who are affluent and willing to make contributions, please contact us: navajocanyon@yahoo.com. We urge anyone who wants to make a difference to download the paper and get involved.
5G NETWORKS
There is a concerted effort underway of deliberately dumbing down the population through multifaceted exposures, including brain damaging water fluoridation, vaccines, GMO’s, Aspartame and now 5G cell towers. Whereas 4G has a fifty-millisecond delay, 5G data transfer will offer a mere one-millisecond delay. We humans won’t notice the difference, but it will permit machines to achieve near-seamless communication. Thus the 5G network is solely installed with machines in mind. Which in itself will open Pandora’s Box for us and our planet. For example; Firefighters in California counties, including San Francisco, Los Angeles and Sacramento, have reported severe neurological damage, headaches, insomnia, memory problems and confusion after 5G towers were installed outside their stations, as reported by forbiddenknowledgetv.net. When tested, they were found to have brain abnormalities and measurable neurological deficits and firefighters have now filed to be exempt from the California law that would enforce the installment of 5G towers near their places of work.In summary, many studies associate low-level RFR exposure with a series of health issues, including:
– DNA single and double-strand breaks (which leads to cancer)
– Oxidative damage (which leads to tissue deterioration and premature ageing)
– Melatonin reduction (leading to insomnia and increasing cancer risks)- Disruption of brain glucose metabolism
– Generation of stress proteins (leading to myriad diseases)Resources: https://ehtrust.org/key-issues/cell-phoneswireless/5g-networks-iot-scientific-overview-human-health-risks/
MASS DISINFORMATION TRENDS:
There is a desperate effort of the Globalists to end all national sovereignty, as outlined per the sustainable development structure in the Agenda 21. In order to keep the masses of people unaware and in a fog-like state, all major networks are heavily involved in massive disinformation campaigns. Excerpt from the Documentary Film “No One Gets Out Alive!”
“The borders of misinterpretations are fluent. Other valuable methods to manipulate the information arising from the operation of our brain. Our brain uses constant recalls to so-called heuristics. The brain is permanently engaged to process the flood of information therefore it relies on abbreviated thought processes whenever possible. Heuristics are like little concept based programs that are stored in our brain, aiding us to make quick decisions and judgments. They run automatically and are triggered subconsciously when we hear certain terms over and over again. When emotionally moving pictures are shown to you, you are also no longer able to form an objective accurate assessment of the situation, without even noticing it. The amount of exposure to this sort of brain washing is very relevant. According to Nielsen numbers, Americans spend 34 hours a week watching TV. Being inundated by propaganda hidden in commercials, TV shows and the so-called “news,” 5 hours daily in front of the Telly, is providing practically any access to the mind and that will make it incredibly difficult to reach people and pull them out of the brain washing abyss they have subjected themselves to.”
CONCLUSION
Each one of these Trends by itself, constitute a serious threat to human life. ALL OF THEM TOGETHER ARE A CONVERTED EFFORT TO ENSURE THE EXTERMINATION OF HUMAN LIFE. The ruling class and advocates of a New World Order accomplishing one crucial task to the completion of their Eugenics Agenda by keeping people under the influx of these trends. Being inundated by cultural, biological, medical, technological and informational assault, the human mind and body will eventually succumb.
WHILE THESE SOFT-KILL OPERATIONS ARE WELL ON THEIR WAY, YOU CAN EXPECT THE FINAL ASSAULT RIGHT AROUND THE YEAR OF 2030. I am afraid, all these assaults may not even constitute the main attack, as surely the main assault will come in form of some man-made “Extinction Level Event,” perhaps a deadly virus spreading worldwide. (This article was drafted in Early 2019. One Year before the dawn of the COVID-19 pandemic. However, COVID-19 seemed to be just a test-run. There is far worse to come.) Yet, the combination of all these ongoing soft-kill programs by itself, strongly compromise the ability to think critically. People portray increasing erratic behavior, because their normal brain function is under constant assault. Void of coherent thoughts and rational decision making, many people are living now in a self-induced trance, supported by the medical industry. Drug related deaths are at a record high. Prescription drugs against depression are given to children. So many people are wondering like sheep, with their heads buried in their “smart devices,” hooked to social media, unaware they are being lead to the slaughter house.
It’s been said that we have certain God-given talents. One of them is the ability to create something out of nothing. My mentor George Addair used to describe it eloquently; “We can imagine a dream and hold it in the nonexistent future until it has caught up with the present.” It means we have the power to create our own future.We also have given the human endowment of “Free Will.”
The Globalists are setting out to steal both of them from you with their grand vision of a New World Order, and will replace it with the closest description of what comes to mind when describing “Hell on Earth.” If you feel powerless and say that there is nothing you can do, they already have you entangled in their Spider Web of deceit. However, many of you will feel like not going down without a fight. Good for you, I say. I rather die standing on my feet myself, fighting for the human race, than begging on my knees for a quick death. We still have a chance. And we better take it. Because what’s about to unfold will make Adolf Hitler’s “Final Solution” pale in comparison.
Fact sources:
https://realverifiednews.com/agenda-21-united-nations-new-world-order/
http://www.icleiusa.org/about-iclei/faqs/faq-iclei-the-united-nations-and-agenda-2
http://spectator.org/archives/2011/03/22/one-world-government-obama
http://www.cuttingedge.org/News/n1394.cfm
AGENDA 2030 (UN Trojan Horse)
https://pennybutler.com/agenda-2030/
Fraudulent Labelling: Agenda 2030 – The Way the United Nations is Dragging the World into the Abyss – the “New Normal” is for “The Common Good”, and other Lies.
It’s all for the “Common Good”. Create Crisis, Introduce Solution. Get you to agree to a “New Normal”. (Video 9mins)
UN’s Agenda 2030: The True Objectives Behind Their 17 ‘New Sustainable Development Goals’ (Be Free)
UNITED NATIONS agenda 21 for a controlled NWO, the agenda for the 21st century - A Great Elite Reset. This has been out there for 20 years and most of us were completely unaware of it. It's agenda 21, the agenda for the 21st century. This is not something that; you know just a bunch of people are out there making up. This is REAL. It's a plan to remove humans and human activity from rural and suburban areas. It's been implemented in our country and it has been supported by every president ever since. So you're going to be concerned about this, not just as Americans but as free human beings. And this is a world plan.
With its agenda 2030, the United Nations is, quote:
“determined to liberate mankind from the tyranny of poverty and need and to heal our planet”
But is this really so? If you take a close look at their goals, you will find a completely different picture.
Agenda 21 is a UN action program that was adopted by 182 countries as early as 1992 at the Conference on Environment and Development in Rio de Janeiro. It contains specific developmental and environmental policy recommendations for action in the 21st century. With the 2030 Agenda adopted by the UN in 2015, the goals of Agenda 21 were then further developed in line with the challenges that had grown worldwide and now applied equally to all countries.
The official goal of the 17 key points of the 2030 Agenda is to respond to a deterioration of the situation in each country and to improve the world under the premise of sustainability.

The 2015 UN General Assembly resolution states:

However, a closer look at political programs reveals that they consistently pursue goals that are quite different from those that are ostensibly highlighted to populations.
Given this aspect of deception in mind, Kla.TV took a close look at 12 of the 17 key points of the 2030 Agenda and “decoded” them in such a way that viewers around the world can compare what the positively formulated goals actually mean in practice:
FRAUDULENT LABELING: AGENDA 2030
The Way the UN is Dragging the World Into The Abyss
With its agenda 2030, the UN is, quote: “determined to liberate mankind from the tyranny of poverty and need and to heal our planet” unquote. But is this really so? If you take a close look at their goals, you will find a completely different picture.
Since these supposedly non-binding international agreements can sometimes be a bit tricky to decode, what with all the weaponized buzz terms and semantics games, KLA prepared a handy dandy translator on the 17 new Agenda 2030 goals below.
Goal 1: End poverty in all its forms everywhere.
Translation: Centralized banks, IMF, World Bank, Fed to control all finances, digital one world currency in a cashless society
Entire populations are made dependent on state subsidies, and society is insidiously being led into a socialist system. Nations get trapped into debt through the International Monetary Fund, the IMF, from which they can never ever escape. (01) (02) (03) (04)
Goal 2: End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition and promote sustainable agriculture.
Translation: GMO’s, Lab-Made Frankenfoods, Gene/DNA-editing
The destruction of biological, small-scale agriculture is being observed, while at the same time multinational corporations increasingly control global food production through industrial agriculture, genetic engineering and agrochemicals. (05)
“As I dug into the research of GMO and the patenting of seeds, I came across something that perked my ears up, and that was that the earliest research on GMO’s. was financed by the Rockefeller Foundation. That interested me tremendously because I have spent years researching the Rockefeller machine – the Political machine of the most powerful family in America after WWII, and what I found out astonished even me.” Engdahl Lectures on the cohort renaming of Eugenics to Genetics and that GMO = Population Control.
Time to grow our own and end this madness. Not only are they gene-editing humans, they’re also redesigning the genetic makeup of food, and it won’t be labelled “GMO” – they can cleverly engineer them so that they are only considered a “processing aid” which is not required to be disclosed on the packaging. What Lab-Foods are in our Supermarkets?
UN wants to ban more than one bite of meat a day & eliminate global food chains. Do you like eating bugs, 3d-printed steak, or genetically-engineered lab-created frankenfoods? The UN is now officially calling on replacing beef with processed bugs. The United Nations is demonising our farmers and trying to send our society back to the stone age by taking 2.4 billion kilos of protein off of the market. The UN is the single most destructive force on planet earth, working as the trojan horse behind the globalist New World Order.
Goal 3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages.
Translation: Mass vaccination, Codex Alimentarius.
Compulsory vaccination is being introduced throughout countries, and natural healing methods are being suppressed or battered. As a result, people are being more and more dominated by the pharmaceutical industry, whose drugs have evidently sickened and even reduced the population. (06) (07) (08) (09) (10) (11)
Goal 4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all.
Translation: UN propaganda, brainwashing through compulsory education from cradle to grave. Dumb-Down & Corrupt
As a result of Agenda 21 and 2030 particularly, the level of education has been rapidly declining worldwide. With the help of educational standards and education towards a common ‘core’, the population has been manipulated from an early age so that people become credulous/gullible/unsuspecting, and will accept anything told by an authority, remaining passive as a result. (12) (13)
Goal 5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls.
Translation: Population control through forced “Family Planning”.
The natural, traditional family and life forms are vanishing, women are being used as cheap labor, and children are being raised by the state. We have also been approaching the goal of a genderless society for decades. While feminism is being pushed forward, all masculine characteristics, on the other hand, are being suppressed. The promotion of a transgender ideology has dramatically increased the number of sex change operations among young people, which will ultimately allow reproduction to be controlled by the state. (14) (15) (16) (17)
Goal 6: Ensure availability and sustainable management of water and sanitation for all.
Translation: Privatize all water sources, don’t forget to add fluoride.
90% of the world’s water is consumed by the raw material industry, which is dominated by multinational corporations, and at the same time the privatization of water supply is being strongly promoted worldwide. Today, a number of multinational corporations dominate global water markets, thus making water more and more a luxury good while preventing any self-sufficiency and independence for the population. (18) (19) (20)
Goal 7: Ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern energy for all.
Translation: Smart grid with smart meters on everything, peak pricing.
In Germany, for example, the expansion of renewable energies has kicked up electricity prices tremendously for which, above all, consumers have been asked to pay. (21)
Glenn Beck on Agenda 21 pt.2 (moreglenn beck)
Glenn Beck talks to a group who are spreading the word on Agenda 21 at the local levels. What they are doing to stop the progress.
Goal 8: Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable economic growth, full and productive employment and decent work for all.
Translation: TPP, free trade zones that favor megacorporate interests.
International corporations are increasingly dictating working conditions through globalization, ruthlessly exploiting people, and at the same time, taking over or destroying smaller companies on a large scale. For example, the five largest Internet companies alone took over 436 companies worth $131 billion in the past ten years. The result is that ultimately only a handful of groups remain to control and profit. (22) (23) (24) (25)
Goal 9: Build resilient infrastructure, promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster innovation.
Translation: Toll roads, push public transit, remove free travel, environmental restrictions.
Deindustrialization is taking place in numerous countries and has in some cases led to a significant increase in unemployment. At the same time, many countries, through “promotional” loans were lured into government over-indebtedness, and consequently into a debt trap. The result is the sellout of domestic resources, infrastructure and manpower. (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31)
Goal 10: Reduce inequality within and among countries.
Translation: Even more regional government bureaucracy like a mutant octopus.
Economist Valentin Lang examined in a study the consequences of globalization in 147 countries between 1970 and 2014 and came to the following serious conclusion: Although income differences between countries are narrowing, income gaps within the population are widening. While the incomes of the higher-earning upper class increased, the average population is the big loser. They are often plunged into poverty, hunger and lack of prospects by international corporations, which are the main profiteers of globalization. These corporations ruthlessly exploit countries and their populations, resulting in an increase in inequality instead of the promised disparity reduction. (32)
Goal 11: Make cities and human settlements inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable.
Translation: Big brother big data surveillance. Social Credit System. Digital ID. Gun-Control.
Total surveillance of the population is rather being pushed in the name of security. For example, more and more countries are using facial recognition technology for surveillance. In public places of cities, people’s faces are automatically scanned and processed by an algorithm. In addition, strict gun laws are supposed to ensure greater security but factually, however, gun bans do not disarm a single criminal, but rather law-abiding citizens, hence preventing rebellions and simply ensuring the oligarchs’ safety. (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38)
Goal 12: Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns.
Translation: Forced austerity (Raising taxes while cutting spending), Social Credit System. Monitoring Food, Energy, Thoughts.
The imposition of retaliatory taxes force people to abandon proven technologies. For example, due to the CO2 tax on fossil fuel consumption, new coal-fired power plants are being dismantled in Germany but continue to operate in other countries. The situation is similar for diesel vehicles. In addition, a social credit system based on China’s model is being prepared step by step in the name of the “Great Reset” both in Germany and in all other countries of the world. As a result, anyone who does not comply with the government can have their freedoms and basic rights massively curtailed, including their livelihood, i.e. the purchase of food. So these are the facts about the investigated alleged improvements. (39)
Goal 13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts.
Translation: Cap and Trade, carbon taxes/credits, footprint taxes (aka Al Gore’s wet dream).
(40) (41) (42)
Goal 14: Conserve and sustainably use the oceans, seas and marine resources for sustainable development.
Translation: Environmental restrictions, control all oceans including mineral rights from ocean floors.
(43) (44) (45)
Goal 15: Protect, restore and promote sustainable use of terrestrial ecosystems, sustainably manage forests, combat desertification, and halt and reverse land degradation and halt biodiversity loss.
Translation: More environmental restrictions, more controlling resources and mineral rights.
(46) (47) (48)
Goal 16: Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainable development, provide access to justice for all and build effective, accountable and inclusive institutions at all levels.
Translation: UN “peacekeeping” missions, the International Court of (blind) Justice, force people together via fake refugee crises and then mediate with more “UN peacekeeping” when tension breaks out to gain more control over a region, remove 2nd Amendment in USA.
Goal 17: Strengthen the means of implementation and revitalize the global partnership for sustainable development.
Translation: Remove national sovereignty worldwide, promote globalism under the “authority” and bloated, Orwellian bureaucracy of the UN. For the global elite, the point isn’t to improve the world, the point is to control it.
(49) (50) (51)
So these are the facts about the investigated alleged improvements. In conclusion, if one now compares the many aspired and beautifully formulated goals with the actual developments, one realizes that it is a case of, you could say, fraudulent labelling.
Interestingly enough, the symbol used for the 2030 Agenda is the same as for the “Great Reset” planned by the WEF. But no improvement in this world situation can be expected from a self-appointed elite such as the World Economic Forum.
On the contrary, their New World Order is nothing more than the self-enrichment of a few financial oligarchs at the expense of the general public. Therefore, there is simply a need for a new world leadership with an overall awareness that must mature from the people. Any longed-for improvement of the world situation is therefore the duty of a well-informed population that additionally needs to be willing to take personal responsibility.
Why are they so straightforward?
Well, apparently they believe that people fall into three groups: (52)
-
People who follow everything the media says and won’t be able to accept what they see happening right in front of their eyes
-
People who are smart enough to understand what is happening and support it (or at least are willing to go along with it because they understand where the power lies)
-
People who are smart enough to understand what is happening, are against it and willing to speak up about it, and are censored on the internet for being racist neo-Nazi conspiracy theorist whackjobs
On the whole, it seems that their analysis of the situation is more or less entirely accurate.
The Dirty Secret behind Agenda 21
It’s about Total Population Control – over food, property, agriculture, government, health – everything.
G. EDWARD GRIFFIN is a writer, documentary film producer, and Founder of Freedom Force International.
https://freedomforceinternational.org/g-edward-griffin/
UNITED NATIONS agenda 21 for a controlled NWO (New World Order), the agenda for the 21st century – A Great Elite Reset. This has been out there for 20 years and most of us were completely unaware of it. It’s agenda 21, the agenda for the 21st century. This is not something that; you know just a bunch of people are out there making up. This is REAL. It’s a plan to remove humans and human activity from rural and suburban areas. It’s been implemented in our country and it has been supported by every president ever since. So you’re going to be concerned about this, not just as Americans but as free human beings. And this is a world plan. (53) (54) (55) (56)
Glenn Beck on Agenda 21 pt.1 (moreglenn beck)
Americans are so focused on Congress and Obama at the federal level of government right now that most are overlooking the socialism creeping in at the local level through Agenda 21. It is easy to overlook local government since people are saturated with too much information in the internet age. Compounding this is the fact that Agenda 21 is a dull topic, and it becomes understandable how it has been able to fly mostly under the radar since 1992, slowly working its way into our cities and counties.
(Info that matters - Rosa Koire)
The concepts of "Agenda 21," "Agenda 2030," and "The Great Reset" represent plans closely tied to the "COVID-19 crisis. Rosa Koire is the absolute expert on the United nation's agendas that seek to squeeze humanity into submission. Rosa Koire was an appraiser and had 28 years of land use experience. Thanks to this work, she noticed a certain trend, a shift in land use. Thus, she became an expert on Agenda 21, Agenda 2030 and The Great Reset. What is Agenda 21 and Agenda 2030? What are the UN's plans and how powerful are they? Can we do anything ourselves to turn the tide?
https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/content/documents/Agenda21.pdf
More from Rosa Koire, author of ‘Behind the Green Mask: U.N. Agenda 21″

“The UN is not asking permission, but issuing a command that the entire planet will commit to 17 sustainable development goals and 169 sustainable development targets designed to radically transform our world by 2030. The UN 2030 plan promoted by the Pope will advance Agenda 21 on steroids. Through a controlled media the mass populations will be told that this is all about saving the environment and “ending poverty.” But that is not the true agenda of Agenda 21. The true agenda of Agenda 21 is to establish a global government, global economic system, and global religion. When UN Secretary General Ban Ki-Moon spoke of “a dream of a world of peace and dignity for all” this is no different than when the Communists promised the people a “workers paradise.”
The plans within the UN’s Agenda 21 are not that dissimilar from the long-term plans of the Romans as they expanded their empire, though their ultimate ‘kingdom’ was subdued and eventually divided.
United Nations Agenda 21 - in 5 Minutes
Stop being ignorant please, get your head out of the sand and learn what is happening on our planet. We are out of time for you to keep hiding behind your tv living a 'fake-reality' while they do this to the planet & humanity.
You need to learn about: Who is really behind the United Nations, World Health Organization, World Bank, Federal Reserve, Governments, Pharmaceutical Companies, Food Companies, Climate Companies and more.
Agenda 21 (Reinvented as Agenda 2030 and Agenda 2050) is a Plan to Depopulate 95% of the World Population by 2030 and it is in full swing right now. If you go to one of your local council meetings you might notice that they are implementing it as well in your city or town. Another name for it is “Sustainable Development (CSD)“.
Learn about:
Agenda 21, Agenda 2030, New World Order, Great Reset, and what COVID is.
All of this at the very least. You need to know what is going on the with economy, why you can't trust the media, and that we don't even have a government anymore. It's literally time you take it seriously - if you still think your friends are yelling at you because they are "crazy" then you're the one who has been 'brainwashed' by the government and the tv.
Get on Telegram and find others who can explain it to you if you don't know where to start because Facebook, TikTok, WhatsApp, Instagram, Google, and all the Fact-Checkers, are designed to keep you "running around in the fake reality" while they completely take over the planet.
==========
Learn more:
==========
https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/outcomedocuments/agenda21
https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/content/documents/Agenda21.pdf
https://www.un.org/humansecurity/agenda-2030/
https://intelligence.weforum.org/topics/a1G0X000006O6EHUA0?tab=publications
==========
Australia
==========
https://www.dfat.gov.au/aid/topics/development-issues/2030-agenda/Pages/default
https://intelligence.weforum.org/topics/a1Gb0000004bql8EAA
https://www.un.org/en/about-us/member-states
Speaker: Rosa Koire, author of 'Behind the green mask: U.N. Agenda 21',
External Links
Great Reset
-
https://intelligence.weforum.org/topics/a1G0X000006O6EHUA0?tab=publications
-
Young Global Leaders W.E.F. Members / INFILTRATION IN OUR GOVERNMENTS! 100 pages of young global leaders and their positions of power title’s
-
WEF – The Future Teams Of Government INFILTRATION – Hubs | Global Shapers
-
The Great Reset = The Bilderberg Illuminati Takeover Plan. Rumble
-
The Corbett Report: Meet the World Economic Forum. Rumble
-
Great Reset’s ESG ‘Credit Scores’ WILL affect EVERY aspect of your life. Rumble – Glenn Beck explains how The Great Reset may soon influence EVERY financial aspect of your life — from car loans, business loans, mortgages, and more. It’s all thanks to the partnership between America’s biggest banks, the federal government, and global groups like the World Economic Forum…and it has already begun: The Heartland Institute’s Justin Haskins describes how Merrill Lynch now assigns ESG credit scores for customers. It may not affect you yet. But soon, a low score — based on things like products you buy or how much electricity you use — could SIGNIFICANTLY impact your life.
Agenda 21/2030
-
https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/content/documents/Agenda21.pdf
-
https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/outcomedocuments/agenda21
-
World Economic Forum 2030Vision – Digital Technology for the Global Goals
-
Agenda 2030 (aka New World Order) Decrypted/Layman’s Terms (2016)
-
Depopulation by Injection, The return of Fascism in Europe and Agenda 2030
-
Designing cities for sustainability, resilience and happiness | Paulina Lis | TEDxSanDiego This is the UN’s Agenda21/2030 plan for Sustainable Development. They sure make it sound FANTASTIC! It’s a LIE, it’s human enslavement and total control.
New World Order
-
NWO Agenda Explained: COVID, Smart Cities, Digital Identity, The Great Reset, Fourth Industrial Revolution, Transhumanism, Agenda 21, etc.
-
“The New Normal”, a factual, 50-minute documentary, investigates The Fourth Industrial Revolution, what the 1% elite psychopaths have to gain and the rest of us are about to lose
-
Prepare Yourself for What is Coming – Max Igan – All the sleeping masses are the ones who are going to drag us into AI slavery. We’re at a time in history where we find ourselves on the frontline, all of us. We’re on the frontline here, folks
-
Declassified Kissenger Report – National Security Study Memorandum ~ NSSM 200 – Implications of Worldwide Population Growth For U.S. Security and Overseas Interests – (The Kissenger Report, December 10, 1974) PDF
DAVOS
-
The Davos Class, The World Economic Forum Board
-
The Davos Class, Susan George, Transnational Institute
-
The World Economic Forum: Global governance in a world of resistance, Andrew Gavin Marshall, Occupy.com
-
State of Power 2015, Transnational Institute
Australia
Internal Links
Great Reset | New World Order | Rigged Agenda
-
Tabletop Exercises – Pre-Planning a World in NWO Sync
-
South Australian MP Ann Bressington Explains & Warns about Agenda 21
-
Jeremy Lee Posts (Unravelling the Sustainable Development trojan horse)
-
Digital ID = Permanent Enslavement – Australia & World – WAKE UP!!!
-
Useful Steps for Navigating the Financial Reset – Catherine Austin Fitts
-
Catherine Austin Fitts Brief Summary of Global Financial Reset
-
Dr Shankara Chetty: Spike Protein is a well-engineered slow-death poison
-
[Belarus President] Aleksandr Lukashenko – Covid Corruption & Globalist Agenda
-
Two Dutch MP’s Calling out Globalists Reset Plan: “COVID = Distraction, Reset = Mission”
-
Dr Graham Lyons | South Australia | on the Evil Globalist Agenda
-
[Rant] The Great Reset And New World Order Are Not Conspiracy “Theories”
-
Agenda-Driven Corrupt & Evil Programming – DO NOT TRUST THE MEDIA
-
How I Went From Pandemic To PLAN-Demic (How I Know I’m On The Right Side Of History)
References
01↩, 12↩, 34↩Insider Recalls New World Order Meeting In 1969
02↩Catherine Austin Fitts Brief Summary Of Global Financial Reset
03↩[1988] Regaining Power By The People | Eric D. Butler
04↩, 13↩, 27↩, 33↩[1994] Dr John Coleman – New World Order
05↩NWO-Food
09↩[Fauci] The REAL Anthony Fauci With Robert Kennedy, Jr.
10↩Universal Vax – Coordinated & Planned Years Before & Treatments Suppressed
14↩Insider Recalls New World Order Meeting In 1969
15↩[1994] Dr John Coleman – New World Order
16↩Bill Gates – Corbett Report – COVID Agenda
17↩COVID Conflict$ Of Interest Australia [Video]
19↩The Dumbing Down Of A Population – Chemical Manipulation with Mercury & Fluoride in Flu Shots.
20↩[1988] Regaining Power By The People | Eric D. Butler
21↩Glenn Beck on Agenda 21 pt.2
22↩[1991] New World Order Australia | Jeremy Lee
23↩, 29↩, 41↩, 44↩All Seminars by Jeremy Lee – Australia
24↩, 30↩, 32↩, 42↩, 45↩, 48↩, 49↩Globalism Notes
25↩, 31↩, 37↩[1992] New World Order: Solution Or Seduction? | Jeremy Lee
26↩[1995] IMF, World Bank | Jeremy Lee
28↩, 35↩, 40↩, 43↩, 46↩[1991] New World Order Australia | Jeremy Lee
36↩, 39↩, 50↩[1991] Planned Destruction Of The Australian Constitution | Jeremy Lee
47↩All Seminars by Jeremy Lee – Australia
52↩How is the Agenda This Obvious…?
53↩What Is Agenda 21? After Watching This, You May Not Want to Know
UN, World Economic Forum Behind Global ‘War on Farmers’: Experts
They say 'Agenda 2030' development goals at root of sustainability policies that could lead to food shortages
The escalating regulatory attack on agricultural producers from Holland and the United States to Sri Lanka and beyond is closely tied to the United Nations’ “Agenda 2030” Sustainable Development Goals and the U.N.’s partners at the World Economic Forum (WEF), numerous experts told The Epoch Times.
Indeed, several of the U.N.’s 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are directly implicated in policies that are squeezing farmers, ranchers, and food supplies around the world.
High-level Chinese Communist Party (CCP) members within the U.N. system helped create the SDGs and are currently helping lead the organization’s implementation of the global plan, The Epoch Times has previously documented.
If left unchecked, multiple experts said, the U.N.-backed sustainability policies on agriculture and food production would lead to economic devastation, shortages of critical goods, widespread famine, and a dramatic loss of individual freedoms.
Already, millions of people worldwide are facing dangerous food shortages, and officials around the world say those are set to get worse as the year goes on.
There is an agenda behind it all, experts told The Epoch Times.
Even private land ownership is in the crosshairs, as global food production and the world economy are transformed to meet the global sustainability goals, U.N. documents reviewed by The Epoch Times show.
As explained by the U.N. on its SDG website, the goals adopted in 2015 “build on decades of work by countries and the U.N.”
One of the earliest meetings defining the “sustainability” agenda was the U.N. Conference on Human Settlements known as Habitat I, which adopted the Vancouver Declaration.
The agreement stated that “land cannot be treated as an ordinary asset controlled by individuals” and that private land ownership is “a principal instrument of accumulation and concentration of wealth, therefore contributes to social injustice.”
“Public control of land use is therefore indispensable,” the U.N. declaration said, a prelude to the World Economic Forum’s now infamous “prediction” that by 2030, “you’ll own nothing.”
Numerous U.N. agencies and officials have outlined their vision of “sustainability” since then, including calls for drastic restrictions on energy, meat consumption, travel, living space, and material prosperity.
Experts interviewed by The Epoch Times say that some of the world’s wealthiest and most powerful corporate leaders are working with communists in China and elsewhere in an effort to centralize control over food production and crush independent farmers and ranchers.
The WEF, a network of major multinational businesses that collaborates closely with the CCP, is a “strategic partner” of the U.N. on Agenda 2030.
The increasing regulation of food production and even efforts to shut many farms and ranches come as officials around the world such as U.S. President Joe Biden and U.N. World Food Programme chief David Beasley warn of looming food shortages worldwide.
But instead of easing restrictions and encouraging more production, Western governments and many governments dependent on aid are clamping down even harder.
Dutch farmers, already at the breaking point, have responded this summer with massive nationwide protests. That followed violent unrest in Sri Lanka tied to food shortages caused by government policy.
Governments and international organizations have cited various pretexts for the policies, ranging from increasing “sustainability” and protecting various flora and fauna, to promoting “economic justice” and even returning lands to aboriginal peoples.
According to critics of the policies, though, the goal isn’t to preserve the environment or fight climate change at all. Instead, the experts warn that the “sustainability” narrative and the other justifications are a tool to gain control over food, agriculture, and people.
“The end goal of these efforts is to reduce sovereignty on both individual nations and people,” said Craig Rucker, president of the Committee for a Constructive Tomorrow (CFACT), a public policy organization specializing in environmental and development issues.
“The intent for those pushing this agenda is not to save the planet, as they purport, but to increase control over people,” he told The Epoch Times, adding that the goal is to centralize power at the national and even international level.
UN Sustainable Development Goals—Agenda 2030
The U.N. Sustainable Development Goals, often referred to as Agenda 2030, were adopted in 2015 by the organization and its member states as a guide to “transforming our world.” Hailed as a “master plan for humanity” and a global “declaration of interdependence” by top U.N. officials, the 17 goals include 169 targets involving every facet of the economy and life.
“All countries and all stakeholders, acting in collaborative partnership, will implement this plan,” declares the preamble to the document, repeatedly noting that “no one will be left behind.”
Among other elements, the U.N. plan calls for national and international wealth redistribution in Goal 10, as well as “fundamental changes in the way that our societies produce and consume goods and services.”
Using government to transform all economic activity is a critical part of the SDGs, with Goal 12 demanding “sustainable consumption and production patterns.”
Among the specific targets outlined in Goal 12 are several directly linked to agricultural policies that undermine food production. These include “sustainable management and efficient use of natural resources.”
Perhaps more importantly, the document demands “environmentally sound management of chemicals and all wastes throughout their life cycle, in accordance with agreed international frameworks.”
As a result, people and especially farmers must “significantly reduce their release to air, water, and soil in order to minimize their adverse impacts on human health and the environment.”
Other SDGs that are directly tied to what critics have called the “war on farmers” include Goal 14, which addresses “marine pollution of all kinds, in particular from land-based activities, including … nutrient pollution.” The U.N. regularly describes agriculture and food production as a threat to the ocean.
The U.N. Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO), led by former CCP Vice Minister of Agriculture and Rural Affairs Qu Dongyu, is helping to lead the charge.
In its 2014 report “Building a Common Vision for Sustainable Food and Agriculture: Principles and Approaches,” the U.N. agency calls for drastic restrictions on the use of fertilizers, pesticides, emissions, and water in the agricultural sector.
As an example of how agriculture must be reformed to be considered sustainable by the U.N., the FAO report declares that “excessive use of nitrogen fertilizer is a major cause of water pollution and greenhouse gas emissions.”
The Rome-based FAO didn’t respond to a request for comment.
Another of the 17 SDGs with a direct impact on agriculture and food production is Goal 2, with its calls for “sustainable agriculture” and “sustainable food production.”
Goal 6, meanwhile, calls for “sustainable management of water,” which includes various targets involving agricultural water use and runoff.
Because U.N. leaders see agriculture and food production as key contributors to what they call manmade climate change, Goal 13 is important, too. It calls for governments to “integrate climate change measures into national policies, strategies, and planning.”
Goal 15, which deals with sustainable use of terrestrial ecosystems, also has multiple targets that affect agriculture and food production.
All over the world, national and regional governments are working with U.N. agencies to implement these sustainability goals in agriculture and other sectors.
For instance, responding to U.N. biodiversity agreements, the European Union has enacted various U.N.-backed biodiversity programs such as Natura 2000 and the EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030, which have been cited by the Dutch government and others in their agricultural policies.
The U.N. also boasts publicly about its role in imposing the SDGs in Sri Lanka and other nations suffering from food shortages and economic calamities linked to the very same global sustainability programs.
Around the world, almost every national government says it’s incorporating the SDGs into its own laws and regulations.
World Economic Forum ‘Partnership’
Alongside the U.N. are various “stakeholders” that are critical to implementing sustainable development policies through “public-private partnerships.”
At the heart of that effort is the WEF, which since 2020 has been pushing a total transformation of society known as the “Great Reset.” In 2019, the WEF signed a “strategic partnership” with the U.N. to advance Agenda 2030 within the global business community.
The official agreement defined “areas of cooperation to deepen institutional engagement and jointly accelerate the implementation of the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development.”
Many of the key officials behind Agenda 2030, including top U.N. leaders such as current Secretary-General António Guterres—a self-proclaimed socialist—have also been working with the WEF for decades.
Meanwhile, the WEF has been explicit with its goals. It recently launched a “Food Action Alliance” (FAA) that acknowledges on its website that Agenda 2030 “informs the ambition of the FAA to provide an enduring and long-term platform for multi-stakeholder action on food systems to meet the SDGs.”
Alongside the U.N.’s “Food Systems Summit” in September 2021, the WEF’s FAA released a report outlining its own “leadership agenda for multi-stakeholder collaboration to transform food systems.”
Among other elements, the document summarizes the FAA’s insights on “supporting transformative food system partnerships, and its value proposition beyond the UN Food Systems Summit 2021 towards achieving the UN Sustainable Development Goals.”
The WEF’s public concern with transforming agriculture and the food supply goes back over a decade, at least.
In partnership with various companies, the WEF released a 2010 report outlining a “new vision for agriculture” that included a “roadmap for stakeholders.” Many of the world’s largest food companies that dominate the market and own countless popular brands are involved.
The WEF’s website is packed with information purporting to justify a total transformation of the food supply by “stakeholders.”
“As global food systems become increasingly interconnected, effective coordination among a diverse set of stakeholders will be required,” WEF says on its “Strategic Intelligence” platform, frequently citing the FAO as its source.
“The potential to craft new, systemic approaches to food systems that include a diverse array of stakeholders presents opportunities to help sustainably feed the world well into the future.”
The organization’s frequent references to “stakeholders” refers to governments, companies, and so-called nongovernmental organizations that are often funded by those same companies and governments. They are all working together on the issue.
For instance, the WEF boasts that it has brought corporate giants such as Coca-Cola and Unilever into the fold toward promoting a “more sustainable future.”
The Rockefeller Foundation, which recently released a report on how to “Reset the Table” and “Transform the U.S. Food System,” is also a key player.
The WEF’s “Food Innovation Hubs” around the world are set to be a major part of this global transformation.
Speaking to the World Economic Forum on “transforming food systems and land use” at last year’s Davos Agenda Week, Dutch Prime Minister Mark Rutte announced that the Netherlands would host the “Global Coordinating Secretariat of the World Economic Food Innovation Hubs.”
The secretariat, he said, “will connect all other Food Innovation Hubs” in order to facilitate creating “the partnerships we need.”
Neither the WEF nor the Rockefeller Foundation responded to requests for comment on their role in Agenda 2030 and on the agricultural policies being pursued around the world.
Other organizations and entities involved in the push include powerful tax-exempt foundations such as the Gates Foundation, the EU-style regional governments proliferating around the world, and various groups funded by them.
Squeezing Farmers—and the Food Supply
All over the globe, U.N. SDG-aligned government policies are squeezing farmers—especially smaller, independent producers unable to absorb the added costs of added regulation and control.
Celebrating U.N. sustainability ideas, recently ousted Sri Lankan President Gotabaya Rajapaksa announced at the U.N. COP26 climate summit in 2021 that his government was banning chemical fertilizers and pesticides.
“Sri Lanka recently restricted the imports of chemical fertilizers, pesticides, and weedicides due to public health concerns, water contamination, soil degradation, and biodiversity impacts,” Rajapaksa told world leaders, to widespread acclaim.
“Although opposed by entrenched lobbies, this has created opportunities for innovation and investment into organic agriculture that will be healthier and more sustainable in future.”
In reality, even though they were promptly rolled back, the policies produced catastrophic food shortages, widespread hunger, and eventually a popular revolt that ousted the president and his government.
In 2019, the socialist Sri Lankan government also partnered with the U.N. Environment Programme to establish the U.N. Global Nitrogen Campaign, which promotes the U.N.-backed policies on nitrogen that are now proliferating worldwide.
In the Netherlands, headquarters for the WEF’s “Food Innovation Hub” secretariat, authorities are imposing nitrogen policies that are expected to decimate the nation’s highly productive agricultural sector. The plans also include widespread expropriation of farms.
“The expropriation plans of the cabinet are a downright declaration of war on the agricultural sector,” said Dutch Member of Parliament Gideon van Meijeren, of the Forum for Democracy party, as cited by De Dagelijkse Standaard. “Under false pretenses, farmers are being robbed of their land, centuries-old farms are being demolished and farmers’ families are being totally destroyed.”
Experts warned of dangerous consequences stemming from such sustainability policies including food shortages, skyrocketing prices, social unrest, and more.
“You can glimpse the green, sustainable future by beholding Holland and Sri Lanka now,” Bonner Cohen, a senior fellow at the National Center for Public Policy Research, told The Epoch Times.
And yet, the agenda is spreading rapidly. Canadian federal authorities last week announced similar restrictions on fertilizers and nitrogen after restrictions on energy production were put in place, sparking outrage from provincial officials and farmers.
In Ireland, the United Kingdom, and other European nations, various government entities are also working to slash agricultural production under sustainability programs.
Meanwhile, aside from continuing with policies that pay farmers not to grow food, the Biden administration is seeking to impose WEF-backed “Environmental, Social, Governance” metrics and reporting on companies through the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
Farm associations and more than 100 members of Congress argue that the plan would bankrupt owners of small and medium-size farms unable to comply with climate reporting requirements to do business with public firms, even as the world moves toward widespread food shortages.
In part, experts say the insistence on these sorts of policies is because those imposing them are largely insulated from the damage they are causing.
“Global elites in government, transnational organizations, corporate boardrooms—well represented in the WEF—are so caught up in their climate virtue signaling, from which many hope to benefit financially through investments in green energy, that they are slow to notice that they are completely detached from reality,” said National Center for Public Policy Research’s Cohen, who specializes in environmental issues.
“Few of those imposing regulations on farmers have ever set foot on a farm. By virtue of the power and wealth these people already have, they are shielded from the consequences of the misguided policies they impose on the rest of the world. That burden is borne by ordinary people around the world, about whom the Davos crowd and their partners in crime know nothing.”
Small, Independent Farms at Risk: Experts
Sri Lanka’s disaster offers a preview of what will happen to the United States and Europe if policymakers continue to follow the U.N. sustainability agenda, according to Sterling Burnett, who holds a doctorate in environmental ethics and leads the nonprofit Heartland Institute’s Arthur B. Robinson Center on Climate and Environmental Policy.
“It’s not a war on farming; it’s a war on small farming and independent farmers,” he told The Epoch Times. “It’s a war in support of elite, large-scale agricultural industries.”
Even though the U.N. SDGs speak of helping “small-scale food producers,” Burnett argued that independent farms and ranches are in the U.N.’s crosshairs to help consolidate control over the food supply.
Policymakers are “in the pocket” of major corporate interests including Conagra, BlackRock, State Street, Vanguard, and others, he said.
“They would just as soon have all their small competitors put out of business,” he said, echoing concerns expressed by numerous other experts.
BlackRock CEO Larry Fink, whose firm manages more money than any other company in the world, “wants to impose his values on companies using other people’s money,” Burnett said.
Fink, who serves on the board of the powerful Council on Foreign Relations and works closely with the WEF, is a key architect of the push to impose “environmental, social, governance” metrics on U.S. companies.
“This is the super-rich foisting their values on the rest of us,” said Burnett, pointing to those he says are happy to work with communists on the effort.
“As far as the World Economic Forum is concerned, you can’t have a Great Reset if you don’t reset the food supply, because food is necessary to everybody,” he said. “Stalin recognized this: Whoever controls the food controls the people. Same with energy.”
As prices soar and farmers go bankrupt, major corporations, in league with governments and international organizations, will pick up the pieces.
In the meantime, as seen recently in Sri Lanka, hungry people pushed to the brink are likely to react.
“People were not starving on January 6,” said Burnett, referring to the Jan. 6, 2021, protest and breach at the U.S. Capitol. “The supply chain crisis is happening, shelves are already going empty, and when people are hungry, they will not sit around and do nothing.”
American Policy Center founder and President Tom DeWeese, a leading expert on and critic of U.N. notions of sustainability, warned that the war on farmers was part of a broader agenda to strip people of freedom.
“Always in the past, when tyrannical forces wanted to rule the world, they built armies and invaded, broke things, killed people, and forced subjugation,” DeWeese told The Epoch Times. “We are now dealing with a diabolical force that has figured out a way to get us to voluntarily surrender our liberties and help them subjugate us.
“What could be such a powerful tool? The threat of Environmental Armageddon,” he said, pointing to the climate-change narrative as the prime example.
Citing numerous U.N. officials and documents, DeWeese says the agenda isn’t to save the climate, but to transform the planet and centralize control over the populace.
Aside from the U.N. and the WEF, major companies such as Vanguard and BlackRock are working to take over and control the food supply, he said.
Already, a handful of companies in which those two investment firms are top shareholders dominate the global food and beverage industry. By taking over the farming, they will control it all.
“The goal is to have total control over food production,” he said, noting that they seek to own all seeds and even grow synthetic meat in facilities already being backed financially by Bill Gates and other billionaires.
Genetically engineered crops are high on the agenda, too.
The U.N., the WEF, and others are also moving forward with promoting insects and weeds as food. Across the Western world, insect protein production facilities are popping up rapidly.
But it gets even darker, DeWeese says.
“If people are starving, they are much easier to subjugate,” he said, adding that depopulation and control over humanity have been on the agenda of global elites for decades.
The “war on farmers” also comes amid what critics have described as a government-backed “war on energy” that’s affecting agriculture and virtually every other sector.
This includes limiting energy exploration, shutting down power plants, charging special fees and taxes, and other policies that have resulted in rapidly rising costs across the Western world, although not in places such as China.
The experts interviewed by The Epoch Times urged Americans to resist the war on farmers and the U.N.-backed sustainability policies using a variety of means. These include getting involved politically, adopting different shopping habits, finding alternative sources of food such as local farmers, and other measures.
Officials at the U.N. didn’t respond to requests for comment.
UN’s Agenda 2030: The True Objectives Behind Their 17 ‘New Sustainable Development Goals’ (Be Free)
UNITED NATIONS agenda 21 for a controlled NWO, the agenda for the 21st century - A Great Elite Reset. This has been out there for 20 years and most of us were completely unaware of it. It's agenda 21, the agenda for the 21st century. This is not something that; you know just a bunch of people are out there making up. This is REAL. It's a plan to remove humans and human activity from rural and suburban areas. It's been implemented in our country and it has been supported by every president ever since. So you're going to be concerned about this, not just as Americans but as free human beings. And this is a world plan. (comments: since 1992 👀)
https://conservativepapers.com/news/2014/04/18/what-is-agenda-21-after-watching-this-you-may-not-want-to-know/
https://nl.pinterest.com/pin/277886239479925799/
Rosa Koire on UN Agenda 21 - The concepts of "Agenda 21," "Agenda 2030," and "The GREAT RESET" represent plans closely tied to the "COVID-19 crisis. Rosa Koire is the absolute expert on the United nation's agendas that seek to squeeze humanity into submission. Rosa Koire was an appraiser and had 28 years of land use experience. Thanks to this work, she noticed a certain trend, a shift in land use. Thus, she became an expert on Agenda 21, Agenda 2030 and The Great Reset. What is Agenda 21 and Agenda 2030? What are the UN's plans and how powerful are they? Can we do anything ourselves to turn the tide?
https://rumble.com/vlu2oy-the-greater-reset.html
https://youtu.be/E3xlx8nL6iI
https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/content/documents/Agenda21.pdf
Agenda 21 and The Illuminati’s Enduring Quest for World Government.
https://www.thelibertybeacon.com/agenda-21-and-the-illuminatis-enduring-quest-for-world-government/
Agenda 21 (Reinvented as Agenda 2030 and Agenda 2050) is a Plan to Depopulate 95% of the World Population by 2030 and it is in full swing right now. If you go to one of your local council meetings you might notice that they are implementing it as well in your city or town. Another name for it is “Sustainable Development (CSD)“.
https://therealtruthnetworkcom.wordpress.com/2020/06/28/agenda-21-nwo/
https://steverotter.com/agenda-21-and-agenda-2030-new-world-order/
https://rforresistance.wordpress.com/2021/05/01/depopulation-by-injection-the-return-of-fascism-in-europe-and-agenda-2030/
Agenda 21 explained very well. Including implications it will have on humanity. Opinions within the video come in some cases from those that were in on the negotiations. Truly an interesting watch.
https://youtu.be/8h7HBhZCwsE
United Nations Conference on Environment & Development Rio de Janerio, Brazil, 1992.
https://human-synthesis.ghost.io/2019/04/29/un-bluecopy-for-living-rules-in-the-nwo/
https://noonegetsoutalive.com/news/agenda-21-the-truth-is-stranger-than-fiction
Global Depopulation: Survive UN agenda 21 depopulation.
http://www.surviveunagenda21depopulation.com/388778410
https://www.lightforcenetwork.com/group/survive-un-agenda-21-depopulation
World Economic Forum’s ‘Great Narrative’ Is ‘FREAKING TERRIFYING’ | @Glenn Beck
https://rumble.com/vpbof1-world-economic-forums-great-narrative-is-freaking-terrifying-glenn-beck.html
Great Reset’s WEF/ESG [cashless society] ‘Credit Scores’ WILL Affect Every Aspect Of Your Life.
https://truthinplainsight.com/great-resets-esg-credit-scores-could-affect-every-aspect-of-your-life/
Full Digital Control! Social Credit Score System! [cashless society]
https://www.brighteon.com/cebd0b2a-46a9-47cf-a47c-879320241099
[cashless society] WEF/ESG Social Credit Score - Rating Citizens:
1. The P(l)andemic is to force you to get the vaccine.
2. The Jab is to force you to get the *vaccin passport / health card*.
3. The Passport is to force you to get the Social Credit Score.
4. The Social Credit Score is to force you to obey the government.
5. The government can now DENY you food, medicine, access housing, travel, work, mortgage, health care, acces to public transport, petrol etc...
Bill Gates and the digital vaccine passport (2/2020)
https://rumble.com/vnimro-bill-gates-and-the-digital-vaccine-passport-22020.html
A MESSAGE FROM ARCHBISHOP VIGANO - THE GATES OF HELL
The GREAT RESET - The Blackmail of a totalitarian power eslaved to the elite.
https://rumble.com/voz847-november-9-2021.html
KLAUS SCHWAB AND HIS GREAT FASCIST RESET
https://winteroak.org.uk/2020/10/05/klaus-schwab-and-his-great-fascist-reset/
https://winteroakpress.files.wordpress.com/2021/07/fascism-rebranded2021.pdf
https://winteroak.org.uk/the-great-reset/
The Great Reset and The Man Behind the Curtain.
https://www.dailymotion.com/video/x7wsn17
FRAUDULENT LABELING: AGENDA 2030
The Way the UN is Dragging the World Into The Abyss
With its agenda 2030, the UN is, quote: “determined to liberate mankind from the tyranny of poverty and need and to heal our planet” unquote. But is this really so? If you take a close look at their goals, you will find a completely different picture.
Agenda 21 is a UN action program that was adopted by 182 countries as early as 1992 at the Conference on Environment and Development in Rio de Janeiro. It contains specific developmental and environmental policy recommendations for action in the 21st century. With the 2030 Agenda adopted by the UN in 2015, the goals of Agenda 21 were then further developed in line with the challenges that had grown worldwide and now applied equally to all countries. The official goal of the 17 key points of the 2030 Agenda is to respond to a deterioration of the situation in each country and to improve the world under the premise of sustainability. The 2015 UN General Assembly resolution states, “We are resolved to free the human race from the tyranny of poverty and want and to heal and secure our planet. We are determined to take the bold and transformative steps which are urgently needed to shift the world onto a sustainable and resilient path. As we embark on this collective journey, we pledge that no one will be left behind.”
However, a closer look at political programs reveals that they consistently pursue goals that are quite different from those that are ostensibly highlighted to populations.
Given this aspect of deception in mind, Kla.TV took a close look at 12 of the 17 key points of the 2030 Agenda and “decoded” them in such a way that viewers around the world can compare what the positively formulated goals actually mean in practice:
UN’s Agenda 2030: The True Objectives Behind Their 17 ‘New Sustainable Development Goals’ - Some people are completely unaware of this action plan.
https://rumble.com/vpgahd-some-people-are-completely-unaware-of-this-action-plan.html
Since these supposedly non-binding international agreements can sometimes be a bit tricky to decode, what with all the weaponized buzz terms and semantics games, we’ve prepared a handy dandy translator on the 17 new Agenda 2030 goals below.
Goal 1: End poverty in all its forms everywhere.
Translation: Centralized banks, IMF, World Bank, Fed to control all finances, digital one world currency in a cashless society.
Goal 2: End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition and promote sustainable agriculture.
Translation: GMO's.
Goal3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages.
Translation: Mass vaccination, Codex Alimentarius.
Goal 4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all.
Translation: UN propaganda, brainwashing through compulsory education from cradle to grave.
Goal 5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls.
Translation: Population control through forced “Family Planning”.
Goal 6: Ensure availability and sustainable management of water and sanitation for all.
Translation: Privatize all water sources, don’t forget to add fluoride.
Goal 7: Ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern energy for all.
Translation: Smart grid with smart meters on everything, peak pricing.
Goal 8: Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable economic growth, full and productive employment and decent work for all.
Translation: TPP, free trade zones that favor megacorporate interests.
Goal 9: Build resilient infrastructure, promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster innovation.
Translation: Toll roads, push public transit, remove free travel, environmental restrictions.
Goal 10: Reduce inequality within and among countries.
Translation: Even more regional government bureaucracy like a mutant octopus.
Goal 11: Make cities and human settlements inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable.
Translation: Big brother big data surveillance state.
Goal 12: Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns.
Translation: Forced austerity.
Goal 13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts.
Translation: Cap and Trade, carbon taxes/credits, footprint taxes (aka Al Gore’s wet dream).
Goal 14: Conserve and sustainably use the oceans, seas and marine resources for sustainable development.
Translation: Environmental restrictions, control all oceans including mineral rights from ocean floors.
Goal 15: Protect, restore and promote sustainable use of terrestrial ecosystems, sustainably manage forests, combat desertification, and halt and reverse land degradation and halt biodiversity loss.
Translation: More environmental restrictions, more controlling resources and mineral rights.
Goal 16: Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainable development, provide access to justice for all and build effective, accountable and inclusive institutions at all levels.
Translation: UN “peacekeeping” missions (ex 1, ex 2), the International Court of (blind) Justice, force people together via fake refugee crises and then mediate with more “UN peacekeeping” when tension breaks out to gain more control over a region, remove 2nd Amendment in USA.
Goal 17: Strengthen the means of implementation and revitalize the global partnership for sustainable development.
Translation: Remove national sovereignty worldwide, promote globalism under the “authority” and bloated, Orwellian bureaucracy of the UN
Of course, these goals are unattainable, but that's beside the point. For the global elite, the point isn't to improve the world, the point is to control it.And who better to control the people of the world than those dictators-in-waiting at the United Nations?
UNITED NATIONS agenda 21 for a controlled NWO, the agenda for the 21st century - A Great Elite Reset. This has been out there for 20 years and most of us were completely unaware of it. It's agenda 21, the agenda for the 21st century. This is not something that; you know just a bunch of people are out there making up. This is REAL. It's a plan to remove humans and human activity from rural and suburban areas. It's been implemented in our country and it has been supported by every president ever since. So you're going to be concerned about this, not just as Americans but as free human beings. And this is a world plan.
https://conservativepapers.com/news/2014/04/18/what-is-agenda-21-after-watching-this-you-may-not-want-to-know/
https://nl.pinterest.com/pin/277886239479925799/
Rosa Koire on UN Agenda 21 - The concepts of "Agenda 21," "Agenda 2030," and "The GREAT RESET" represent plans closely tied to the "COVID-19 crisis. Rosa Koire is the absolute expert on the United nation's agendas that seek to squeeze humanity into submission. Rosa Koire was an appraiser and had 28 years of land use experience. Thanks to this work, she noticed a certain trend, a shift in land use. Thus, she became an expert on Agenda 21, Agenda 2030 and The Great Reset. What is Agenda 21 and Agenda 2030? What are the UN's plans and how powerful are they? Can we do anything ourselves to turn the tide?
https://rumble.com/vlu2oy-the-greater-reset.html
https://youtu.be/E3xlx8nL6iI
https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/content/documents/Agenda21.pdf
Agenda 21 and The Illuminati’s Enduring Quest for World Government.
https://www.thelibertybeacon.com/agenda-21-and-the-illuminatis-enduring-quest-for-world-government/
Agenda 21 (Reinvented as Agenda 2030 and Agenda 2050) is a Plan to Depopulate 95% of the World Population by 2030 and it is in full swing right now. If you go to one of your local council meetings you might notice that they are implementing it as well in your city or town. Another name for it is “Sustainable Development (CSD)“.
https://therealtruthnetworkcom.wordpress.com/2020/06/28/agenda-21-nwo/
https://steverotter.com/agenda-21-and-agenda-2030-new-world-order/
https://rforresistance.wordpress.com/2021/05/01/depopulation-by-injection-the-return-of-fascism-in-europe-and-agenda-2030/
The Great Reset = The Bilderberg Illuminati Takeover Plan.
https://rumble.com/vvf70f-the-great-reset-the-bilderberg-illuminati-takeover-plan.html
The Great Reset Explained In 340 Seconds.
https://rumble.com/vtzpyy-the-great-reset-explained-in-340-seconds.html
The Great Reset WEF Davos exposed.
https://rumble.com/voacwx-the-great-reset-wef-davos-exposed.html
https://rumble.com/vc63jo-the-new-normal-the-great-reset.html
https://rumble.com/vknpov-the-corbett-report-meet-the-world-economic-forum.html
Great Reset’s ESG ‘Credit Scores’ WILL affect EVERY aspect of your life.
https://rumble.com/vn0y01-great-resets-esg-credit-scores-will-affect-every-aspect-of-your-life.html
(Info that matters - Rosa Koire)
The concepts of "Agenda 21," "Agenda 2030," and "The Great Reset" represent plans closely tied to the "COVID-19 crisis. Rosa Koire is the absolute expert on the United nation's agendas that seek to squeeze humanity into submission. Rosa Koire was an appraiser and had 28 years of land use experience. Thanks to this work, she noticed a certain trend, a shift in land use. Thus, she became an expert on Agenda 21, Agenda 2030 and The Great Reset. What is Agenda 21 and Agenda 2030? What are the UN's plans and how powerful are they? Can we do anything ourselves to turn the tide?
Agenda 21 (Reinvented as Agenda 2030 and Agenda 2050) is a Plan to Depopulate 95% of the World Population by 2030 and it is in full swing right now. If you go to one of your local council meetings you might notice that they are implementing it as well in your city or town. Another name for it is “Sustainable Development (CSD)“.
https://therealtruthnetworkcom.wordpress.com/2020/06/28/agenda-21-nwo/
https://steverotter.com/agenda-21-and-agenda-2030-new-world-order/
https://rforresistance.wordpress.com/2021/05/01/depopulation-by-injection-the-return-of-fascism-in-europe-and-agenda-2030/
KLAUS SCHWAB AND HIS GREAT FASCIST RESET
https://winteroak.org.uk/2020/10/05/klaus-schwab-and-his-great-fascist-reset/
https://winteroakpress.files.wordpress.com/2021/07/fascism-rebranded2021.pdf
https://winteroak.org.uk/the-great-reset/
The Great Reset and The Man Behind the Curtain.
https://www.dailymotion.com/video/x7wsn17
https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/content/documents/Agenda21.pdf
More from Rosa Koire, author of ‘Behind the Green Mask: U.N. Agenda 21″
BABYLON-A–GO-GO: THE UN, THE POPE & WORLD GOVERNMENT
http://www.paulmcguire.us/nwv092815.html
The UN is implementing a “new universal agenda” through the force of new laws hidden in the secret details of the Trade Treaties!
The Pope addressed the Congress and presented his plan to the United Nations to usher in a world socialist government by redistributing the wealth of hard-working middle class Americans.
Pope Francis, who is a highly educated Jesuit, demonstrates “fuzzy logic,” for the middle class and the lower class possess only one percent of the world’s wealth. The Pope seems to make no requirement of the elite one percent who own 99 % of the world’s wealth to share theirs. In addition, Pope Francis chastises Americans for not accepting even more immigrants, when at the same time Vatican City has the world’s strongest immigration laws and the Vatican has a giant wall surrounding the city that prevents immigrants from coming in. Conversely, Donald Trump suggests building a wall to protect America’s borders and the elite-controlled media attack him for it. It seems the UN and the Pope have two sets of rules for their proposed world order, one set of rules for the elite one percent and another for the rest of us peasants.
The UN is implementing a “new universal agenda” through the force of new laws hidden in the secret details of the Trade Treaties. The UN is not asking permission, but issuing a command that the entire planet will commit to 17 sustainable development goals and 169 sustainable development targets designed to radically transform our world by 2030. The UN 2030 plan promoted by the Pope will advance Agenda 21 on steroids. Through a controlled media the mass populations will be told that this is all about saving the environment and “ending poverty.” But that is not the true agenda of Agenda 21. The true agenda of Agenda 21 is to establish a global government, global economic system, and global religion. When UN Secretary General Ban Ki-Moon spoke of “a dream of a world of peace and dignity for all” this is no different than when the Communists promised the people a “workers paradise.”
First, let us remember that the central premise of communism and socialism is that there is no God! So a godless or satanic state must be implemented through force to serve in the place of God. Second, the major tenets of the Communist Manifesto came directly from the Illuminati Manifesto. Thirdly, Karl Marx was not an atheist as he claimed to be… he was a practicing member of a satanic church. Let’s review what the Communists promised the people during the Communist Revolution in Russia:
10 Planks of the Communist Manifesto:
-
Abolition of private ownership of land and application of all rents of land to public purposes. (The average working person loses his ability to own private land, but the elite continue to amass enormous amounts of land. In America the average middle class person cannot own the choicest sections of land in beautiful environments, but the elite own hundreds of millions of acres.)
-
A heavy progressive or graduated income tax. (The wealth of the middle class is heavily taxed and wealth is redistributed. However, the elites pay little or no taxes in America and in communist nations.)
-
Abolition of all right of inheritance. (The middle class and working class cannot pass on their wealth to their descendants in America and in communist nations. However the elite can pass on billions of dollars in wealth through sophisticated legal instruments such as foundations.)
-
Confiscation of the property of all emigrants and rebels. (Property and assets are confiscated from all those who do not go along with the official program in Communist nations. This will happen increasingly here and in other nations. Already here in America some people have lost their businesses by refusing to do something in contradiction to their religious beliefs, such as catering for homosexual or lesbian “marriages.”)
-
Centralization of credit in the hands of the State, by means of a national bank with State capital and an exclusive monopoly. (The governments in communist nations control credit and banking. In the U.S. and other nations credit, finances, and money are controlled by independent banking cartels… known in America as the Federal Reserve.)
-
Centralization of the means of communication and transport in the hands of the State. (In communist nations the government owns and controls all media. In America just six corporations control all the major media outlets, and the situation in the EU nations is just as bad.)
-
Extension of factories and instruments of production owned by the State; the bringing into cultivation of waste-lands, and the improvement of the soil generally in accordance with a common plan. (In communist nations like Russia and China, the State deliberately destroyed agricultural production and created artificial food shortages, which starved millions of people to death. The artificial creation of food shortages by various means, including weather modification technology, is increasingly becoming a weapon of social control.)
-
Equal liability of all to labor.
-
Establishment of industrial armies, especially for agriculture. Combination of agriculture with manufacturing industries and gradual abolition of the distinction between town and country, by a more equal distribution of the population over the country. (The game plan in Communist countries as well as Agenda 21 is to force the population to live in the cities. Rural and beautiful natural areas are closed to the public through the creation of Federal lands and private ownership of mass acreage by the elite.)
-
Free education for all children in public schools. (The purpose of “free” education in public schools in communist countries is for the purpose of indoctrination, social engineering, and mind control. This is now also the agenda of public education in the EU, the United States, and other nations. Central to this agenda is the eradication of a Judeo Christian belief system, Christian moral values, and the traditional family unit.)
On Mayday (May first is the official day of celebration of Communist revolutions) 1776 Adam Weishaupt founded the Bavarian Illuminati. Weishaupt was of Jewish background and had been trained and educated by the Jesuits (Society of Jesus). Weishaupt and others developed the doctrine of the Illuminati consisting of six primary tenets, also known as the Illuminati Manifesto which are virtually identical to the primary tenets of the Communist Manifesto and the tenets of both the Humanist Manifesto and the primary ideas driving the UN plan for Global Transformation through global government.
-
Abolition of monarchy and all ordered governments.
-
(However, the Illuminati advocate a Supra-World-Government ruled by secret hierarchies of “Illumined ones,” who have received satanic illumination.)
-
-
Abolition of private property.
-
(Again, this applies only to the masses and the Middle Class… the elite live like Kings and Queens.)
-
-
Abolition of inheritance.
-
Abolition of patriotism.
-
(The Illuminati choose to rule through a one-world government. National sovereignty and patriotism are enemies to that goal.)
-
-
Abolition of the family (i.e. of marriage, all Christian morality, and the institution of the communal education of children).
-
(The Illuminati have been using the media, entertainment, and education to destroy all forms of traditional morality, including the traditional family. Beginning in the 1960’s through the Tavistock Institute, the Illuminati used rock’n’roll music and groups like The Beatles, The Rolling Stones, and Led Zeppelin to promote sex, drugs, and rock’n’roll through the counter culture. Pornography, the sexual revolution, the gay liberation movement, the feminist movement, and the promotion of homosexuality, lesbianism, transgender sexuality all combined synergistically to destroy Christian morality and promote a sexual revolution. Today, the sexual boundaries continue to be pushed with movies and books like Fifty Shades of Grey which promote sadomasochistic and bondage forms of sexuality. Group sex, orgies, and activities that were once classified as sexual perversion are the new normal.) (In books like 1984 by George Orwell, Brave New World by Aldous Huxley, and other science fiction books which speak of “predictive programming,” sexual orgies, bondage, group sex, and other forms of the sexual revolution are portrayed as the norm in totalitarian societies.)
-
-
Abolition of all religion.
-
(What this really means is abolition of the Judeo-Christian religions and the promotion of New Age and occult practices, Islam, Hinduism, Buddhism, Eastern mysticism, witchcraft and satanic religions.)
-
Going back to the “Mystery Babylon” religions in ancient Babylon which featured satanic worship, sexual orgies, human sacrifice, mind-altering drugs, and trance-producing and bombastic music, the Illuminati continues its plan today of creating a New World Order and the destruction of Judeo-Christian beliefs and morality. The Illuminati plan involves the utilization of supernatural or occult technologies first employed at the Tower of Babel, which was an interdimensional portal, or Stargate. The Tower of Babel was built as a ziggurat, which was a kind of pyramid.
According to some researchers, the ultimate goal of the one world religion controlled by the Illuminati is to create what H.G. Wells referred to as a “World Brain” and link all of Mankind into one giant “Hive Mind.” The “Hive Mind” is produced by an integration of computer technologies, Transhumanism, and access to multi-dimensional information such as the flow of data received by inventors like Nicola Tesla and the attempt to use the Hadron Collider to crack open interdimensional portals by smashing sub-atomic particles together at high speeds. A number of scholars believe there is a secret code relating to a pyramidal school of adepts controlled by one all-seeing eye or mind at the top of the “Hive Mind.”
The language of the United Nations plan to transform the world and the verbiage in Agenda 21 is similar to language used by socialism and communism, seemingly very positive and painting a rosy picture of a utopia or paradise on Earth. But the reality is the opposite, for a technocratic and genetic slave state is created. Although socialism and communism promise a world where “social justice” and income equality will usher in a “workers paradise,” the reality is that the Communist Manifesto was largely a copy of the Illuminati Manifesto written around 70 years earlier. Socialism and communism are financed by the elite as a mechanism of total control over the masses, bringing about economic slavery. Not one single socialist or communist nation on Earth has improved the lot of the masses; all have actually lowered their standard of living. In addition, in every single socialist and communist nation, there exists a very wealthy elite or one percent, who control all the wealth. In an article entitled “Pope Lays Out Global Marxist Agenda” by Cliff Kinkaid in NewsWithViews, September 26, 2015, Kinkaid writes about the stance of Pope Francis:
“The death penalty is a punishment reserved for heinous killers. But he doesn’t mention abortion, which has taken tens of millions of innocent lives. This seemed strange to conservative Catholics, who are starting to come to grips with the fact that this is a “progressive” pope, who is not hostile toward what anti-communist Pope John Paul II called the ‘culture of death’ through population control and reduction.”
The United Nations and the very wealthy elite have made mass population reduction and abortion two of their primary goals. When you read the writings of the elite Fabian Socialist, Bertrand Russell he calls openly for mass population reduction through nuclear war, plagues, food shortages, sterilization, and abortion. But Pope Francis is completely silent on these issues.
The United Nations masquerades as a benevolent organization seeking to build a better world for all of Mankind. In order to sell that image to the global masses its leaders enlist naïve Hollywood celebrities and send their message out via a global Orwellian media controlled by the same elite groups who control the UN. But what is the UN really and why is this current Pope promoting its “sustainable agenda?” The UN was created and financed by a secretive elite in order to create a godless one world socialist government built on a one-world religion that is anti-Christian at its core… a Scientific Dictatorship. The goal of the UN is to recreate ancient Babylon, which was the world’s first one world government, one world religion, and one world economic system whose leaders were judged by God because in their hearts each of them wanted to be God. The creators and financiers of the UN are members of a secret elite group who have at least to some extent controlled the world since the Tower of Babel. For those who are skeptical of this claim, we provide extensive documented proof in our new book, The Babylon Code, which I wrote with my co-author, Pulitzer Prize nominated journalist Troy Anderson.
You will never hear or see a serious discussion of the UN in the major media controlled by just six corporations, which are owned by this elite. However, going back to the late 1800’s and into the 1900’s an elite group in England called the Fabian Socialists, led by intellectuals like H.G. Wells, the great science fiction author and head of British Intelligence during World War I; Bertrand Russell, the militant atheist and mathematician; John Maynard Keynes, the father of modern economic theory; and Aldous Huxley, author of Brave New World planned for a World Socialist State ruled by a Scientific Dictatorship. Although the Fabian Socialists maintained the façade of being secular humanists, the reality was that many of this elite group belonged to elite occult societies. Aldous Huxley was the foremost advocate of an elite Scientific Dictatorship where the masses would “learn to love their slavery” through social engineering techniques such as drugs, hypnotic messages in the media, education, and propaganda.
Aldous Huxley was a member of the cult of Dionysus, which began in ancient Babylon with the worship of the Sun god RA, who was Nimrod. Around 1936 Aldous Huxley came to Hollywood where he lived up on Lookout Mountain near Laurel Canyon, just a few houses down from where I lived when I was producing science fiction films in Hollywood. Huxley began distributing the psychedelic drug mescaline to the movers and shakers in Hollywood. He authored the book Heaven and Hell and the Doors of Perception, which promoted the use of mescaline. Huxley was connected to the elite secret occult societies in Great Britain, as was his brother Julian Huxley, who helped to found UNESCO, the branch of the United Nations which controls global education or indoctrination.
All of these secret societies began in ancient Babylon and are known in the Bible as “Mystery Babylon.” Beginning at the Tower of Babel with Nimrod and his wife Semiramis, the supernatural knowledge and occult technology was passed on from extradimensional sources, teaching that an occult-elite class of what Nietzsche called “god men” or “supermen” can rule the world under what we describe as the “Pharaoh-god-king” system. This world system, also known as Babylon, involves the radical restructuring of a global society under the rule of a scientific elite who use an occult religion and a global government to create a technological feudal system which consists of a slave race and a master race. It is a Luciferian system that has been passed on through secret societies like the Rosicrucians, Illuminati, Skull and Bones, Bohemian Grove, and many other groups. In ancient Egypt, the Pharaoh was worshipped as a god.
If you look on the back of a U.S. dollar or the reverse side of the Great Seal of the United States you see occult and Illuminati symbols which affirm the fact that this “Pharaoh-god-king” system is still in place even here in America. The back of the dollar features an Egyptian pyramid with the very top not yet completed. This Illuminati symbol of the pyramid on the dollar reveals an occult organizational flow chart with the eye of Horus or eye of Lucifer towards the top. This organizational hierarchy is Satanic in nature and it is no accident that at the base of this pyramid the Latin words “Novus Ordo Seclorum,” which means New Order of the Ages or New World Order, are prominently displayed.
This demonstrates the continuing existence of and present day power of ancient Babylonian secret societies, like the Illuminati over our economic system.
This is not merely coincidental! The symbolism on the back of the U.S. dollar along with the occult symbol of a bird called the Phoenix on the left hand side is rooted in history. Sir Francis Bacon in the mid-1600’s was head of the Rosicrucians, which later morphed into the Illuminati, and he planned for America to be head of the New World Order, as our dollar bill declared, and the New Atlantis.
What is interesting about the original Atlantis is that according to the philosopher Plato it was ruled by a scientific elite of 10 philosopher kings, or “god men.” Today, Plato’s book on Atlantis is widely read in elite circles. Many theologians and scholars believe that the super-civilization of Atlantis actually existed until it was destroyed by a flood around the time of Noah. There are a growing number of researchers who believe that the 10 god men who ruled Atlantis were the Nephilim, genetic hybrids of fallen angels who mated with human women. When one studies the Biblical account of the Flood of Noah, as it is meant to be interpreted, one sees that it was a DNA-digital-holographic and targeted judgment against the DNA of both humans and animals which was corrupted by the fallen angels. Time does not permit in this brief article to document the scientific evidence of such events, but in The Babylon Code we document and feature interviews with scientists that deal with this subject.
It is important to remember that God created Earth as a paradise to be enjoyed by men and women. The Bible does not advocate the rape of nature and the environment; it tells us that Mankind was intended to both use and protect and steward nature as God’s Viceroy on Earth. When the first man and woman, Adam and Eve, were created they lost their right to this earthly paradise by listening to the voice of Lucifer in the body of a Reptilian being who promised them they would “be as gods.”
The desire to be God is the primary sin of Lucifer.
The proposed world order of the UN, the Pope, and the Luciferian elite is intended to be a counterfeit of the Kingdom of God. At its core it is a satanic revolution against the Throne of God with the intention of a cosmic regime change where God is deposed and Satan is installed as God. This was the root sin of Babylon and the reason why God judged the Tower of Babel.
The UN, the Pope and the Luciferian elite are in the process of rebuilding Babylon as predicted in Revelation 17 and 18. This is why at some point in the near future, the UN and the Pope will attempt to transform Jerusalem into an international city under the control of the Pope and the UN. Bible prophecy tells us that some point there will appear a world charismatic leader called the Antichrist and the head of one world religion who is called the False Prophet. It is the False Prophet who is in control of the one world economic system that will feature the mark of the beast and will create a new Babylon on Earth. The Antichrist will set himself up to be worshipped as god in the rebuilt Jewish Temple in Jerusalem. A planetary system of total control based on “Mystery Babylon” will implement the return of Babylon and a one-world government, one world economic system, and one world religion. This Babylonian system will be a world socialist government where the one percent or the world’s elite will live as kings and queens and the remaining 99% will serve as slaves as they did under the “Pharaoh-god-king” system. Instead of chains being use to bind the slaves a microchip implant will be implanted in every man or woman who chooses to receive the mark of the beast. Technology, computers, RFID chips, satellites, biometrics, psychotronic weapons, drugs, scientific mind control, and other technologies will be used to enforce a satanic new world order. Anyone who refuses to worship the Antichrist as God and receive the mark of the beast will be beheaded.
The False Prophet will control a one-world religion where the population of planet Earth, including the Pope, along with the leaders of many Protestant churches and denominations, and many Muslims, Hindus, Jews, and others will worship the Antichrist as god. The common denominator of all these religious groups is that they will reject the Word of God, just like Adam and Eve did, which allowed Lucifer to be the temporary god of this world.
The activity at the UN and their plan for radically transforming the world through sustainable development by 2030, the message of the Pope, the financing of the global elite, and an escalating series of manufactured crises will bring a new world order out of chaos. The world and its peoples are moving towards Babylon at an accelerated rate. The question has to be asked of readers of this article, “Where do you personally stand on this issue?” There are many people, especially religious people, who say with their lips that they will not reject the Kingdom of God and embrace Babylon. But what you say with your words and what you believe in your heart and the actions you take reveal the true nature of where you actually stand.
Babylon is forming all around us very quickly and the spirit of “Mystery Babylon” is moving upon the hearts of men and women all over the world. The New Testament calls this the “spirit of antichrist.” There are many people who go to various Christian churches and who are outwardly good citizens and appear as decent and good people.
But we all know appearances can be deceiving. Each of us in our hearts must make the decision to either join the coming one world Babylonian religion known as “Mystery Babylon” or worship the King of Kings and Lord of Lords, who is returning to Earth to defeat Babylon and all the armies of the world at Armageddon. Our contemporary culture loves to confuse simple issues, which is not surprising, because God confused men’s language at ancient Babylon. But this simple choice is one each of us must make.
Ultimately, it is not a complex issue, but one that requires childlike faith. Babylon is rising and the question is will you join it? Or will you join the Supernatural Bride of Christ on Earth and celebrate the Marriage Supper of the Lamb outside of time and space?
WORLD ECONOMIC FORUM (WEF)
World Economic Forum - www.weforum.org
2030Vision
2030Vision - partnering together to scale technologies for the global goals
The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development sets out a 17 Global Goals (SDGs) to facilitate equal, sustainable and inclusive growth across the world, while promoting peace. Yet, progress towards delivering many of these Goals is far off track, and in some areas, progress is going backwards.
Unlocking the potential opportunity for technology to help make the Global Goals a reality over the next 10 years requires a system level change in priorities, and significant challenges to be overcome. We need to embrace innovation, not only in the development of new technologies, but also in how we do things. This includes new business models (platforms and ecosystems, marketplaces, digital commons), public and private collaborations, and incentives to ensure solutions are applied to solving our greatest social and environmental problems.
There is a huge untapped opportunity, therefore, to harness new technologies to accelerate progress on the Global Goals, both broadening and deepening current action. 2030Vision Platform will provide a focal point for the mobilisation of a more concerted and cooperative effort to apply advanced technologies to achieve the UN Global Goals. Building on the call from the UN High Level Plan on Digital Cooperation for a multi-stakeholder approach that brings together technology companies, government, civil society and international organisations leaders to collaborate on the responsible deployment of new technologies to deliver positive impact.
2030Vision is a newly formed integration merging the 2030Vision Partnership Initiative launched by Arm in December 2017 with the Frontier 2030 initiative launched by the World Economic Forum in January 2020. Thenew initiative, 2030Vision is co-owned and developed with founding partners and co-chaired by Simon Segars, CEO, Arm and Achim Steiner, Administrator, United Nations Development Programme (UNDP).
2030Vision aims to be the global public-private platform that puts the expertise and resources of the tech sector in service of accelerating the achievement of the Global Goals. The platform mobilizes technology companies, government, civil society and international organisation leaders to harness emerging technologies and at scale to accelerate action to achieve the Global Goals within the next decade.
The platform seeks to form 4IR technology partnerships with three key objectives in mind:
-
Help countries identify and match technologies that address their specific Global Goals implementation priorities;
-
Catalyse further collaboration to unlock barriers to breakthrough technology innovations for the Global Goals;
-
Proactively convene key stakeholders to cultivate an enabling environment for 4IR innovations to drive positive outcomes.
The World Economic Forum hosts and facilitates 2030Vision and delivers programmes and projects together with seconded staff, experts and advisors from partner organisations.
You Will Own Nothing, and You Will Be Happy
Russell Brand
You Will Own Nothing and Be Happy
Understanding the Times - Jan Markell with Billy Crone
https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2016/11/8-predictions-for-the-world-in-2030/
8 predictions for the world in 2030
We asked experts from our Global Future Councils for their take on the world in 2030, and these are the results, from the death of shopping to the resurgence of the nation state.
1. All products will have become services.
“I don't own anything. I don't own a car. I don't own a house. I don't own any appliances or any clothes,” writes Danish MP Ida Auken. Shopping is a distant memory in the city of 2030, whose inhabitants have cracked clean energy and borrow what they need on demand. It sounds utopian, until she mentions that her every move is tracked and outside the city live swathes of discontents, the ultimate depiction of a society split in two.
2. There is a global price on carbon.
China took the lead in 2017 with a market for trading the right to emit a tonne of CO2, setting the world on a path towards a single carbon price and a powerful incentive to ditch fossil fuels, predicts Jane Burston, Head of Climate and Environment at the UK’s National Physical Laboratory. Europe, meanwhile, found itself at the centre of the trade in cheap, efficient solar panels, as prices for renewables fell sharply.
3. US dominance is over. We have a handful of global powers.
Nation states will have staged a comeback, writes Robert Muggah, Research Director at the Igarapé Institute. Instead of a single force, a handful of countries – the U.S., Russia, China, Germany, India and Japan chief among them – show semi-imperial tendencies. However, at the same time, the role of the state is threatened by trends including the rise of cities and the spread of online identities.
4. Farewell hospital, hello home-spital.
Technology will have further disrupted disease, writes Melanie Walker, a medical doctor and World Bank advisor. The hospital as we know it will be on its way out, with fewer accidents thanks to self-driving cars and great strides in preventive and personalised medicine. Scalpels and organ donors are out, tiny robotic tubes and bio-printed organs are in.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qhi2NA976XM
5. We are eating much less meat.
Rather like our grandparents, we will treat meat as a treat rather than a staple, writes Tim Benton, Professor of Population Ecology at the University of Leeds, UK. It won’t be big agriculture or little artisan producers that win, but rather a combination of the two, with convenience food redesigned to be healthier and less harmful to the environment.
6. Today’s Syrian refugees, 2030’s CEOs.
Highly educated Syrian refugees will have come of age by 2030, making the case for the economic integration of those who have been forced to flee conflict. The world needs to be better prepared for populations on the move, writes Lorna Solis, Founder and CEO of the NGO Blue Rose Compass, as climate change will have displaced 1 billion people.
7. The values that built the West will have been tested to breaking point.
We forget the checks and balances that bolster our democracies at our peril, writes Kenneth Roth, Executive Director of Human Rights Watch.
8. “By the 2030s, we'll be ready to move humans toward the Red Planet.”
What’s more, once we get there, we’ll probably discover evidence of alien life, writes Ellen Stofan, Chief Scientist at NASA. Big science will help us to answer big questions about life on earth, as well as opening up practical applications for space technology.
The Great Reset
https://www.weforum.org/great-reset/
There is an urgent need for global stakeholders to cooperate in simultaneously managing the direct consequences of the COVID-19 crisis. To improve the state of the world, the World Economic Forum is starting The Great Reset initiative.
The Covid-19 crisis, and the political, economic and social disruptions it has caused, is fundamentally changing the traditional context for decision-making. The inconsistencies, inadequacies and contradictions of multiple systems –from health and financial to energy and education – are more exposed than ever amidst a global context of concern for lives, livelihoods and the planet. Leaders find themselves at a historic crossroads, managing short-term pressures against medium- and long-term uncertainties.
As we enter a unique window of opportunity to shape the recovery, this initiative will offer insights to help inform all those determining the future state of global relations, the direction of national economies, the priorities of societies, the nature of business models and the management of a global commons. Drawing from the vision and vast expertise of the leaders engaged across the Forum’s communities, the Great Reset initiative has a set of dimensions to build a new social contract that honours the dignity of every human being.
Globalist Power Prepare to Reset the World
Charlie Kirk
Back to Babel - Understanding the Times
Jan Markell with Gary Kah and Leo Hohmann
A Coming Global Reset - Jack Hibbs
Unmasking the Great Reset
Prophetic Perspectives #140 - Lamb & Lion Ministries
What is the Great Reset - Highlights from Conference
See whole Lamb & Lion conference below
The Great Reset with Charlie Kirk
What is the Great Reset and why should today’s Christian be aware of it? Pastor Jack talks with Charlie Kirk about globalization and how it fits into end-times prophecy.
Prophecy Watchers w/ Mark Hitchcock
What we used to call the New World Order has morphed into a carefully planned system of control, well on its way to controlling the entire planet. How did we get here? And how did it happen so fast? When we hear that the World Economic Forum has been meeting for the last 50 years it makes us realize just how long these plans have been going on in secret. But the Global Reset is no longer a secret. It’s out in the open and on the verge of becoming reality.
Great Reset
-
https://intelligence.weforum.org/topics/a1G0X000006O6EHUA0?tab=publications
-
Young Global Leaders W.E.F. Members / INFILTRATION IN OUR GOVERNMENTS! 100 pages of young global leaders and their positions of power title’s
-
WEF – The Future Teams Of Government INFILTRATION – Hubs | Global Shapers
-
The Great Reset = The Bilderberg Illuminati Takeover Plan. Rumble
-
The Corbett Report: Meet the World Economic Forum. Rumble
-
Great Reset’s ESG ‘Credit Scores’ WILL affect EVERY aspect of your life. Rumble – Glenn Beck explains how The Great Reset may soon influence EVERY financial aspect of your life — from car loans, business loans, mortgages, and more. It’s all thanks to the partnership between America’s biggest banks, the federal government, and global groups like the World Economic Forum…and it has already begun: The Heartland Institute’s Justin Haskins describes how Merrill Lynch now assigns ESG credit scores for customers. It may not affect you yet. But soon, a low score — based on things like products you buy or how much electricity you use — could SIGNIFICANTLY impact your life.
The Coming ‘Great Reset’ :: By Rob Pue
https://www.raptureready.com/2021/02/28/the-coming-great-reset-by-rob-pue/
Well, it’s been just over a month now, and Joe Biden has been very busy writing his name. Maybe in a few weeks he’ll be ready to move on to learning shapes and colors. So far, he’s signed more than forty Executive Orders — more (by FAR) than any president in history. But that was just his first two weeks. It seems he’s gotten quite adept at signing his name, circumventing Congress by issuing presidential edicts.
On his first day, he signed an order establishing the position of a “COVID- 19 Response Coordinator.” He signed an order for the US to rejoin the World Health Organization, which we now know has been complicit in using their own invented virus to lock down the entire world. Then there was the order providing federal agencies more flexibility in implementing federal requirements to combat COVID-19.
He also signed an order to rejoin the US to the Paris Climate Agreement. This will most certainly stifle US industries and put more federal restrictions on all citizens under the guise of working to stop “climate change.” He also stopped oil and gas drilling in the US and halted the Keystone Pipeline project, putting thousands out of work with a stroke of his pen.
Also, on his first day, he reinstated federal funding for so-called “sanctuary cities” for illegal immigrants. Foreign nationals from seven Islamic terrorist nations may now, once again, enter the country freely; no questions asked. By the way, he also brought the construction of our southern border wall to a screeching halt. On his FIRST day.
Biden also signed an Executive Order to ensure preferential treatment for those who identify as LGBTQP+ within the federal government and our military.
He’s also mandated that all federal agencies redefine “sex” to include “sexual orientation” and “gender identity.”
This order doesn’t just affect government workers. Employers, public schools, universities, colleges, health insurers, healthcare professionals and landlords have been warned that they’d better review their policies to conform with Joe’s magic pen. This also opens the door once again for males dressed as females to compete in female sports and ‘transgenders’ to use whatever bathroom and locker facilities they choose in public schools and all public accommodations. Churches have not YET been specifically mentioned — but we all KNOW they’re on the list to be targeted for persecution if they don’t comply with the Left’s definition of “gender” or “equality.”
The next day, he signed an order enhancing data collection for COVID. He also established a COVID Testing Board to coordinate federal COVID testing efforts. Not to mention the one that requires new OSHA mandates for people in the workplace. Undoubtedly, this will soon make it more difficult for people to keep their jobs if they refuse to wear a mask or get the vaccines.
He was very busy on his second day. He signed an executive order regarding our children — and collecting THEIR health data in public and private schools. On the 22nd of January, he signed an order requiring a $15 per hour minimum wage for all federal workers and contractors.
On the 28th of January, he established a National Climate Task Force. Again, this will end the US production of our own energy sources, requiring us to buy oil and gas from foreign countries again.
The same day, he reinstated the so-called “Mexico City Policy,” providing US taxpayers’ funding of abortions in other countries.
Mind you, those are just a few of the orders he signed in his first two weeks. There have been many more since then. But suffice to say, they ALL involve more federal regulations, bigger government, much higher taxation, more burdens on private businesses, and more government intrusion into all of our personal information, data and privacy. Not to mention, once again rolling out the red carpet to illegal aliens, then catering to them in so-called “Sanctuary Cities,” with little to no “legal” processes required for entry into the United States.
Bear in mind, we’re not just talking about poor immigrants from Mexico seeking a better life for their families. We’re talking about terrorists and foreign enemies flooding into our country, complete with weapons and drugs, and supporting them with food, shelter, clothing and immunity from prosecution when they commit crimes. We’re also talking about expanding the child sex trafficking industry on an international scale, and it will all be done using OUR tax dollars.
We’ve already seen substantial spikes in the gas prices at the pumps, and it’s only been a month so far. But the price of gas at your local convenience store will be the least of your problems this year. It’s doubtful many will be traveling much of anywhere anyway, given the coming federally-mandated lockdowns, mask and vaccine mandates. I know a lot of people were saying that “the day after the election, COVID will just disappear.” I could have told you that wasn’t going to happen, regardless of who “won” the election.
COVID is here to stay. Mandatory masking and mask-shaming and “mask police” — that’s all here to stay. It’s NOT going away. In addition, there’s now been serious talk about airlines requiring “vaccination certificates” in order to travel, and the same for anyone who might want to attend a public event such as a concert or conference.
Meanwhile, our US Capitol remains surrounded by a 7-foot-high fence, topped with razor wire.
Those now in charge want that razor-wire barricade to remain there indefinitely… along with a minimum of 5,000 National Guard troops. Sounds like a completely legitimate administration in charge there now, after a completely legitimate election, doesn’t it? No… actually, it sounds more like a country ruled by a communist dictatorship. We’ve become Castro’s Cuba. We are now Venezuela. We just don’t know it yet.
But walking around out in public, you’d easily see the comparison between the United States today and Communist China. Why? Because more than 90% of people are dutifully continuing to cover their faces with masks.
As I said, the masks are not going away.
In a previous message, I told you this interesting fact: More than 2,300 years ago, long before Islam, Arabs discovered that forcing people to cover their noses and mouths broke their will and individuality and depersonalized them. It made them submissive and compliant. That’s why they imposed on every woman the mandatory use of a fabric over her face. Then Islam turned it into the woman’s symbol of submission to allah, the male owner of his female harem, and the king. Do you realize that the Chinese have been wearing masks since 2002? Look it up. The masks are NOT going away. Ever.
If you’re not covering your face now, you’re an outcast. You are “UNCLEAN!” Get used to it.
Common sense and real science have nothing to do with it. Now, it’s all about conformity. I can’t help but think back to the days when I was a kid — and kids would ask their parents for permission to do something that was unwise but popular.
“But Mom, everybody’s doing it!” Or, “But Dad, everybody dresses like this!” And what would SMART parents’ response be? “If everybody decided to jump off a cliff, would you jump off a cliff too?” The sad thing is, today, the answer to that would be “Of course! I don’t want to be an outcast!”
People want to know what will happen in 2021. I’m not a prophet, and I have no “crystal ball.” But I can tell you that the way things are shaping up, we’ll soon be longing for the “good old days” when all we had to deal with was toilet paper shortages, lockdowns, quarantines, curfews, riots, bankruptcies and suicides. So I wish I had better news for you, and maybe by some miracle, things won’t get as bad as it seems they’re going to. But from where I stand, I see a total puppet in the Oval Office, more controlled by the Deep State than anyone before him, unable to make his own decisions even if he was capable of doing so.
America must collapse. Biden’s been wearing out his pen to get as many puzzle pieces together as possible as quickly as possible to destroy the country, bring about chaos, and rule all Americans with an iron fist. The thing is, it’s not HIS fist. He only has a pen. It’s the Deep State’s fist — the Globalists’ fist. He just works for them.
People ask me what it is that I think will be the most significant event in 2021. I expect it to be the “Great Reset.” The “Great FINANCIAL Reset.” We now have proof of the Globalists’ plans to impose this “Reset” — worldwide in 2021. This means a global economic collapse — orchestrated on purpose, just as surely as COVID was orchestrated and planned during Event 201. I believe what’s coming this year is going to make the Great Depression of the 1930s look like nothing more than a slow day at Sam’s Club.
People will be BEGGING for help. Not help from God Almighty, our Creator, the One Who wrote the Ten Commandments with His own finger — TWICE! No, they’ll be begging for help from their “small ‘g’ god” — big government.
“Building Back Better,” as they say, first requires things to be destroyed. You can’t “build back” until you’ve first destroyed. The violence, riots and hatred we saw in our streets as our cities burned and our law enforcement was ordered to “let it all burn” will be nothing compared to what’s coming.
And as people beg for help from big government when their jobs are gone, their homes are in foreclosure, their businesses in bankruptcy, their cars repossessed … government — which is creating the crisis right now, as we speak — will come to the rescue… with a plan. The plan will be tied to the vaccine. You may think I’m crazy… but if I told you this time last year that we’d be where we are today… ???
Just watch and see.
“COVID” is a means to an end. It’s never going away until it’s no longer useful in the Globalist plan. So to implement the planetary Great Reset, all people on planet Earth will be required to be “vaccinated” supposedly for “COVID,” and likely multiple times. At first, not so many will die from the vaccines, but eventually, MANY will die.
And each subsequent vaccine will be stronger and more invasive than the one before it.
My guess is that by summer or early fall, we’ll be required to take a vaccine with a digital implant… to track our physical locations and our actions and movements, but it will be mainly used for all our financial transactions. The government will issue everyone a “universal standard income” amount of “credits” based on how well we’ve behaved and followed the rules.
We’ll use these digital credits to obtain necessities as we stand in the “bread lines.”
Plans have been openly discussed in houses of parliament in other countries regarding this “Great Reset,” and it’s been made clear that this is GOING to happen whether people want it or not. Those who refuse this vaccine — this digital implant “mark” — will not be allowed to hold a job or to buy or sell. Private property will be eliminated. No more mortgage payments — but no more home ownership either. Likely you’ll be assigned where you will reside, and personal privacy will be gone forever, along with the ability to own any kind of property.
In keeping with the radical “climate change” agenda and the “Green New Deal,” we’ll also be moving to public transportation. Buses, trains, subways. No more ownership of cars.
So when you hear the mainstream news media, giddy with excitement about “Building Back Better” and “The Great Reset,” understand what that MEANS. Oh, and don’t bother writing your congressman. He doesn’t care. He already knows all this, and he’s IN on it! Our “good Republicans” had four years to help rebuild America after the terrorism and destruction caused by Obama. And all they did was fight their own president every day for four straight years — and beyond. Come to think of it, I can’t think of a single thing Congress actually DID the last four years that had any positive significance. Can you?
So again, I am NOT a prophet, but I get news and information from a ton of sources 24 hours a day, every day. I also know God’s Word, and I have a mind, and I can think critically. What I’ve shared here is what seems most likely to mark the year 2021. But time will tell. At least now, hopefully, you have a few things to be watching for as they occur, so you will know what’s happening.
Let me leave you with some words of wisdom from Colossians 3 that seem very timely and relevant right now. Here’s what “The Great Reset” SHOULD be:
“Set your minds on things that are above, not on things that are on earth. For you have died, and your life is hidden with Christ in God. When Christ, who is your life, appears, then you also will appear with Him in glory. Put to death, therefore, what is earthly in you: sexual immorality, impurity, passion, evil desire, and covetousness, which is idolatry. On account of these, the wrath of God is coming. In these, you too once walked, when you were living in them. But now you must put them all away.“
RE-set your mind on the things above! But meanwhile, CONTINUE to watch and pray — and be GOOD STEWARDS and OCCUPY ’til He comes for you.
The Great Reset - Lamb & Lion Bible Prophecy Conference
What is the Great Reset? It's the deceptive agenda to revive the Babylonian global system
What is the Great Reset - Brandon Holthaus
(Lamb & Lion Conference)
Technology & Culture Reset - Nathan Jones
(Lamb & Lion Conference)
Economic Reset - Billy Crone (Lamb & Lion Conference)
Government Reset - Don Perkins (Lamb & Lion Conference)
Christianity Reset - Tim Moore (Lamb & Lion Conference)
Q&A About the Great Reset (Lamb & Lion Conference)
COVID-19: The Great Reset (by Klaus Schwab, Published July 9, 2020 (It's like he knew...))
https://www.amazon.com/COVID-19-Great-Reset-Klaus-Schwab/dp/2940631123/
"COVID-19: The Great Reset" is a guide for anyone who wants to understand how COVID-19 disrupted our social and economic systems, and what changes will be needed to create a more inclusive, resilient and sustainable world going forward. Klaus Schwab, founder and executive Chairman of the World Economic Forum, and Thierry Malleret, founder of the Monthly Barometer, explore what the root causes of these crisis were, and why they lead to a need for a Great Reset.Theirs is a worrying, yet hopeful analysis. COVID-19 has created a great disruptive reset of our global social, economic, and political systems. But the power of human beings lies in being foresighted and having the ingenuity, at least to a certain extent, to take their destiny into their hands and to plan for a better future. This is the purpose of this book: to shake up and to show the deficiencies which were manifest in our global system, even before COVID broke out."Erudite, thought-provoking and plausible" -- Hans van Leeuwen, Australian Financial Review (Australia)"The book looks ahead to what the post-coronavirus world could look like barely four months after the outbreak was first declared a pandemic" -- Sam Meredith, CNBC (USA) "The message that the pandemic is not only a crisis of enormous proportions, but that it also provides an opportunity for humanity to reflect on how it can do things differently, is important and merits reflection"-- Ricardo Avila, Portafolio (Colombia) "A call for political change in the post-pandemic world"-- Ivonne Martinez, La Razon (Mexico)"History has shown, the book argues, that pandemics are a force for radical and lasting change"-- Mustafa Alrawi, The National (UAE)
Summary of COVID-19: The Great Reset (by Klaus Schwab and Thierry Malleret)
https://www.amazon.com/Summary-COVID-19-Great-Smart-Reads/dp/B09FCHPNHW/
NOTE: This is an unofficial summary & analysis of Klaus Schwab and Thierry Malleret’s " COVID-19: The Great Reset " designed to offer an in-depth look at this book so you can appreciate it even more. Smart Reads is responsible for this summary content and is not associated with the original author in any way.
It contains:
-Chapter by chapter summaries
-Trivia questions
-Discussion questions
And much more!
Klaus Schwab, based in Germany, is the founder of the World Economic Forum and current chairman. He established the World Economic Forum to promote the idea that companies should work to serve not only shareholders but all stakeholders if they want to attain long-term growth and success. Schwab's background is in economics and engineering, and he holds a degree in public administration. He also holds a professorship at the University of Geneva. Most recently, he has authored the books The Fourth Industrial Revolution (published in 2016) and Shaping the Future of the Fourth Industrial Revolution (published in 2018).
Thierry Malleret, based in France, is a managing partner at the Monthly Barometer, which provides predictive analyses to business leaders, private investors, and other decision-makers. At the World Economic Forum, he founded the Global Risk Network and currently runs its Programme team. Malleret's background is in economics and history, and his professional experience has spanned investment banking, academia, think tanks, and government. He also has authored a number of novels and nonfiction books (in business and academia).
Written in June 2020, COVID-19: The Great Reset is a speculative exercise meant to consider the varying interactions of global phenomena in the aftermath of the covid pandemic. How will technology, society, attitudes toward the environment and toward health and wellbeing, and economic events interact with the various policy, business, and individual decisions made around the world? The authors explore such questions and develop an idea of the future that they would like to see arise from this moment, suggesting that this is a once-in-an-era opportunity to become more intentional in our daily habits and behaviors and, ultimately, in the world we build. With regard to the pandemic, they claim that there has been nothing quite like it in modern history, that we should expect to be dealing with its fallout for years to come, and that it will cause some things that were previously familiar and normal to change forever. As the crisis creates enormous economic disruption and spurs volatility in many ways (socially, politically, and geopolitically), the authors expect our situation to also raise deep concerns about the environment and expand technology's reach (both for good and for bad) into our lives. They also point out that these kinds of existential crises can also facilitate introspection that leads to transformation.
Yuval Noah Harari
Who is the man leading The Great Reset? Yuval Noah Harari
“History began when humans invented gods, and will end when humans become gods.” - Yuval Noah Harari
Who is Yuval Noah Harari? Yuval Noah Harari is a lead advisor for Klaus Schwab. Klaus Schwab is the author of COVID-19 / The Great Reset and the founder of The World Economic Forum. Klaus Schwab and the World Economic Forum Are Implementing “The Great Reset.” Yuval is praised by the likes of Klaus Schwab, Barack Obama, Mark Zuckerberg, and Bill Gates, who reviewed Harari’s latest book on the cover of the New York Times Book Review. Harari speaks at the World Economic Forum at Davos, New York Times, Stanford, TED, and TimesTalks. At the time of this writing, his books occupied the top two slots on the New York Times’ nonfiction best-seller list.
The epic battle between good and evil is here. It's “The Great Reset” versus “The Great ReAwakening.”
Filmmaker Sean Stone + General Flynn | Who Leads Gates, WEF, Zuckerberg, Obama, & The Great Reset?
(Thrivetime Show: The ReAwakening versus The Great Reset )
Part 1 - Sean Stone, General Flynn, Attorney Thomas Renz & Andrew Storchini - https://vimeo.com/ondemand/bestkeptsecret
Part 2 - John Maxey - What Is Inside Hunter Biden’s Laptop?
Part 3 - Dr. Manuel Johnson - Is God Not Done with America?
Part 4 - www.SynergyHealthDPC.com
Learn How to Protect Your Wealth Against Inflation Today At: www.BH-PM.com
Buy the Sean Stone Documentary:
https://vimeo.com/ondemand/bestkeptsecret
New World Order: A Strategy of Imperialism - https://www.amazon.com/New-World-Order-Strategy-Imperialism/dp/1634240901/ref=sr_1_1?crid=1ZL2HIGCJ83O9&keywords=sean+stone&qid=1647978518&sprefix=sean+ston%2Caps%2C121&sr=8-1
Learn More At: www.Renz-Law.com
(Yuval Noah Harari is often referred to as “the prophet.” He a the Israeli vegan, openly gay, pro-transhumanist who is obsessed with rejecting the God of his fathers and turning humans into gods. He is the lead advisor to Klaus Schwab and is praised by Barack Obama, Mark Zuckerberg, Bill Gates, Silicon Valley, the New York Times, TED, Stanford, Harvard, the World Economic Forum, James Corden, Natalie Portman, etc.) According to World Economic Forum luminary and historian Yuval Noah Harari, the transition to “digital dictatorships” will have a “big watershed” moment once governments start using “surveillance under the skin.”
Epstein + Biden + Harari = “Pre-Crime Prevention”
The Biden administration asked Congress for $6.5 billion to fund a new biomedical research agency which would merge “national security” with “health security” in such a way as to use both physical and mental health “warning signs” to prevent outbreaks of disease or violence before they occur.
Such a system is a recipe for a technocratic “pre-crime” organization with the potential to criminalize both mental and physical illness as well as “wrongthink. This agency was to be largely guided by Biden’s confirmed top science adviser, ERIC LANDER. LANDER formerly the head of the Silicon Valley-dominated Broad Institute, has been controversial for his ties to eugenicist and child sex trafficker JEFFREY EPSTEIN.
https://cen.acs.org/policy/Eric-Lander-resigns-Bidens-science/100/i6
Look Up & Read HR 6666
https://www.congress.gov/bill/116th-congress/house-bill/6666/text
What Did Yuval Noah Harari Say?
Yuval Noah Harari is a lead advisor for Klaus Schwab. Klaus Schwab is the author of COVID-19 / The Great Reset and the founder of The World Economic Forum. Klaus Schwab and the World Economic Forum Are Implementing "The Great Reset." Yuval is praised by the likes of Klaus Schwab, Barack Obama, Mark Zuckerberg, and Bill Gates, who reviewed Harari’s latest book on the cover of the New York Times Book Review. Harari speaks at the World Economic Forum at Davos, New York Times, Stanford, TED, and TimesTalks. At the time of this writing, his books occupied the top two slots on the New York Times’ nonfiction best-seller list. - READ - https://slate.com/culture/2018/11/yuval-noah-harari-sapiens-facebook-silicon-valley-hollywood.html
Free Will Is Over - WATCH -
https://rumble.com/vthdl6-the-evil-transhumanism-agenda-of-klaus-schwab-and-doctor-yuval-noah-harari.html
“16 Cease not to give thanks for you, making mention of you in my prayers; 17 That the God of our Lord Jesus Christ, the Father of glory, may give unto you the spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of him: 18 The eyes of your understanding being enlightened; that ye may know what is the hope of his calling, and what the riches of the glory of his inheritance in the saints, 19 And what is the exceeding greatness of his power to us-ward who believe, according to the working of his mighty power, 20 Which he wrought in Christ, when he raised him from the dead, and set him at his own right hand in the heavenly places, 21 Far above all principality, and power, and might, and dominion, and every name that is named, not only in this world, but also in that which is to come.” - Ephesians 1:16-21
Free Will Is a Theological Mistake - WATCH - https://rumble.com/vy5ejj-yuval-noah-harari-free-will-is-a-theological-mistake-and-hacking-humans.html
“Stand fast therefore in the liberty wherewith Christ hath made us free, and be not entangled again with the yoke of bondage.” - Galatians 5:1
“3 For though we walk in the flesh, we do not war after the flesh: 4 (For the weapons of our warfare are not carnal, but mighty through God to the pulling down of strong holds;) 5 Casting down imaginations, and every high thing that exalteth itself against the knowledge of God, and bringing into captivity every thought to the obedience of Christ.” - 2 Corinthians 10:3-6
"If You Have the Tools to Overcome Human Biology...Think About the SEX Life." - WATCH - https://rumble.com/vxee5z-yuval-noah-harari-if-you-have-the-tools-to-overcome-human-biology...think-a.html
NOTE: Yuval (Jubal) in the Hebrew Bible means son of Lamech. Lamech was the Bible’s first polygamist.
“19 And Lamech took unto him two wives: the name of the one was Adah, and the name of the other Zillah.” Genesis 4:19
Surveillance Under the Skin? Trusting Science Over Everything Else? - WATCH - https://rumble.com/vy525f-yuval-noah-harari-surveillance-under-the-skin-and-trusting-science-above-ev.html
“16 And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads: 17 And that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name. 18 Here is wisdom. Let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his number is Six hundred threescore and six.” - Revelation 13:16-18
Yuval Noah Harari | Klaus Schwab Advisor: Advocating Genetically Modified Babies - WATCH - https://rumble.com/vy4xyl-yuval-noah-harari-klaus-schwab-advisor-advocating-genetically-modified-babi.html
“41 And whereas thou sawest the feet and toes, part of potters' clay, and part of iron, the kingdom shall be divided; but there shall be in it of the strength of the iron, forasmuch as thou sawest the iron mixed with miry clay. 42 And as the toes of the feet were part of iron, and part of clay, so the kingdom shall be partly strong, and partly broken. 43 And whereas thou sawest iron mixed with miry clay, they shall mingle themselves with the seed of men: but they shall not cleave one to another, even as iron is not mixed with clay. 44 And in the days of these kings shall the God of heaven set up a kingdom, which shall never be destroyed: and the kingdom shall not be left to other people, but it shall break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms, and it shall stand forever.” - Daniel 2:41-44
Hacking Humans, BEAST System, Ending Free Will & Privacy - WATCH - https://rumble.com/vy3dy9-yuval-noah-harari-what-did-he-say-hacking-humans-beast-system-ending-free-w.html
“16 And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads: 17 And that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name. 18 Here is wisdom. Let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his number is Six hundred threescore and six.” - Revelation 13:16-18
Hacking Humans and Shifting Authority from Humans to Algorithms - WATCH - https://rumble.com/vy18k5-yuval-noah-harari-hacking-humans-and-shifting-authority-from-humans-to-algo.html
“And God said, Let us make man in our image, after our likeness: and let them have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the air, and over the cattle, and over all the earth, and over every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth.” - Genesis 1:26
Y
uval Noah Harari | We Need to Work with the BEAST and Not Against It - WATCH - https://rumble.com/vy129f-yuval-noah-harari-we-need-to-work-with-the-beast-and-not-against-it.html
“And they worshipped the dragon which gave power unto the beast: and they worshipped the beast, saying, Who is like unto the beast? who is able to make war with him?” - Revelation 13:4
Yuval Noah Harari | "We Are Upgrading Humans Into Gods" - WATCH - https://rumble.com/vy126n-yuval-noah-harari-we-are-upgrading-humans-into-gods.html
“Who opposeth and exalteth himself above all that is called God, or that is worshipped; so that he as God sitteth in the temple of God, shewing himself that he is God.” - 2 Thessalonians 2:4
“And it came to pass, when men began to multiply on the face of the earth, and daughters were born unto them, 2 That the sons of God saw the daughters of men that they were fair; and they took them wives of all which they chose. 3 And the Lord said, My spirit shall not always strive with man, for that he also is flesh: yet his days shall be an hundred and twenty years. 4 There were giants in the earth in those days; and also after that, when the sons of God came in unto the daughters of men, and they bare children to them, the same became mighty men which were of old, men of renown. 5 And God saw that the wickedness of man was great in the earth, and that every imagination of the thoughts of his heart was only evil continually. 6 And it repented the Lord that he had made man on the earth, and it grieved him at his heart. 7 And the Lord said, I will destroy man whom I have created from the face of the earth; both man, and beast, and the creeping thing, and the fowls of the air; for it repenteth me that I have made them.” - Genesis Chapter 6: 1-7
Yuval Noah Harari | "We Are On the Verge of Creating the First Inorganic Life Forms" - WATCH - https://rumble.com/vy0vtt-yuval-noah-harari-we-are-on-the-verge-of-creating-the-first-inorganic-life-.html
“37 But as the days of Noah were, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. 38 For as in the days that were before the flood they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day that Noe entered into the ark, 39 And knew not until the flood came, and took them all away; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.” - Matthew 24: 37-39
Yuval Noah Harari | "We Are On the Verge of Creating the First Inorganic Life Forms" - WATCH - https://rumble.com/vy0vtt-yuval-noah-harari-we-are-on-the-verge-of-creating-the-first-inorganic-life-.html
Genesis - “27 So God created man in his own image, in the image of God created he him; male and female created he them.” 1:27
Yuval Noah Harari | Creating an Anti-Virus for the Mind & the Basic Premise of Religion Doesn't Work - WATCH - https://rumble.com/vy0oj9-yuval-noah-harari-creating-an-anti-virus-for-the-mind-and-the-basic-premise.html
Pure religion and undefiled before God and the Father is this, To visit the fatherless and widows in their affliction, and to keep himself unspotted from the world. - James 1:27 -
Yuval Noah Harari | Yuval Advocates Allowing Artificial Intelligence to Vote Instead of Humans - WATCH - https://rumble.com/vy0nep-yuval-noah-harari-yuval-advocates-allowing-artificial-intelligence-to-vote-.html
“16 And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads: 17 And that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name. 18 Here is wisdom. Let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his number is Six hundred threescore and six.” - Revelation 13:16-18
Yuval Noah Harari w/ Huawei CEO Banned by Trump | Hacking Humans, Inheriting Souls & Mind Anti-Virus - WATCH - https://rumble.com/vy0mkh-yuval-noah-harari-w-huawei-ceo-banned-by-trump-hacking-humans-inheriting-so.html
“13 And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a beast rise up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy. 2 And the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard, and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his mouth as the mouth of a lion: and the dragon gave him his power, and his seat, and great authority. 3 And I saw one of his heads as it were wounded to death; and his deadly wound was healed: and all the world wondered after the beast. 4 And they worshipped the dragon which gave power unto the beast: and they worshipped the beast, saying, Who is like unto the beast? who is able to make war with him? 5 And there was given unto him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies; and power was given unto him to continue forty and two months. 6 And he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme his name, and his tabernacle, and them that dwell in heaven. 7 And it was given unto him to make war with the saints, and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations.” - Revelation 13: 1-7
Yuval Noah Harari | "Surveillance Is Going Under the Skin." + Choosing Science Over Religion - https://rumble.com/vy0l1z-yuval-noah-harari-surveillance-is-going-under-the-skin..html
“Through faith we understand that the worlds were framed by the word of God, so that things which are seen were not made of things which do appear.” Hebrews 11:3
Yuval Noah Harari | Yuval States, "Jesus Rising from the Dead and Being the Son of God is FAKE NEWS" - WATCH - https://rumble.com/vxz099-yuval-noah-harari-yuval-states-jesus-rising-from-the-dead-and-being-the-son.html
“And whosoever shall speak a word against the Son of man, it shall be forgiven him: but unto him that blasphemeth against the Holy Ghost it shall not be forgiven.” - Luke 12:10
Yuval Noah Harari | "Humans Are Hackable Animals...Directly Connecting Brains to Computers" - WATCH - https://rumble.com/vxywe3-yuval-noah-harari-humans-are-hackable-animals...directly-connecting-brains-.html
“For who hath known the mind of the Lord, that he may instruct him? But we have the mind of Christ.” - 1 Corinthians 2:16
Why Research Into How to Manipulate the GOD Gene (The VMAT2 gene) Begin? - READ - https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2262126/
December 9, 2019
Technology Is Created to Use mRNA to Deliver CRISPR gene-editing: Cell-Selective Messenger RNA Delivery and CRISPR/Cas9 Genome Editing by Modulating the Interface of Phenylboronic Acid-Derived Lipid Nanoparticles and Cellular Surface Sialic Acid - https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/31763806/
What Is CRISPR? – In China Scientist Jiankui stunned the genetic community when he announced he had already used CRISPR, which hasn’t been proven either safe or effective in human patients, to permanently alter the genomes of twin girls. – https://time.com/5642755/crispr-gene-editing-humans/
What Is CRISPR? https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/32532987/
“And the light of a candle shall shine no more at all in thee; and the voice of the bridegroom and of the bride shall be heard no more at all in thee: for thy merchants were the great men of the earth; for by thy sorceries were all nations deceived.” - Revelation 18:23
Yuval Noah Harari | "In the Future You Will Face Discrimination Based On a Good Assessment" - WATCH - https://rumble.com/vxyslr-yuval-noah-harari-in-the-future-you-will-face-discrimination-based-on-a-goo.html
“Judge not, that ye be not judged. For with what judgment ye judge, ye shall be judged: and with what measure ye mete, it shall be measured to you again. And why beholdest thou the mote that is in thy brother's eye, but considerest not the beam that is in thine own eye?” - Matthew 7:1-4
Yuval Noah Harari | Yuval Argues Against God's Existence, Human Rights, National Sovereignty & Money - https://rumble.com/vxyrp7-yuval-noah-harari-yuval-argues-against-gods-existence-human-rights-national.html - WATCH -
“And he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme his name, and his tabernacle, and them that dwell in heaven.” - Revelation 13:6
Yuval Noah Harari | Why Do "Elites" Often Refer to Yuvah Noah Harari As a Prophet? - WATCH - https://rumble.com/vxynrv-yuval-noah-harari-why-do-elites-often-refer-to-yuvah-noah-harari-as-a-proph.html
“Beware of false prophets, which come to you in sheep's clothing, but inwardly they are ravening wolves.” Matthew 7:15
Yuval Noval Harari | "Economies in the Future Where Humans Are Not Needed Even As Consumers." - WATCH - https://rumble.com/vxyl7n-yuval-noval-harari-economies-in-the-future-where-humans-are-not-needed-even.html
“Ye are of your father the devil, and the lusts of your father ye will do. He was a murderer from the beginning, and abode not in the truth, because there is no truth in him. When he speaketh a lie, he speaketh of his own: for he is a liar, and the father of it.” - John 8:44
Yuval Noah Harari | "The COVID Crisis Was the Moment When Surveillance Started Going Under the Skin" - WATCH - https://rumble.com/vxyfo5-yuval-noah-harari-the-covid-crisis-was-the-moment-when-surveillance-started.html
And there shall be signs in the sun, and in the moon, and in the stars; and upon the earth distress of nations, with perplexity; the sea and the waves roaring; Men's hearts failing them for fear, and for looking after those things which are coming on the earth: for the powers of heaven shall be shaken. - Luke 21:25-26
Yuval Noah Harari | "Dictators Always Dreamt About It...It's NOW Possible to Eliminate Privacy." - WATCH - https://rumble.com/vxyf7r-yuval-noah-harari-dictators-always-dreamt-about-it...its-now-possible-to-el.html
“And the light of a candle shall shine no more at all in thee; and the voice of the bridegroom and of the bride shall be heard no more at all in thee: for thy merchants were the great men of the earth; for by thy sorceries were all nations deceived.” - Revelation 18:23
Yuval Noah Harari | "They Trade and Make Billions of Dollars and You Don't Use Humans as Consumers" - WATCH - https://rumble.com/vxxnex-yuval-noah-harari-they-trade-and-make-billions-of-dollars-and-you-dont-use-.html
“So God created man in his own image, in the image of God created he him; male and female created he them.” - Genesis 1:27
Yuval Noah Harari Explains the Artificial Intelligence Social Credit Score System Which Is Coming Soon to Determine Who Can Buy or Sell - WATCH - https://rumble.com/vxeccf-yuval-noah-harari-explains-the-social-credit-score-system-which-is-coming-s.html
“And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvellous things against the God of gods, and shall prosper till the indignation be accomplished: for that that is determined shall be done.” - Daniel Chapter 11:36
Yuvah Noah Harari | "You Cannot Violate the Rules of Nature" | Lead Advisor for Klaus Schwab - WATCH - https://rumble.com/vxebkn-yuvah-noah-harari-you-cannot-violate-the-rules-of-nature-lead-advisor-for-k.html
“This I say then, Walk in the Spirit, and ye shall not fulfil the lust of the flesh. For the flesh lusteth against the Spirit, and the Spirit against the flesh: and these are contrary the one to the other: so that ye cannot do the things that ye would.” - Galatians 5:16-17
Yuval Noah Harari | "We Are In the Process of Becoming Gods" & "We Need Some Type of Global Loyalty" - WATCH - https://rumble.com/vxe57j-yuval-noah-harari-we-are-in-the-process-of-becoming-gods-and-we-need-some-t.html
“For many deceivers are entered into the world, who confess not that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh. This is a deceiver and an antichrist.” 2 John 1:7
Yuval Noah Harari | "There Is No Such Thing As Free Will" & "Humans Have Invented God" - WATCH - https://rumble.com/vxcgaf-yuval-noah-harari-there-is-no-such-thing-as-free-will-and-humans-have-inven.html
“I will freely sacrifice unto thee: I will praise thy name, O Lord; for it is good.” - Psalm 54:6
“And if it seem evil unto you to serve the Lord, choose you this day whom ye will serve; whether the gods which your fathers served that were on the other side of the flood, or the gods of the Amorites, in whose land ye dwell: but as for me and my house, we will serve the Lord.” - Joshua 24:15
Yuval Noah Harari | "Feelings Are the Ultimate Source of Authority" | Lead Advisor to Klaus Schwab - WATCH - https://rumble.com/vxcffn-yuval-noah-harari-feelings-are-the-ultimate-source-of-authority-lead-adviso.html
“The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom: and the knowledge of the holy is understanding.” - Proverbs 9:10
“He that committeth sin is of the devil; for the devil sinneth from the beginning. For this purpose the Son of God was manifested, that he might destroy the works of the devil.” 1 John 3:8”
Yuval Noah Harari | Lead Advisor for Klaus Schwab Argues Against the Bible and God's Commandments https://rumble.com/vxcet5-yuval-noah-harari-lead-advisor-for-klaus-schwab-argues-against-the-bible-an.html
“And when he had called the people unto him with his disciples also, he said unto them, Whosoever will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow me.” - Mark 8:34
Yuval Noah Harari | Top Advisor for Klaus Schwab Explains "We Need a Antivirus for the Brain" - WATCH - https://rumble.com/vxcdkz-yuval-noah-harari-top-advisor-for-klaus-schwab-explains-we-need-a-anti-viru.html
“3 Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day shall not come, except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition; 4 Who opposeth and exalteth himself above all that is called God, or that is worshipped; so that he as God sitteth in the temple of God, shewing himself that he is God. 5 Remember ye not, that, when I was yet with you, I told you these things? 6 And now ye know what withholdeth that he might be revealed in his time. 7 For the mystery of iniquity doth already work: only he who now letteth will let, until he be taken out of the way. 8 And then shall that Wicked be revealed, whom the Lord shall consume with the spirit of his mouth, and shall destroy with the brightness of his coming: 9 Even him, whose coming is after the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders, 10 And with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; because they received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved. 11 And for this cause God shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie: 12 That they all might be damned who believed not the truth, but had pleasure in unrighteousness.” - 2 Thessalonians 2:3-12
Yuval Noah Harari | Interview w/ Mark Zuckerberg "Is Still True That the Voter Knows Best?" - WATCH - https://rumble.com/vxcc01-yuval-noah-harari-interview-w-mark-zuckerberg-is-still-true-that-the-voter-.html
Yuval Noah Harari | "How Can We Get Global Agreement On AI (w/ Putin in Ukraine)?" - WATCH - https://rumble.com/vwtgvx-yuval-noah-harari-how-can-we-get-global-agreement-on-ai-w-putin-in-ukraine.html
“3 Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day shall not come, except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition; 4 Who opposeth and exalteth himself above all that is called God, or that is worshipped; so that he as God sitteth in the temple of God, shewing himself that he is God. 5 Remember ye not, that, when I was yet with you, I told you these things? 6 And now ye know what withholdeth that he might be revealed in his time. 7 For the mystery of iniquity doth already work: only he who now letteth will let, until he be taken out of the way. 8 And then shall that Wicked be revealed, whom the Lord shall consume with the spirit of his mouth, and shall destroy with the brightness of his coming: 9 Even him, whose coming is after the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders, 10 And with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; because they received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved. 11 And for this cause God shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie: 12 That they all might be damned who believed not the truth, but had pleasure in unrighteousness.” - 2 Thessalonians 2:3-12
What Does the Name “Yuval” Mean?
Yuval (also Jubal) was the son of Lamech and Adah, a brother of Jabal, a descendant of Cain.
“20 And Adah bare Jabal: he was the father of such as dwell in tents, and of such as have cattle. 21 And his brother's name was Jubal: he was the father of all such as handle the harp and organ.” - Genesis 4:20-21
Did You Know That Yuval Noah Harari Is Openly Gay?
“Neither shall he regard the God of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god: for he shall magnify himself above all.” - Daniel 11:37
Did You Know That Yuval Noah Harari Does Not Eat Meat?
“Now the Spirit speaketh expressly, that in the latter times some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of devils; Speaking lies in hypocrisy; having their conscience seared with a hot iron; Forbidding to marry, and commanding to abstain from meats, which God hath created to be received with thanksgiving of them which believe and know the truth.” - 1 Timothy 4:3
Where is Yuval Noah Harari from?
Yuval Noah Harari is from Kiryat Ata (Israel)
“Neither shall he regard the God of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god: for he shall magnify himself above all.” - Daniel 11:37
Why Did the United Nations place the “Guardian of Nations” statue in front of the United Nations Building located at 405 East 42nd Street New York, New York? - VIEW - https://twitter.com/un_photo/status/1458178013082816513?lang=en
“2 And the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard, and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his mouth as the mouth of a lion: and the dragon gave him his power, and his seat, and great authority.” - Revelation 13:2
“Less than a decade ago, Yuval Noah Harari was a junior professor at Hebrew University in Jerusalem, stuck teaching a world history survey course because none of the senior faculty would deign to take it on. Today, he’s listened to and praised by the likes of Barack Obama, Mark Zuckerberg, and Bill Gates, who reviewed Harari’s latest book on the cover of the New York Times Book Review. Harari speaks at the World Economic Forum at Davos, TED, and TimesTalks. At the time of this writing, his books occupied the top two slots on the New York Times’ nonfiction best-seller list.” - https://slate.com/culture/2018/11/yuval-noah-harari-sapiens-facebook-silicon-valley-hollywood.html
“And the light of a candle shall shine no more at all in thee; and the voice of the bridegroom and of the bride shall be heard no more at all in thee: for thy merchants were the great men of the earth; for by thy sorceries were all nations deceived.” - Revelation 18:23
Yuval Noah Harari is a lead advisor for Klaus Schwab. Klaus Schwab is the author of COVID-19 / The Great Reset and the founder of The World Economic Forum. Klaus Schwab and the World Economic Forum Are Implementing "The Great Reset." Yuval is praised by the likes of Klaus Schwab, Barack Obama, Mark Zuckerberg, and Bill Gates, who reviewed Harari’s latest book on the cover of the New York Times Book Review. Harari speaks at the World Economic Forum at Davos, TED, and TimesTalks. At the time of this writing, his books occupied the top two slots on the New York Times’ nonfiction best-seller list. - READ - https://slate.com/culture/2018/11/yuval-noah-harari-sapiens-facebook-silicon-valley-hollywood.html
“3 So he carried me away in the spirit into the wilderness: and I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet coloured beast, full of names of blasphemy, having seven heads and ten horns. 4 And the woman was arrayed in purple and scarlet colour, and decked with gold and precious stones and pearls, having a golden cup in her hand full of abominations and filthiness of her fornication: 5 And upon her forehead was a name written, Mystery, Babylon The Great, The Mother Of Harlots And Abominations Of The Earth. 6 And I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints, and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus: and when I saw her, I wondered with great admiration.” - Revelation 17: 3-6
Numerically, What Does the World CORONA mean?
What Legislation Is Being Written to Force Everyone to Take the mRNA-modifying COVID-19 vaccines?
H.R.6666 - COVID–19 Testing, Reaching, And Contacting Everyone (TRACE) Act - https://www.congress.gov/bill/116th-congress/house-bill/6666/text
What Does the World Now Believe to Be the Ultimate Source of Truth?
What Is the Publication Number for the Patent Application Filed by Microsoft for a CRYPTOCURRENCY SYSTEM USING BODY ACTIVITY DATA? - Read - https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2020060606
“16 And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads: 17 And that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name. 18 Here is wisdom. Let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his number is Six hundred threescore and six.” - Revelation 13:16-18
Yuval Noah Harari is a lead advisor to Klaus Schwab. Klaus Schwab is the author of COVID-19 / The Great Reset and the Founder of the World Economic Forum which is implementing the world wide Great Reset.
Connect the Dots Between COVID-19 / The Great Reset, The Fourth Industrial Revolution, Klaus Schwab, 5G, and the RNA-Modifying COVID-19 Vaccines Agenda:
https://timetofreeamerica.com/revelation
Request Tickets to General Flynn's ReAwaken America Tour Today At: https://www.thrivetimeshow.com/reawaken-america-tour/
You May Also Request Tickets by Texting: 918-851-0102
Learn More About the ReAwakening Documentary Today At: https://reawakeningseries.com/
Learn How to Wake Up Your Friends and Family While Showing Your Support: https://store.thrivetimeshow.com/
Support Mike Lindell and America's Quest for Election Integrity At: https://www.mypillow.com/clay
The Fourth Industrial Revolution and genetically modified humans - https://rumble.com/vld6yh-the-fourth-industrial-revolution-and-genetically-modified-humans.html
Question #1 - Does the Mark of the Beast Technology Now Exist?
Why Did Microsoft File for a Patent for a Cryptocurrency System Using Body Activity with a Publication Number WO-2020-060606? https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2020060606
Revelation Chapter 13: 16-18 (Revelation was written by John the Apostle While Being Exiled On the Island of Patmos)
16 And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads:
17 And that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name.
18 Here is wisdom. Let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his number is Six hundred threescore and six.”
Methods and systems of prioritizing treatments, vaccination, testing and/or activities while protecting the privacy of individuals - Methods and Systems Patent #11-107588 - https://trea.com/information/methods-and-systems-of-prioritizing-treatments-vaccination-testing-andor-activit/patentgrant/e2dfec3c-d33d-44ac-bdb9-a5cfd91f1193
Why Are There Advanced Nano-Technologies Found Inside the COVID-19 Vaccines? Their Patents Prove Their Nefarious Plan
Patent # 10-703-789-B2 - https://www.modernatx.com/sites/default/files/US10703789.pdf
Patent # 2010 0216804 - https://patentimages.storage.googleapis.com/25/ce/6d/84cb16adb713b2/US20100216804A1.pdf
Patent # 20201859
Patent # 2012 0265001 ?
Down a Vaccination Exemption Form Today At: www.Team1986.com
Models are false - https://timetofreeamerica.com/the-models/#scroll-content
PCR tests are false - https://timetofreeamerica.com/case-inflation/#scroll-content
COVID is 100% treatable: https://timetofreeamerica.com/case-inflation/#scroll-content
Kary Banks Mullis was an American biochemist. In recognition of his invention of the polymerase chain reaction technique, he shared the 1993 Nobel Prize in Chemistry with Michael Smith and was awarded the Japan Prize in the same year.
Bill Gates Says, “There is no SAVIOR without the (luciferase-mRNA-modifying-nano-technology-filled) vaccines: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/24715289/
Bill Gates Spirit Advisor - https://duckduckgo.com/?q=marina+abramovic+spirit+cooking&t=hd&va=u&iax=images&ia=images
Jeffrey Epstein / Bill Gates Worked to Create Their Own Race - https://www.nytimes.com/2019/07/31/business/jeffrey-epstein-eugenics.html
WO2020060606 - CRYPTOCURRENCY SYSTEM USING BODY ACTIVITY DATA https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2020060606
What Is In the COVID-19 Vaccines? https://timetofreeamerica.com/vaccines-gates/#scroll-content
Question #2 - Why Is Congress Working On Legislation Called H.R.666? - Anti-Racism in Public Health Act of 2021 Proposed Legislation?
https://www.congress.gov/bill/117th-congress/house-bill/666
Question #3 - Why Is Congress Working on Legislation Called H.R.6666? - COVID-19 Testing, Reaching, And Contacting Everyone (TRACE) Act?
https://www.congress.gov/bill/116th-congress/house-bill/6666/text
Question #4 - Why Is the Centers for Disease Control Calling for the Implementation of Nazi-Style Concentration Camps That They Are Calling Green Zones?
https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/global-covid-19/shielding-approach-humanitarian.html
Why Did the Governor of Tennessee Sign an Executive Order Authorizing the State to Remove People from Their Homes? https://publications.tnsosfiles.com/pub/execorders/exec-orders-lee83.pdf – Read Paragraphs 8, 14 and 18
Why Is GovernmentJobs.com Hiring Isolation & Quarantine Team Consultants, Isolation, and Vaccine Strike Team Staff?
Lewis County – Centralia, WA Isolation & Quarantine Team Consultants (PS2) – Non-Permanent – DOH5814 https://www.governmentjobs.com/jobs/3233390-0/isolation-quarantine-team-consultants-ps2-non-permanent-doh5814
Thurston County, WA Isolation & Quarantine Facility Staffing - COVID-19 Response https://www.governmentjobs.com/jobs/2918801-0 via @GovernmentJobs
Columbus, GA COVID-19 Vaccine Strike Team Staff https://www.governmentjobs.com/jobs/3220847-0 via @GovernmentJobs
Why Does the Centers for Disease Control Have a Section on Their Website Dedicated to Describing Quarantine Stations and Their Jurisdictions?
https://www.cdc.gov/quarantine/quarantine-stations-us.html
Bill Gates- and George Soros-Backed Organization Buys Out COVID-19 Testing Company – https://www.theepochtimes.com/mkt_breakingnews/bill-gates-and-george-soros-buy-out-covid-19-testing-company_3909833.html?utm_source=News&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=breaking-2021-07-20-2&mktids=4c7b77485753b708172bad88c5db2e09&est=Pntf4x%2FYSo3qmf8tbswC35G5Or9yEvDiGG0nyIkn%2B6jUssSBm7uf7Yc4ZKjFAJWiNsX2
Question #5 - Why Are International Celebrities and Powerful People Like Bill Gates Celebrating and Seeking the Satanic Guidance of the Spirit Cooking Marina Abramović Spirit Cooking?
https://duckduckgo.com/?q=marina+abramovic+spirit+cooking&t=hc&va=o&iax=images&iar=images&ia=images
Microsoft Commercial - https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0XmTRpfTvKI
Question #6 - Why Are Satanists Suing for Their Religious Right to Ritual
Abortions? https://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2021/mar/6/satanists-sue-for-religious-right-to-ritual-aborti/
Question #7 - Why is Senomyx A Food Additive In the American Food Supply?
Senomyx develops patented flavor enhancers by using “proprietary taste receptor-based assay systems.” These receptors are made from HEK293. HEK stands for Human Embryonic Kidney cells.
Which Companies Are Using Aborted Human Fetuses in Their Food? https://dta0yqvfnusiq.cloudfront.net/allnaturalhealingsrq/2019/05/Companies-That-use-Aborted-Human-Fetuses-in-their-Foods-5ce5f2e5eb52e.pdf
Company Uses Cells From Abortions to Test Artificial Flavors - https://www.lifenews.com/2011/03/29/company-uses-fetal-cells-from-abortions-for-artificial-flavors/
https://www.lifesitenews.com/blogs/confused-about-the-pepsi-fetal-cell-issue-here-are-the-facts/
http://www.stopthecrime.net/senomyx.pdf
Which Companies Are Using Aborted Human Fetuses in Their Food? https://dta0yqvfnusiq.cloudfront.net/allnaturalhealingsrq/2019/05/Companies-That-use-Aborted-Human-Fetuses-in-their-Foods-5ce5f2e5eb52e.pdf
Question #8 - Why Was Jeffrey Epstein Working to Seed the Human Race With His DNA?
https://www.nytimes.com/2019/07/31/business/jeffrey-epstein-eugenics.html
What’s Included In the COVID-19 Shots?
Dr. Jane Ruby - Why is graphene oxide, PEG (Polyethylene Glycol), M-RNA modifying nano-technology, SM-102, luciferase, fetal-tissue cell lines and inside the COVID-19 vaccines? Watch - https://rumble.com/vl9hlz-dr-jane-ruby-are-the-covid-19-vaccine-mandates-a-campaign-of-murder.html
VAXXED Patients' Blood Examined, Horrific Findings Revealed by German Physicians! - https://rumble.com/vldaex-vaxxed-patients-blood-examined-horrific-findings-revealed-by-german-physici.html
Question #9 - Why Are Bill Gates, Elon Musk, and Others Obsessed with Transhumanism (Mixing Clay with Iron)?
Could Elon Musk’s Neuralink brain chips make us all as smart as he is? https://nypost.com/2021/03/06/rockets-brain-chips-is-elon-musk-superhero-or-supervillain/
“Please consider working at Neuralink! Short-term: solve brain/spine injuries Long-term: human/AI symbiosis. Latter will be species-level important. Work at either at our Bay Area or Austin locations.” - https://twitter.com/elonmusk/status/1356027336387252235?lang=en
Daniel Chapter 2: 40 - 43: “40 And the fourth kingdom shall be strong as iron: forasmuch as iron breaketh in pieces and subdueth all things: and as iron that breaketh all these, shall it break in pieces and bruise.
41 And whereas thou sawest the feet and toes, part of potters' clay, and part of iron, the kingdom shall be divided; but there shall be in it of the strength of the iron, forasmuch as thou sawest the iron mixed with miry clay.
42 And as the toes of the feet were part of iron, and part of clay, so the kingdom shall be partly strong, and partly broken.
43 And whereas thou sawest iron mixed with miry clay, they shall mingle themselves with the seed of men: but they shall not cleave one to another, even as iron is not mixed with clay.”
Question #10 - Why The Satanic Temple of Texas files suit to defend its religious right to child sacrifice...tell us more about this?
https://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2021/mar/6/satanists-sue-for-religious-right-to-ritual-aborti/
Why does the Pope’s Audience Hall look like a Snake Head? https://duckduckgo.com/?q=pope+snake+building&t=h_&iax=images&ia=images&iar=images
https://duckduckgo.com/?q=pope+audience+hall+stage&t=h_&iar=images&iax=images&ia=images&iai=https%3A%2F%2Fi.pinimg.com%2F736x%2F9f%2Ff0%2F7c%2F9ff07ccc8521044593f7971a13bef0e6--paul-vi-pope-john-paul-ii.jpg
Question #11 - Why Did Jeffrey Epstein Have a Satanic Temple on His Island?
https://duckduckgo.com/?q=jeffrey+epstein+island+temple&t=hc&va=o&iar=images&iax=images&ia=images
Question #12 - Why Did the Billionaire Bill Gates Who Is Developing the Vaccines Choose to Invest His Time with the World’s Most Prolific Pedophile Jeffrey Epstein?
https://www.nytimes.com/2019/10/12/business/jeffrey-epstein-bill-gates.html
Question #13 - Why Are Luciferians Obsessed with Wearing Masks and Standing 6 Feet Apart from Each Other During Their Satanic Rituals?
Question #14 - Why Would the Executive Chairman of the World Economic Forum Klaus Schwab Write a Book Titled COVID-19 - The Great Reset, Which Advocates for the Complete Destruction of Our God-Given Freedoms, the American Way of Life and the Implementation of a One World Government?
Question #15 - Why Is Moderna Now Referring to Their Vaccines Technology As the “Software of Life”? Technology
- https://www.modernatx.com/mrna-technology/mrna-platform-enabling-drug-discovery-development
Question #16 - Why is Luciferase Technology Being Developed?
https://www.moleculardevices.com/sites/default/files/en/assets/newsletter/november-2020.html#gref An enzyme that catalyzes the oxidation of a luciferin, causing it to produce a visible glow.
Question #17 - What Is the Statistical Probability of This?
“2 And the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard, and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his mouth as the mouth of a lion: and the dragon gave him his power, and his seat, and great authority.” Revelation 13:2
Question #18 - Why is graphene oxide, PEG (Polyethylene Glycol), M-RNA modifying nano-technology, SM-102, luciferase, fetal-tissue cell lines and inside the COVID-19 vaccines?
Graphene Oxide - Graphene oxide (GO) is a unique material that can be viewed as a single monomolecular layer of graphite with various oxygen-containing functionalities such as epoxide, carbonyl, carboxyl, and hydroxyl groups.
Learn What Is In the COVID-19 Shots: https://timetofreeamerica.com/vaccines-gates/#scroll-content
Question #19 - Are We Living Through Matthew Chapter 24?
And Jesus went out, and departed from the temple: and his disciples came to him for to shew him the buildings of the temple.
And Jesus said unto them, See ye not all these things? verily I say unto you, There shall not be left here one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down.
And as he sat upon the mount of Olives, the disciples came unto him privately, saying, Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the world?
And Jesus answered and said unto them, Take heed that no man deceive you.
For many shall come in my name, saying, I am Christ; and shall deceive many.
And ye shall hear of wars and rumors of wars: see that ye be not troubled: for all these things must come to pass, but the end is not yet.
For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes, in divers places.
All these are the beginning of sorrows.
Then shall they deliver you up to be afflicted, and shall kill you: and ye shall be hated of all nations for my name's sake.
And then shall many be offended, and shall betray one another, and shall hate one another.
And many false prophets shall rise, and shall deceive many.
Examples:
Mainstream Media
Doctor Fauci
Bill Gates
And because iniquity shall abound, the love of many shall wax cold.
But he that shall endure unto the end, the same shall be saved.
And this gospel of the kingdom shall be preached in all the world for a witness unto all nations; and then shall the end come.
Elon Musk’s Starlink to Deliver Internet Nearly Worldwide Within Weeks https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2021-06-29/musk-s-starlink-to-bring-internet-nearly-worldwide-within-weeks
Question #20 - If God Has Not Given Us a Spirit of Fear, Who Has Been Giving Us the Spirit of Fear? 2 Timothy 1:7
Where did the fear start?
FACT - The models created by the Abdul Latif Jameel Institute and Neil Ferguson that said that 2.2 million people would die were nefariously false.
NOTABLE QUOTABLE - “7 For God hath not given us the spirit of fear; but of power, and of love, and of a sound mind.” - 2 Timothy 1:7
NOTE: Fear blocks logic by causing your amygdala to become overactive
Question #21 - Why Would the Majority of Pastors Refuse to Teach from the Book of Revelation Chapter 13?
Revelation 13:2 - 2 And the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard, and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his mouth as the mouth of a lion: and the dragon gave him his power, and his seat, and great authority.
Revelation 13: 9-18 - If any man have an ear, let him hear
10 He that leadeth into captivity shall go into captivity: he that killeth with the sword must be killed with the sword. Here is the patience and the faith of the saints.
11 And I beheld another beast coming up out of the earth; and he had two horns like a lamb, and he spake as a dragon.
12 And he exerciseth all the power of the first beast before him, and causeth the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed.
13 And he doeth great wonders, so that he maketh fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men,
14 And deceiveth them that dwell on the earth by the means of those miracles which he had power to do in the sight of the beast; saying to them that dwell on the earth, that they should make an image to the beast, which had the wound by a sword, and did live.
15 And he had power to give life unto the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak, and cause that as many as would not worship the image of the beast should be killed.
16 And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads:
17 And that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name.
18 Here is wisdom. Let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his number is Six hundred threescore and six.
NOTE: The book of Revelation which warned Christians about “The Mark of the Beast” was written on the island of Patmos by John.
Could It Be That We Are Wrestling Not Against Flesh and Blood, But Against Principalities, Powers, Rulers of the Darkness of this World and Against Spiritual Wickedness in High Places?
Question #22 - Why Is It Only Christians By and Large Who Know the Truth About What Is Really Going On?
FACT - The 100% effective COVID-19 treatments and therapies are being withheld from you for nefarious purposes.
NOTABLE QUOTABLE - “31 Then said Jesus to those Jews which believed on him, If ye continue in my word, then are ye my disciples indeed; 32 And ye shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.” - John 8:30-36
Question #23 - COVID-19 = Certificate Of Vaccination ID - 19 (AI)
Why Did MIT Develop Specialized Dye, Delivered Along with a Vaccine That Could Enable “on-patient” Storage of Vaccination History? https://news.mit.edu/2019/storing-vaccine-history-skin-1218
Question #24 - Why Did the Military Just Now Develop a New Weapon Called LOCUST?
“15 And the four angels were loosed, which were prepared for an hour, and a day, and a month, and a year, for to slay the third part of men.” - Revelation 9:15
“9 And the fifth angel sounded, and I saw a star fall from heaven unto the earth: and to him was given the key of the bottomless pit. 2 And he opened the bottomless pit; and there arose a smoke out of the pit, as the smoke of a great furnace; and the sun and the air were darkened by reason of the smoke of the pit. 3 And there came out of the smoke locusts upon the earth: and unto them was given power, as the scorpions of the earth have power.” - Revelation 9: 1-3 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qW77hVqux10
“And the light of a candle shall shine no more at all in thee; and the voice of the bridegroom and of the bride shall be heard no more at all in thee: for thy merchants were the great men of the earth; for by thy sorceries were all nations deceived.” - Revelation 18:23
Question #25 - Are the Elements Ready to Create the Third Temple?
“25 “Know and understand this: From the time the word goes out to restore and rebuild Jerusalem until the Anointed One,[a] the ruler, comes, there will be seven ‘sevens,’ and sixty-two ‘sevens.’ It will be rebuilt with streets and a trench, but in times of trouble. 26 After the sixty-two ‘sevens,’ the Anointed One will be put to death and will have nothing.[b] The people of the ruler who will come will destroy the city and the sanctuary. The end will come like a flood: War will continue until the end, and desolations have been decreed. 27 He will confirm a covenant with many for one ‘seven.’[c] In the middle of the ‘seven’[d] he will put an end to sacrifice and offering. And at the temple[e] he will set up an abomination that causes desolation, until the end that is decreed is poured out on him.” - Daniel 9:25-27
Daniel 9:25-27
Admit You Are a Sinner
Believe Christ Is Lord and Died for Our Sins
Confess Your Sins
Revelation 11 - “And there was given me a reed like unto a rod: and the angel stood, saying, Rise, and measure the temple of God, and the altar, and them that worship therein.
2 But the court which is without the temple leave out, and measure it not; for it is given unto the Gentiles: and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two months.
3 And I will give power unto my two witnesses, and they shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and threescore days, clothed in sackcloth.
4 These are the two olive trees, and the two candlesticks standing before the God of the earth.
5 And if any man will hurt them, fire proceedeth out of their mouth, and devoureth their enemies: and if any man will hurt them, he must in this manner be killed.
6 These have power to shut heaven, that it rain not in the days of their prophecy: and have power over waters to turn them to blood, and to smite the earth with all plagues, as often as they will.
7 And when they shall have finished their testimony, the beast that ascendeth out of the bottomless pit shall make war against them, and shall overcome them, and kill them.
8 And their dead bodies shall lie in the street of the great city, which spiritually is called Sodom and Egypt, where also our Lord was crucified.
9 And they of the people and kindreds and tongues and nations shall see their dead bodies three days and an half, and shall not suffer their dead bodies to be put in graves.
10 And they that dwell upon the earth shall rejoice over them, and make merry, and shall send gifts one to another; because these two prophets tormented them that dwelt on the earth.
11 And after three days and an half the spirit of life from God entered into them, and they stood upon their feet; and great fear fell upon them which saw them.
12 And they heard a great voice from heaven saying unto them, Come up hither. And they ascended up to heaven in a cloud; and their enemies beheld them.
13 And the same hour was there a great earthquake, and the tenth part of the city fell, and in the earthquake were slain of men seven thousand: and the remnant were affrighted, and gave glory to the God of heaven.
14 The second woe is past; and, behold, the third woe cometh quickly.
15 And the seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven, saying, The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord, and of his Christ; and he shall reign for ever and ever.
16 And the four and twenty elders, which sat before God on their seats, fell upon their faces, and worshipped God,
17 Saying, We give thee thanks, O Lord God Almighty, which art, and wast, and art to come; because thou hast taken to thee thy great power, and hast reigned.
18 And the nations were angry, and thy wrath is come, and the time of the dead, that they should be judged, and that thou shouldest give reward unto thy servants the prophets, and to the saints, and them that fear thy name, small and great; and shouldest destroy them which destroy the earth.
19 And the temple of God was opened in heaven, and there was seen in his temple the ark of his testament: and there were lightnings, and voices, and thunderings, and an earthquake, and great hail.”
Question #26 - Why Is Hydra Bulgares In the COVID-19 Vaccines?
Learn more about Hydra Bulgares https://biology.ucdavis.edu/news-events/model-organisms/hydra
The Challenges of The 21st Century
(The Artificial Intelligence Channel)
Prof. Yuval Harari is a historian, philosopher and best-selling author of 'Sapiens: A Brief History of Humankind' and 'Homo Deus: A Brief History of Tomorrow'. Recorded July, 2018
The Bright Side of Nationalism
Watch Prof. Yuval Noah Harari speak about nationalism at the Central European University in Budapest, in May 2019.
How to survive the 21st century
Nuclear war, ecological collapse and technological disruption pose an existential threat to human civilization. In the first of this year's Betazone series, Yuval Noah Harari explores the challenges of the 21st century and calls for us to address them before it is too late. Feb 2020.
We Are One of the Last Chapters in the Story of Homo Sapiens.
(Thrivetime Show: The ReAwakening versus The Great Reset )
Watch Yuval Noah Harari's full length July 11th 2016 presentation here - https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oN601tAQy6w
Yuval Harari's blistering warning to Davos 2020
https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2020/01/yuval-hararis-warning-davos-speech-future-predications/
This article is part of the World Economic Forum Annual Meeting
-
Humanity faces three existential threats this century, warned historian Yuval Harari at Davos 2020.
-
Technology risks dividing the world into wealthy elites and exploited "data colonies," he explained.
-
"If you like the World Cup - you are already a globalist," he said, making the case for better cooperation to tackle the challenges.
As we enter the third decade of the twenty-first Century, humanity faces so many issues and questions, that it is really hard to know what to focus on. So I would like to use the next twenty minutes to help us focus of all the different issues we face. Three problems pose existential challenges to our species.
These three existential challenges are nuclear war, ecological collapse and technological disruption. We should focus on them.
Now nuclear war and ecological collapse are already familiar threats, so let me spend some time explaining the less familiar threat posed by technological disruption.
Have you read?
-
Davos 2020: Here's what you need to know about the future of work
-
8 predictions for the near-future of artificial intelligence
In Davos we hear so much about the enormous promises of technology – and these promises are certainly real. But technology might also disrupt human society and the very meaning of human life in numerous ways, ranging from the creation of a global useless class to the rise of data colonialism and of digital dictatorships.
First, we might face upheavals on the social and economic level.
Automation will soon eliminate millions upon millions of jobs, and while new jobs will certainly be created, it is unclear whether people will be able to learn the necessary new skills fast enough. Suppose you are a fifty-years-old truck driver, and you just lost your job to a self-driving vehicle. Now there are new jobs in designing software or in teaching yoga to engineers – but how does a fifty-years-old truck driver reinvent himself or herself as a software engineer or as a yoga teacher? And people will have to do it not just once but again and again throughout their lives, because the automation revolution will not be a single watershed event following which the job market will settle down, into a new equilibrium. Rather, it will be a cascade of ever bigger disruptions, because AI is nowhere near its full potential.
Old jobs will disappear, new jobs will emerge, but then the new jobs will rapidly change and vanish. Whereas in the past human had to struggle against exploitation, in the twenty-first century the really big struggle will be against irrelevance. And it is much worse to be irrelevant than exploited.
Those who fail in the struggle against irrelevance would constitute a new “useless class” – people who are useless not from the viewpoint of their friends and family, but useless from the viewpoint of the economic and political system. And this useless class will be separated by an ever-growing gap from the ever more powerful elite.
The AI revolution might create unprecedented inequality not just between classes but also between countries.
In the nineteenth Century, a few countries like Britain and Japan industrialized first, and they went on to conquer and exploit most of the world. If we aren’t careful, the same thing will happen in the twenty-first century with AI.
We are already in the midst of an AI arms-race, with China and the USA leading the race, and most countries being left far far behind. Unless we take action to distribute the benefit and power of AI between all humans, AI will likely create immense wealth in a few high-tech hubs, while other countries will either go bankrupt or become exploited data-colonies.
Now we aren’t talking here about a science fiction scenario of robots rebelling against humans. We are talking about far more primitive AI, which is nevertheless enough to disrupt the global balance.
Just think what will happen to developing economies once it is cheaper to produce textiles or cars in California than in Mexico? And what will happen to politics in your country in twenty years, when somebody in San Francisco or Beijing knows the entire medical and personal history of every politician, every judge and every journalist in your country, including all their sexual escapades, all their mental weaknesses and all their corrupt dealings? Will it still be an independent country or will it become a data-colony?
When you have enough data you don't need to send soldiers, in order to control a country.
Alongside inequality, the other major danger we face is the rise of digital dictatorships, that will monitor everyone all the time.
This danger can be stated in the form of a simple equation, which I think might be the defining equation of life in the twenty-first century:
B x C x D = AHH!
Which means? Biological knowledge multiplied by computing power multiplied by data equals the ability to hack humans, ahh.
If you know enough biology and have enough computing power and data, you can hack my body and my brain and my life, and you can understand me better than I understand myself. You can know my personality type, my political views, my sexual preferences, my mental weaknesses, my deepest fears and hopes. You know more about me than I know about myself. And you can do that not just to me, but to everyone.
A system that understands us better than we understand ourselves can predict our feelings and decisions, can manipulate our feelings and decisions, and can ultimately make decisions for us.
Now in the past, many governments and tyrants wanted to do it, but nobody understood biology well enough and nobody had enough computing power and data to hack millions of people. Neither the Gestapo nor the KGB could do it. But soon at least some corporations and governments will be able to systematically hack all the people. We humans should get used to the idea that we are no longer mysterious souls – we are now hackable animals. That's what we are.
The power to hack humans can be used for good purposes – like providing much better healthcare. But if this power falls into the hands of a twenty-first-century Stalin, the result will be the worst totalitarian regime in human history. And we already have a number of applicants for the job of twenty-first-century century Stalin.
Just imagine North Korea in twenty years, when everybody has to wear a biometric bracelet which constantly monitors your blood pressure, your heart rate, your brain activity twenty-four hours a day. You listen to a speech on the radio by the great leader and they know what you actually feel. You can clap your hands and smile, but if you're angry, they know, you'll be in the gulag tomorrow.
And if we allow the emergence of such total surveillance regimes, don’t think that the rich and powerful in places like Davos will be safe, just ask Jeff Bezos. In Stalin’s USSR, the state monitored members of the communist elite more than anyone else. The same will be true of future total surveillance regimes. The higher you are in the hierarchy – the more closely you’ll be watched.
Do you want your CEO or your president to know what you really think about them?
So it is in the interest of all humans, including the elites, to prevent the rise of such digital dictatorships. And in the meantime, if you get a suspicious WhatsApp message, from some Prince, don't open it.
Now if we indeed prevent the establishment of digital dictatorships, the ability to hack humans might still undermine the very meaning of human freedom. Because as humans will rely on AI to make more and more decisions for us, authority will shift from humans to algorithms and this is already happening.
Already today billions of people trust the Facebook algorithm to tell us what is new, the Google algorithm tells us what is true, Netflix tells us what to watch, and the Amazon and Alibaba algorithms tell us what to buy.
In the not-so-distant future, similar algorithms might tell us where to work and who to marry, and also decide whether to hire us for a job, whether to give us a loan, and whether the central bank should raise the interest rate.
And if you ask why you were not given a loan, and why you the bank didn't raise the interest rate the answer will always be the same – because the computer says no. And since the limited human brain lacks sufficient biological knowledge, computing power and data – humans will simply not be able to understand the computer’s decisions.
So even in supposedly free countries, humans are likely to lose control over our own lives and also lose the ability to understand public policy.
Already now how many humans understand the financial system? Maybe one percent to be very generous. In a couple of decades, the number of humans capable of understanding the financial system will be exactly zero.
Now we humans are used to thinking about life as a drama of decision-making. What will be the meaning of human life, when most decisions are taken by algorithms? We don’t even have philosophical models to understand such an exsistence.
The usual bargain between philosophers and politicians is that philosophers have a lot of fanciful ideas, and politicians basically explain that they lack the means to implement these ideas. Now we are in an opposite situation. We are facing philosophical bankruptcy.
The twin revolutions of infotech and biotech are now giving politicians the means to create heaven or hell, but the philosophers are having trouble conceptualizing what the new heaven and the new hell will look like. And that’s a very dangerous situation.
If we fail to conceptualize the new heaven quickly enough, we might be easily misled by naïve utopias. And if we fail to conceptualize the new hell quickly enough, we might find ourselves entrapped there with no way out.
Finally, technology might disrupt not just our economy, politics and philosophy – but also our biology.
In the coming decades, AI and biotechnology will give us godlike abilities to reengineer life, and even to create completely new life-forms. After four billion years of organic life shaped by natural selection, we are about to enter a new era of inorganic life shaped by intelligent design.
Our intelligent design is going to be the new driving force of the evolution of life and in using our new divine powers of creation we might make mistakes on a cosmic scale. In particular, governments, corporations and armies are likely to use technology to enhance human skills that they need – like intelligence and discipline – while neglecting other humans skills – like compassion, artistic sensitivity and spirituality.
The result might be a race of humans who are very intelligent and very disciplined but lack compassion, lack artistic sensitivity and lack spiritual depth. Of course, this is not a prophecy. These are just possibilities. Technology is never deterministic.
In the twentieth century, people used the same industrial technology to build very different kinds of societies: fascist dictatorships, communist regimes, liberal democracies. The same thing will happen in the twenty-first Century.
AI and biotech will certainly transform the world, but we can use them to create very different kinds of societies. And if you're afraid of some of the possibilities I’ve mentioned, you can still do something about it. But to do something effective, we need global cooperation.
All the three existential challenges we face are global problems that demand global solutions.
Whenever a leader says something like “My Country First!” we should remind that leader that no nation can prevent nuclear war or stop ecological collapse by itself, and no nation can regulate AI and bioengineering by itself.
Almost every country will say: “Hey, we don’t want to develop killer robots or to genetically engineer human babies. We are the good guys. But we can't trust our rivals not to do it. So we must do it first”.
If we allow such an arms race to develop in fields like AI and bioengineering, it doesn’t really matter who wins the arms race – the loser will be humanity.
Unfortunately, just when global cooperation is more needed than ever before, some of the most powerful leaders and countries in the world are now deliberately undermining global cooperation. Leaders like the US president tell us that there is an inherent contradiction between nationalism and globalism, and that we should choose nationalism and reject globalism.
But this is a dangerous mistake. There is no contradiction between nationalism and globalism. Because nationalism isn’t about hating foreigners. Nationalism is about loving your compatriots. And in the twenty-first century, in order to protect the safety and the future of your compatriots, you must cooperate with foreigners.
So in the twenty-first century, good nationalists must be also globalists. Now globalism doesn’t mean establishing a global government, abandoning all national traditions, or opening the border to unlimited immigration. Rather, globalism means a commitment to some global rules.
Rules that don’t deny the uniqueness of each nation, but only regulate the relations between nations.
And a good model is the Football World Cup.
The World Cup is a competition between nations, and people often show fierce loyalty to their national team. But at the same time the World Cup is also an amazing display of global harmony. France can't play football against Croatia unless the French and the Croatians agree on the same rules for the game. And that’s globalism in action.
If you like the World Cup – you are already a globalist.
Now hopefully, nations could agree on global rules not just for football, but also for how to prevent ecological collapse, how to regulate dangerous technologies, and how to reduce global inequality. How to make sure, for example, that AI benefits Mexican textile workers and not only American software engineers. Now of course this is going to be much more difficult than football – but not impossible. Because the impossible, well we have already accomplished the impossible.
We have already escaped the violent jungle in which we humans have lived throughout history. For thousands of years, humans lived under the law of the jungle in a condition of omnipresent war. The law of the jungle said that for every two nearby countries, there is a plausible scenario that they will go to war against each other next year. Under this law, peace meant only “the temporary absence of war”.
When there was “peace” between – say – Athens and Sparta, or France and Germany, it meant that now they are not at war, but next year they might be. And for thousands of years, people had assumed that it was impossible to escape this law.
But in the last few decades, humanity has managed to do the impossible, to break the law, and to escape the jungle. We have built the rule-based liberal global order, that despite many imperfections, has nevertheless created the most prosperous and most peaceful era in human history.
The very meaning of the word “peace” has changed.
“Peace” no longer means just the temporary absence of war. Peace now means the implausibility of war.
There are many countries which you simply cannot imagine going to war against each other next year – like France and Germany. There are still wars in some parts of the world. I come from the Middle East, so believe me, I know this perfectly well. But it shouldn't blind us to the overall global picture.
We are now living in a world in which war kills fewer people than suicide, and gunpowder is far less dangerous to your life than sugar. Most countries – with some notable exceptions like Russia – don’t even fantasize about conquering and annexing their neighbors. Which is why most countries can afford to spend maybe just about two percent of their GDP on defense, while spending far, far more on education and healthcare. This is not a jungle.
Unfortunately, we have gotten so used to this wonderful situation, that we take it for granted, and we are therefore becoming extremely careless. Instead of doing everything we can to strengthen the fragile global order, countries neglect it and even deliberately undermine it.
The global order is now like a house that everybody inhabits and nobody repairs. It can hold on for a few more years, but if we continue like this, it will collapse – and we will find ourselves back in the jungle of omnipresent war.
We have forgotten what it's like, but believe me as a historian – you don’t want to be back there. It is far, far worse than you imagine.
Yes, our species has evolved in that jungle and lived and even prospered there for thousands of years, but if we return there now, with the powerful new technologies of the twenty-first century, our species will probably annihilate itself.
Of course, even if we disappear, it will not be the end of the world. Something will survive us. Perhaps the rats will eventually take over and rebuild civilization. Perhaps, then, the rats will learn from our mistakes.
But I very much hope we can rely on the leaders assembled here, and not on the rats.
Thank you.
The Global Reset/Rise of the Antichrist
(Prophecy Watchers w/ Bill Koenig)
White House Correspondent, Bill Koenig and Mondo Gonzales discuss the World Economic Forum's influence on the global economy and how it can usher in the antichrist.
Australian Great Reset Tyranny
Australian Great Reset Tyranny
As Jamie White writes "Australian police have been deploying directed energy weapons (DEWs) against the peaceful Freedom Convoy protesters around the capital, according to reports.Disturbing videos and photos circulating social media show Canberra protesters, including women and children, who appear to have been badly burned by directed microwave energy weapons, with blisters on their faces, arms, and torsos."
The use of Directed Energy Weapons was thrown on the table as Australian senators grilled the Australia Federal Police Commissioner Reece Kershaw.
The Australian Plandemic Great Reset tyranny is raising the bar on human rights abuses just adding fuel to the fire of the inevitability of the coming Nuremberg Code correction.
https://www.infowars.com/posts/microwave-energy-weapons-deployed-against-canberra-freedom-convoy/
Shocking Glimpse Into Life After The Great Reset - World Economic Forum's Sinister Plans
The Elites want to dictate every aspect of your life from what you eat, to where you go, down to how many times a week you are allowed to shower and wash your underwear.
The World Economic Forum (WEF) published alarming propaganda videos highlighting what life will be like after the Great Reset, the globalists’ radical plan to remake the global economy in the post-pandemic world.
The release of the videos follows a quietly held WEF and United Nations General Assembly summit in Switzerland on “sustainability.” In addition to the long-running issue of “climate,” they also discussed the transformation of the global tax system and the creation of new “legal” migration routes.
Their radical summit’s central goal was to reorganize the world on all levels until people are without possessions, pumped full of pills, eating their laboratory-created meat in hyper-technical, digitally networked “smart cities” and clothing.
The WEF created short, bizarre, feel-good videos highlighting how people will help them redesign the world. The videos range from cows that no longer burp methane thanks to tablets, starfish created in test tubes to fight climate change, drones for reforestation in Africa, enzymes from human blood to stabilize concrete, and poor hygiene to save the environment.
The WEF also promoted new mRNA vaccinations against various diseases. In addition, they celebrated 24-hour surveillance, digital IDs for clothing, and artificial food and coffee.
In developing countries, where the “Smart City” is perhaps still a bit far off, one starts with “climate-friendly” houses made from the 3D printer. Who will benefit from this business idea? A little tip: the farmers in Africa will probably not.
It is humorous private jet owners, and frequent fliers like Klaus Schwab and his WEF friends are also concerned about the environment. However, it is noticeable that measures always start with the citizen first, and those who put forward all these suggestions and demands do not lead by example.
Washing Tips From Klaus Schwab
The recommendation of the Great Reset and now laundry pope Klaus Schwab is simple; you should not wash jeans more than once a month, sweaters once every two weeks, and pajamas once a week. The only exceptions to which citizens should be allowed are underwear, which, with Schwab’s blessing, can be washed after each use, reported Wochenblick.
Cows Are No Longer Allowed To Burp or Urinate Outside
The WEF wants cows to start receiving Bovaer, a feed additive produced by Dutch company Royal DSM NV. Just a quarter of a teaspoon of Bovaer per day will cut methane burps by a third for a dairy cow, claims the WEF. That should make agriculture climate-friendly but also economically dependent.
More “Voluntary” Gene Injections
The WEF is promoting Moderna’s human trials for an HIV “vaccine” using mRNA technology. Bragging that this is the same successful technology used in their “Covid-19 shot.” The WEF posed the question: “What other diseases could mRNA technology prevent?” Soon there could be a “voluntary” gene injection against every ailment, real or imagined.

Artificial Foods From Laboratories
Whenever you can play God, the WEF is on fire. Globalists are celebrating projects that specifically breed genetically modified starfish and corals in laboratories to “stabilize” the ecosystem in the ocean.
Now you can take sea urchins and use their innards as a delicacy to make sushi. Is that just a mirage? Because at the same time, WEF, Bill Gates & Co. are working on artificial meat that will one day feed the world. However, while waiting for our laboratory-created meat, we are encouraged to eat bugs.
The WEF is promoting lab-grown coffee to cut back on deforestation while destroying small farmers’ livelihoods.
In the WEF new world, animals consumed by humans should be fed food made in laboratories. They also believe your pets should consume lab-created food.
Self-Healing Concrete
The WEF is advertising a new miracle weapon for the construction industry – “self-healing concrete.” The concrete contains an enzyme made from human blood.
Soon the whole world can drink fake coffee and eat phony meat and veggies. Does it almost seem as if the elites are trying to kill us?
24-Hour Survalliance
The WEF wants to deploy intelligent drones all over the world, ostensibly to save the planet. It is not coincidental that governments used drones to track down ‘corona violators throughout the coronavirus crisis.’ So they can be used to monitor people, as is already happening in China.
Tracing your clothing is going to save the planet, claims the WEF. If globalists can track everyone and everything they want you to believe your world is somehow going to be better? The Great Reset means the elites gain more control over your life.
https://www.weforum.org/focus/the-davos-agenda-2021
2021 World Economic Forum Davos Agenda from 25–29 January 2021
The COVID-19 pandemic has demonstrated that no institution or individual alone can address the economic, environmental, social and technological challenges of our complex, interdependent world. The pandemic has accelerated systemic changes that were apparent before its inception. The fault lines that emerged in 2020 now appear as critical crossroads in 2021. The time to rebuild trust and to make crucial choices is fast approaching as the need to reset priorities and the urgency to reform systems grow stronger around the world.
The Davos Agenda is a pioneering mobilization of global leaders to shape the principles, policies and partnerships needed in this challenging new context. It is essential for leaders from all walks of life to work together virtually for a more inclusive, cohesive and sustainable future as soon as possible in 2021.
From January 25-29, 2021, a special virtual World Economic Forum (WEF) event is being held to address challenges linked to the COVID-19 pandemic. The event, themed “A crucial year to rebuild trust”, will be attended by more than 1,500 business, government and civil society leaders from over 70 countries. A special annual meeting is set to be held in Singapore May 25 – 28, 2021.
Over the course of meeting WEF will cover the following themes:
-
Fairer economies: Designing cohesive, sustainable, resilient economic systems
-
Health systems: Vaccine roll-out, universal access, pandemic resilience, 4IR in healthcare – telehealth, docbots
-
Society and the future of work: Social Justice, skills, diversity and inclusion
-
Better business: Driving responsible industry transformation and growth
-
How to save the planet: Enhancing stewardship of our global commons
-
Tech for good: Harnessing the technologies of the Fourth Industrial Revolution
-
Beyond geopolitics: Advancing global and regional cooperation, trade
As a leading global technology company that energizes the transformation of society and industry to achieve a more productive, sustainable future, ABB will participate in the Davos Agenda, which is described by WEF as “a pioneering mobilization of global leaders to rebuild trust to shape the principles, policies and partnerships needed in 2021”
Our CEO will be an active contributor to the session “Reimagining Manufacturing for Growth” in addition to being part of the conversation with other leading executives and Heads of State. Additional executive members of the ABB delegation have been invited to participate in other Davos Agenda discussions.
Since 2014, ABB has been actively involved with WEF events around the world, with ABB executives participating in meetings and contributing to initiatives and reports that drive the partnership between the public and private sectors, with a focus on how the needs of society are met by industry.
ABB is helping to energize the transformation of society and industry to achieve a more productive, sustainable future. As we push the boundaries of technology, we support our customers to preserve resources and enable a low-carbon society. We act with integrity and transparency at the core of our governance and we promote social progress for our people and communities around the world.
DAVOS
-
The Davos Class, The World Economic Forum Board
-
The Davos Class, Susan George, Transnational Institute
-
The World Economic Forum: Global governance in a world of resistance, Andrew Gavin Marshall, Occupy.com
-
State of Power 2015, Transnational Institute
Red Pill 2020: THE GREAT RESET Davos & the Plot to Cancel Trump
Recently, the World Economic Forum and the Government of the United Arab Emirates hosted the Great Narrative in Dubai back on November 11-12th. The Great Narrative meeting brought the so called together Davos types of leaders (professing themselves wise but are fools) from a variety of all over the globe and varied sectors of society such as – futurists, geneticists, philosophers, world leaders and others. The WEF wants to implement a Global narrative (i.e. path, blue print, a map) towards a more resilient, prosperous, inclusive, eco-friendly and sustainable vision for our collective future. (i.e., a great reset agenda) these Davos elites are now attempting to legitimize their great reset agenda. These globalist, who think they are little gods want to decide what our future will be. We are nothing but slaves to them too stupid. They will decide what is best for us. In establishing this narrative or blue print with all the countries around the world, They want to control the narrative for our future, imagine it, design it and implement it. Its purely authoritarian. it’s their version of how humanity rises to the next evolutionary process in their words. In essence, it’s how they achieve a global world unity, governance, economics, religions using technology by resetting all of the global society and the global economy.
The "Great Narrative" Initiative
Rock Harbor Church Prophecy Update
What is the New World Order?
https://www.gotquestions.org/new-world-order.html
The New World Order is a conspiracy theory which posits a new period of history bringing about a major change in the world with the balance of world power. This New World Order is theorized by some to involve a group or groups of elitist people bent on ruling the world through a single worldwide system of government. The appeal of this New World Order lies in its proposal to free the world of wars and political strife, and its promises to eradicate poverty, disease, and hunger. Its purpose is to meet the needs and hopes of all mankind through worldwide peace.
Also labeled the new “era of globalization,” this New World Order will supposedly do away with the need for diverse world governments. This will be accomplished by the installation of a one-world political system or body. One means to achieve this is by eliminating all lines and borders demarcating the nations of the world. To effect all this change, it is believed that the New World Order will emphasize tolerance through the promotion and acceptance of other cultures and their values and ideologies. Its ultimate goal is a sense of unity and oneness with all people speaking the same language. Other objectives include the use of a single, world-wide currency, as well as oneness in politics, religion, and moral values. As a result, conspiracy theorists believe, the world will be under one rule, that of one government that promises worldwide peace, the absence of war, and the elimination of all political unrest.
Though it may be agreed that man needs hope in order to endure this life and have peace of mind, the problem lies in where man searches for such hope. The Scriptures are clear concerning all these things. As Christians, we are commanded to obey and respect those in authority, including our government. However, we can easily see that there are some severe consequences of such a New World Order, both from an economic and a religious standpoint (Romans 13:1-7; Acts 5:29).
The problem with the acceptance and approval of any New World Order is that no government has ever offered, nor will it ever offer, real hope and peace for mankind. When man turns to government to provide worldwide peace and hope, he becomes disillusioned and enslaved by its false promises. History has proven time and again that no quasi-world empire has ever survived, simply because of its innate flaws of greed, corruption, and quest for power.
Those who desire the ushering in of a New World Order, whether secular or religious, are in for a rude awakening. The truth is that false religious teachings cannot bring utopia into being, regardless of man’s creativity and ingenuity. Only heaven brings lasting peace and happiness. The Bible makes it very clear that all things associated with this life on earth with its sufferings, its decay, its discontent, and death will continue with this physical life (2 Corinthians 4:16; Hebrews 9:27). It is also clear that all these things are completely unknown in the heavenly city (Revelation 21:3-7 and Revelation 22). They will be done away with. Yes, hope is needed. But it is the hope of heaven we need, not the false hope of a New World Order. The one hope for all believers lies only in heaven (John 14:1-4). It is not here on this earth.
Build Back Better - New World Order
The Watchman - Last Days News
Tom Hughes - Hope for Our Times
New World Order - Tom & James Prophecy Update
New World Order
-
NWO Agenda Explained: COVID, Smart Cities, Digital Identity, The Great Reset, Fourth Industrial Revolution, Transhumanism, Agenda 21, etc.
-
“The New Normal”, a factual, 50-minute documentary, investigates The Fourth Industrial Revolution, what the 1% elite psychopaths have to gain and the rest of us are about to lose
-
Prepare Yourself for What is Coming – Max Igan – All the sleeping masses are the ones who are going to drag us into AI slavery. We’re at a time in history where we find ourselves on the frontline, all of us. We’re on the frontline here, folks
-
Declassified Kissenger Report – National Security Study Memorandum ~ NSSM 200 – Implications of Worldwide Population Growth For U.S. Security and Overseas Interests – (The Kissenger Report, December 10, 1974) PDF
The New World Order by A. Ralph Epperson
https://www.lovethetruth.com/books/ralph_epperson/new_world_order.pdf
Contents
The Great Seal of the United States ................................. 3
About the Author ............................................................... 4
About the Material ............................................................. 6
Introduction......................................................................... 7
Chapter 1 - Tomorrow's Rulers ........................................ 13
Chapter 2 - The New Age Movement ............................. 18
Chapter 3 - Lord Maitreya ................................................ 22
Chapter 4 - The Ancient Mysteries .................................. 25
Chapter 5 - Secret Societies ............................................. 28
Chapter 6 - Concealed Mysteries .................................... 30
Chapter 7 - Serpents, stars and Suns .............................. 33
Chapter 8 - The Author's Clarification ............................ 42
Chapter 9 - Lucifer Worship ............................................. 43
Chapter 10 - Becoming a God ......................................... 50
Chapter 11 - Sons of Light ................................................ 52
Chapter 12 - East and West .............................................. 56
Chapter 13 - The Pyramid of Giza .................................... 57
Chapter 14 - Obelisks ....................................................... 61
Chapter 15 - The Illuminati ............................................... 65
Chapter 16 - Karl Marx, Satanist ....................................... 72
Chapter 17 - Adolph Hitler, Satanist ................................ 78
Chapter 18 - The great Seal ............................................. 81
Chapter 19 - The Freemasons .......................................... 89
Chapter 20 - Those Who Object ...................................... 96
Chapter 21 - Albert Pike ................................................... 99
Chapter 22 - Hiram Abif .................................................. 101
Chapter 23 - The Hierarchy............................................. 103
Chapter 24 - Masonic Obligations ................................. 105
Chapter 25 - The 33rd Degreee ..................................... 107
Chapter 26 - The Humanists ........................................... 113
Chapter 27 - Situation Ethics .......................................... 123
Chapter 28 - The Attack on Religion ............................. 128
Chapter 29 - The Attack on the Family .......................... 130
Chapter 30 - The Right of Association ........................... 143
Chapter 31 - The Attack on Education .......................... 148
Chapter 32 - Russian Laws .............................................. 153
Chapter 33 - The Attack on Property ............................. 157
Chapter 34 - The Attack on Nationalism ....................... 159
Chapter 35 - Answering the Skeptic .............................. 161
Chapter 36 - Reagan and Bush ...................................... 162
Chapter 37 - 'Eleven Short Years' .................................. 166
Chapter 38 - The summation ......................................... 168
Chapter 39 - The Solution .............................................. 169
Questions Answered ....................................................... 170
Introduction to Footnotes .............................................. 171
Books Utilized .................................................................. 172
Footnotes ......................................................................... 179
Ralph Epperson ............................................................... 191
Chapter 38: The Summation
Perhaps the one statement that best summarizes just what the New World Order is, is this one offered by Pierre Joseph Proudhon, the French writer and socialist:
"Our principle is: atheism in religion, anarchy in politics, no property in the economic sphere."
He had figured it out. But the tragic thought is that he believed in it. Just like all of the other Socialists, Humanists, Illuminati members, Communists, Masons and New Agers who believe in the New World Order.
But it might have been George Orwell in his book 1984 that best summarized what the "New World Order" had in store for the world when he wrote:
"If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face - forever."
Death of a World Order :: By Matt Ward
https://www.raptureready.com/2019/03/17/death-world-order-matt-ward/
I often wonder about Job, and his amazing resilience. I wonder how I would react if the calamities that afflicted him came upon me. To accumulate such great wealth, status and comfort and have it all reduced to nothing in such quick fashion, and then have your loved ones taken away from you in such a devastating manner – it must have been truly crushing.
I wouldn’t have the resolve or fortitude of Job; I think few would. Yet today, we are all of us like Job, exactly like him. We stand on the brink right now and almost nobody knows it. Many people today have accumulated great wealth and material comfort; and more than at any other time past, it can all be reduced in short order to nothing. We all take everything for granted, even our precious loved ones. Even they can be taken away from us.
Very soon our world will be filled with men and women just like Job. People who have never known the pain of overwhelming and complete systemic loss. People who will very quickly be plunged into the most extreme circumstances of loss imaginable.
This is because our current global system is already effectively dead. Right now, we await the emergence of a new global order, a one-world system of governance and control. Something serious has gone wrong with our current world order, and it now stands on the verge of total collapse.
This is no mere hyperbole either. There is a feeling, just a sense perhaps, that the masses are finally beginning to realize this, even if only at a subconscious level. There is a deep feeling of unease wherever one chooses to look; it permeates all our societies from the Middle East to Russia, from North America to South America and throughout Western Europe. And with this unease there is a tangible sense of societal failure, of betrayal and even foreboding over what might yet be in the not-too-distant future.
Stable world orders that last for prolonged periods of time are rare things indeed. Our current world order, now about 73 years old, arose from a period of intense convulsion and violence caused by the Second World War. Over a hundred million people died in the process of birthing our current world order. New world orders never arise out of calm, but from the ruin of destruction and chaos.
Maintaining any kind of stable world order for any length of time requires skillful diplomacy and statecraft, as world orders are made and maintained; they do not just suddenly appear. If they are not maintained and managed effectively with creative diplomacy, with functioning national and transnational institutions to hold them up, and creative, effective decision-making at just the right time to avert crisis, global systems eventually break down and fail. This is where we stand today.
Our global system is breaking down and failing right before our eyes. Millions upon millions are still living their lives under the false daily presupposition that the way things are today is the way things will always be in the future, both for themselves and their children. This viewpoint could not be more wrong. Our current global system is fragmenting before our very eyes. Our way of life, that so many take for granted, has already broken up into a thousand little pieces. If you listen closely enough, you can even hear its death knell sounding.
It is no feat of extraordinary prognostication to say such things either. All world orders come to an end eventually. It is an inevitability of all history. Ours will be no different. What is not in any way inevitable though is what comes in the wake of a collapsed world order. There is no guarantee that one world order will move seamlessly, and peacefully, into the next. What is more likely is that there will be another intense period of convulsion and violence before another world order is birthed.
It is becoming increasingly clear that we are even now heading into another period of extreme chaos. It strikes me as being highly unlikely that we will experience a period of peaceful transition into the next world order. In history I can think of few such examples ever occurring.
Everything in our global system is linked and intertwined. And I do mean everything. The financial system, supply chains, transportation, food, oil production, the electrical grid, nuclear power… everything. When one system fails, it all fails; and the crash, if one is to occur in our global system, will not be a slow one as in previous world-system crashes like the Roman Empire that fell over a century or more. Ours will be an epic fast crash.
The interconnectivity of our global system ensures it. The interconnected nature of our world, which enables worldwide business and trade, which in turn generates such huge profits, has not made our world system strong; it has made it incredibly fragile and brittle. If just one element in the complex system fails, all other systems crash too.
Consider this realistic feedback-loop crash. Think about our dependence on oil. When oil prices rise, so does everything else, simply because all things are connected to oil in some way. So, oil prices rise, slowly at first but then very quickly. Food prices then rise in step with the oil-price rises. The high price of oil begins to drive many businesses into bankruptcy, which leads in turn to a failure in the financial system leading to a collapse in belief in the monetary system. This then leads into societal revolt which ultimately collapses governments.
But even that scenario, bad as it is, would not be the end of the matter. It would get even worse from there. Oil prices, which caused this hypothetical fast crash through high prices, would then experience a price crash because demand would fall to zero. All drilling would then stop, and new exploration projects would end, meaning that in likewise fashion all other connected businesses and industries would stop, and the worldwide economy would crash again. A double whammy.
It would be a domino crash, with one system bringing down the next, and the next, and so on until all that is left is chaos. And this is just one example of many. It could happen in a thousand different ways. What is important is that it will certainly happen.
But are there any indications of this happening today, or even soon? Well, the short answer is yes, there are. There are very real parallels between where our global civilization is today and those of the past, especially to the global system that existed in the mid-nineteenth century during the Concert of Europe period.
This period saw the most sustained efforts up until that time at building and maintaining a truly global world order, until the modern day. From 1815 until the outbreak of the First World War a little under a hundred years later, this period saw the first real multinational effort to define international relationships through global law and order, and attempted to set basic norms for international conduct between countries. It was the precursor to our own current United Nations-led world system.
And it failed catastrophically in 1914 with the outbreak of the “war to end all wars.” The crucial lesson for our generation today lies in the way this world system failed, not in the fact that it did so. The Concert of Europe’s increasing failure and demise had become apparent long before it actually came crashing down but, crucially, world leaders and decision makers failed to recognize that simple fact. This meant that the decline was managed poorly, and that led directly to the calamity and carnage of the First World War.
And this is exactly what we are seeing today. We are witness to an ever-growing distrust both within nations and especially between them. Civil war is even openly discussed in the United States today as a potentially realistic outcome of the entrenched partisanship of a current US political system that has divided US society.
There is chaos and bloodshed everywhere one chooses to look. In the Middle East, there is no end in sight to the undeclared war between Israel and her blood-sworn enemies Hamas and Hezbollah. Iran is resurgent and increasingly bellicose. Syria is still in the grips of a civil war and is now a ruined land, and Iraq is as unstable today as it has ever been in its history.
In Turkey, Recep Erdogan has transformed a once pro-West country into an increasingly Islamized one, and an increasingly anti-Israel one too. Asia is riven by tension, as China seeks to reassert itself globally as the world leader that will usurp the United States’ place over the coming decade. This strain can be seen daily in the ongoing tensions in the South China Seas.
Russia’s actions in the Ukraine have clearly signposted Vladimir Putin’s global ambitions, as has his increasingly vice-like grip on Syria and the wider Middle-East region.
Europe is reeling from one crisis to another – mass migration that is reshaping the very fabric of the continent, the chaos and uncertainty being caused by Brexit and a clearly dysfunctional UK government, and one episode of terrorism after another.
And what guarantees the rapidly approaching demise of this world order? What makes it a certainty is that America’s traditional dominance in international affairs is rapidly coming to an end, and it is leaving a huge vacuum in its wake. Into that vacuum, a flood of rogue transnational terrorist groups, rogue nation states and wannabe global superpowers have come, all now fighting for the crumbs falling from the US table, positioning themselves to be the ones that will take over when US power really does start to wane.
The United States’ traditional global power and influence is starting to diffuse, which is why we are seeing the power and the influence of the United States being constantly challenged now like never before. This is because these other groups – transnational non-state actors, rogue regimes and wannabe global superpowers like China – are seeking to determine how much will the United States really have to maintain, and uphold, the current order. And their conclusion is: not much.
Crucially, none of the current world leaders or decision-makers today seem to recognize these simple facts. This is likely because the consequences of this actually happening are too awful for many of them to seriously contemplate.
But it will, and all we are waiting for is the crisis that will start the freefall. At this point, after watching for so long, I believe today more strongly than ever that the trigger will be the imminent rapture of the Church.
But the really pertinent question now is: exactly who or what will come forward to take over and run the world when it emerges from the coming chaos?
The antichrist will. Keep looking up.
New World Order Coming :: By Daymond Duck
https://www.raptureready.com/2020/04/26/new-world-order-coming-by-daymond-duck/
The most important advice that anyone can give a person is to tell them to focus on their relationship with God by putting their faith in Jesus, repenting of their sins and drawing near to Him.
The prophet Amos said, “Surely the Lord GOD will do nothing, but he revealeth his secret unto his servants the prophets” (Amos 3:7).
Some prophecy teachers believe that God has allowed the current Coronavirus Crisis to reveal that the Tribulation Period and New World Order (World Government, World Religion, Mark of the Beast, Rev. 13:7-8, etc.) are close (and by implication the Rapture is closer) and the need to draw near to God is urgent.
Notice how the following current events fit God’s end-of-the-age revelations.
One, according to the prophet John, the top religious leader in the Tribulation Period (the False Prophet) will merge religion with politics (He will pretend to be a holy man but support the antichristian government of the Antichrist; Rev. 13:11-12).
On Apr. 12, 2020 (Easter Sunday), a day to focus on the resurrection of Jesus, Pope Francis released a letter supporting Universal Basic Income (UBI).
UBI is the globalist (world government) idea that everyone on earth should receive a basic income package (free money; free checks; wealth re-distribution).
UBI has been supported by the International Monetary Fund (IMF), Elon Musk (head of SpaceX and Tesla), Mark Zuckerberg (founder of Facebook), Democrat Presidential candidates Andrew Yang, Bernie Sanders, and others of note.
This is the problem: If everyone receives a check from their government (and they want to keep getting it), what will happen if their government decides to require them to take the Mark, or the name, or the number of the Antichrist?
Will people take the Mark of the Beast to keep receiving a government check and have the right to buy and sell or will they refuse the check and perish?
This is not far-fetched because people will be denied the right to buy and sell (Rev. 13:16-17), and multitudes will be put to death during the Tribulation Period for refusing to take the Mark (Rev. 20:4).
Anyway, what possessed Pope Francis to talk about UBI on Resurrection Day instead of the resurrection of Jesus?
Two, in Sept. 2015, the UN adopted a document called “Transforming our World: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development.”
The Preamble of the document called it a “New Universal Agenda.”
The document calls for the establishment of a one-world government, a one-world religion and a one-world economic system by 2030.
On Feb. 4, 2019, Pope Francis and Sheikh Ahmed al-Tayeb, perhaps the most important Imam in Sunni Islam, met in Abu Dhabi to sign an Interfaith Document in the presence of leaders from all of the religions of the world.
The document encourages peace between all religions and says all religions are the will of God and all religions are acceptable to God.
On Feb. 6, 2019, Pope Francis was back at the Vatican where he said the Islamic world and the Christian world will work together to promote common values.
He said, “We commit ourselves to spreading authentic values and peace throughout the world.”
If Jesus is the only way to be saved (and He said He is; John 14:6), how can Pope Francis believe that all religions are acceptable to God when they don’t believe Jesus died for the sins of the world?
If the Bible is the Word of God (and it is), how can Pope Francis say that Christians and Muslims should work together to promote common values?
Christian values come from the Bible, and they cannot be compromised with the teachings of Islam.
A one-world government and a one-world religion will exist at the same time during the Tribulation Period.
If (I say “If” because God is in control and He can speed it up, slow it down or whatever) world leaders succeed with the establishment of a world government by 2030, there will be a world religion by 2030 (and a Rapture before 2030).
If there is a gap of a few years between the Rapture and the beginning of world government (and I believe there will be one), time is short indeed.
It is important to understand that the “New Universal Agenda” (global ethic, common values, world religion) really means forcing everyone on earth to believe what the UN wants them to believe, that internationalism, globalism, abortion, gay marriage, Chrislam, open borders, etc., are good, but nationalism, patriotism, the teaching that there is only one way to be saved, closed borders, etc., are bad – and that the global ethic must be strengthened and Christianity must be weakened.
If globalists think they need to shut the doors of the Church, and ignore the resurrection of Jesus to achieve this, they will (Pope Francis did both).
Three, new believers will be persecuted during the Tribulation Period (Rev. 13:7).
On Apr. 11. 2020, the Chinese government stopped all online services of churches that do not have a government-approved license.
Activities banned by China include worship, prayer, baptisms and Scripture reading.
Several Chinese Christians were arrested for participating in worship services from their homes over the Internet using the Zoom App.
But China is not alone.
In the U.S., the Coronavirus lockdown has caused many churches to close their doors and turn to Facebook and the Internet to get the Word out.
Some U.S. Churches have been censored and blocked.
Some pastors have been told that worship services are illegal (a few have been arrested).
Four, there will be a way to track everyone on earth during the Tribulation Period (Rev. 13:16-17).
Much has been written about Bill Gates’ desire to force everyone on earth to be vaccinated and tattooed with a global ID immunization tracking system.
On Apr. 13, 2020, Roger Stone, former advisor to Pres. Trump, suggested that Gates may have had a part in the creation of the Coronavirus to create a need for a global tracking system.
Now, it is being reported that the FBI, Apple, Google and others are involved in the creation of tracking systems.
Something to remember about taking tattoos is that those that take them find that they are next to impossible to get rid of.
Five, there will be a global economic collapse during the Tribulation Period (Rev. 6:5-6).
On Apr. 15, 2020, the International Monetary Fund reported that all the signs are pointing to a global economic crisis unlike anything that has been seen in decades.
Others are saying that the world is going into a deep recession, and some oil traders are willing to pay people to take their excess oil off their hands.
Six, the Tribulation Period and one-world government will begin when the Antichrist confirms a covenant with many for peace in the Middle East (Dan. 9:27).
Concerning Pres. Trump’s Middle East peace proposal, Prime Min. Netanyahu wants Israel to act very soon because there is no guarantee that Mr. Trump will be re-elected.
On Apr. 20, 2020, Israel’s two main political parties agreed to create a national unity government and start implementing part of Pres. Trump’s peace proposal as soon as July 1, 2020.
This could speed up some of the prophesied wars and rumors of wars.
Seven, the one-world government will be a satanic Antichrist-led government (Rev. 13:5).
On Apr. 14, 2020, Pres. Trump announced the suspension of U.S. contributions to the WHO for 60-90 days for failing to do its job.
The UN (United Nothing as some see it) global organizations are often staffed with political appointees that have impure motives.
They definitely are not the kind of people that leaders should choose to rule the world.
Eight, concerning the Battle of Gog and Magog: the war in Syria, U.S. sanctions, low oil prices and a spreading Coronavirus Crisis in Russia is straining Russia’s economy.
Russia’s economic future is looking bleak, and some are predicting that Russia has one year at the most to act before her economy collapses.
The collapse of oil prices could speed this up.
Nine, Israel and Syria will get into a war, and Damascus, Syria, will be destroyed in one night (Isa. 17).
Concerning the destruction of Damascus in one night, Syria is allowing the terrorist group Hezbollah to establish bases on the Golan Heights, and an Israeli official said, “Israel will not allow this.”
Ten, God said, “I will show wonders in the heavens and in the earth, blood, and fire, and pillars of smoke. The sun shall be turned into darkness, and the moon into blood, before the great and the terrible day of the LORD come” (Before the Tribulation Period comes; Joel 2:30-31).
The Apostle Peter referred to this in his famous sermon on the first Pentecost (fire and pillars of smoke before the Tribulation Period; Acts. 2:19-20).
In addition to all the other signs that are shaping up, volcanic eruptions appear to be increasing around the world, and God is the only One that could know that would happen more than 2,000 years before it started happening.
Eleven, Jesus warned everyone about deception at least three times in the Olivet Discourse (Matt. chapter 24-25), so notice the reality of what is taking place and how every jot and tittle of Bible prophecy is literally being fulfilled.
Do not be deceived by the false teachings of Preterists that say all prophecy was fulfilled by 70 A.D. (it wasn’t) and the Replacement Theologians that say Israel has been replaced by the Church (it hasn’t).
The New World Order is coming, ready or not.
COVID-19: Transition to the New World Order :: By Jonathan Brentner
Something clicked inside me the other evening as Ruth, my wife, and I read from the book Get Your Life Back by John Eldredge. As we took turns reading from his chapter, “Allowing for Transitions,” a thought occurred to me on a completely different wavelength than that of the author.
What if our current COVID-19 experience is itself a time of transition for believers, the United States, and even the world?
Jesus is Preparing Us for Our Departure
For those of us who know the Savior, the past couple months have been a time of loosening our grip on the things in this world. I was so looking forward to watching the NCAA Basketball Tournament, but my hope vanished in a day. I didn’t realize how much I liked going out to eat or going to the movies with Ruth until I could no longer do them. And my favorite sporting event of May, the Indianapolis 500, has been postponed until August. But who knows if it will happen even then?
For those of us watching for Jesus’ imminent appearing, the Lord has made us aware of just how close His appearing to take us home might be. In doing so, He’s allowing us time to contemplate and perhaps prepare for our transition from this temporary world to our eternal existence in glorified and immortal bodies.
A Psyche of Fear Has Infected the United States
For the United States, I believe it’s a time of transition from a time of great abundance to the deadly pestilences and famines that will come during the seven-year tribulation when severe shortages of everything will be the rule rather than the exception.
The psyche of America has forever changed. Perhaps years in the making, but gone is the courage of the past that led our brave young men to storm the beaches of Normandy, knowing they would likely perish. Instead, I see fear everywhere I look. I see it in the eyes of those who crowd our grocery stores. I see it in the willingness of so many to quickly surrender their rights in order for civil authorities to keep them “safe.”
It’s this widespread psyche of fear that’s opening the door to the New World Order in America!
I might be wrong, but I believe this psyche of fear will greatly impede the future economic recovery in America. The enormous debt of the United States and the world will, at some future time, create a massive global crisis that will open the door wide for the globalists. I believe this is closer than many can imagine. The United States cannot sustain for long the burden of thirty-six million unemployed along with a multitude of failing businesses.
It’s incredibly difficult for me to see what is happening in the United States. I grew up loving my country and thankful for the freedoms we have enjoyed here for so long. But now I see our liberties vanishing into thin air for the sake of safety, I watch as a psyche of fear overtakes our nation, and I long for things to return to the way they were. But I do not think that will happen; we are on the threshold of the tribulation. Satan’s kingdom is taking shape before our eyes.
The New World Order is Here
For the world, this is a time of transition from nationalism to a worldwide government. Just this week, the mayor of Chicago said she needed “deputies who are pledging allegiance to the New World Order.” These are her exact words; I listened to her comments three times to confirm.
The Bible tells us that a worldwide government will exist during the tribulation. At some point, the antichrist will seize control of it and cause everyone to take his mark in order to buy or sell.
Do we see the globalists conditioning people for such control? Absolutely! They are already telling us that someday we will need their vaccine for COVID-19 and an accompanying mark or tattoo in order to attend public gatherings. On March 26, 2020, the former Prime Minister of the United Kingdom, Gordon Brown, called for the establishment of a “temporary world government” to deal with the COVID-19 pandemic. Pope Francis has repeatedly joined the chorus of those calling for a New World Order.
The elite have learned through the response of the world to COVID-19 just how easily they can control people with fear. Just think what might happen after the rapture as wars break out and pandemics, far more deadly than the Coronavirus, afflict the people left behind. The nations of the world will readily give up their rights to join the New World Order, which will promise peace and stability.
God’s wrath is indeed coming to America and the world during the time we know as the day of the Lord or the seven-year tribulation. How much longer will He put up with the slaughter of our innocents or the horrific imprisoning of our children in sex trafficking before He says enough is enough?
For now, the Lord has first granted us a reprieve of sorts, a time of transition for us as believers to continue loosening our grip on the things of the world in preparation for the glory that awaits us in eternity.
As for the world, the cries for the Luciferian New World Order grow louder by the moment. Contract tracers, mandatory vaccines, skyrocketing unemployment, and economic chaos point to the great changes ahead for the world as the global government emerges before our eyes.
This morning, I felt the fear of what might lie ahead and knew I needed reassurance from the promises of Scripture. I turned to Psalms 46 and 47, as I do at least a couple times a week, and meditated on Jesus’ return to establish His righteous kingdom on the earth. He will rule over the nations of this world.
For us who know Jesus, His defeat of Satan’s kingdom and the establishment of His righteous rule will be a time of ecstatic rejoicing and jubilant, wild celebration. This is our future! Satan may think he has the upper hand at the moment, but the doom of his kingdom (i.e. the New World Order) is sure!
Conditioning of America for the New World Order :: By Jonathan Brentner
It’s no longer secret; the elite in this world want to eliminate national sovereignty in favor of a New World Order, a worldwide governing authority.
The United Nations recently launched a web page titled “Let’s Take Our Planet Back” at https://unnwo.org/.[i] An easy way to remember the link is to remember “UN New World Order.” Although the UN’s objective to establish a worldwide government has long been visible through its Agenda 2030 goals, this website represents a more blatant unveiling of its intent to create a Marxist New World Order to control the people of the world.
Much of what we are seeing in 2020 represents a concerted effort by these elite globalists to prepare people in the United States and the world to accept the authority of the coming New World Order (NWO). Although President Trump remains solidly against the submission of the United States to it, the radical left and media have succeeded in convincing many Americans that:
Only a NWO Can Protect You from Disease
I remain amazed at how the left has used the media to create a psyche of fear in the wake of COVID-19. I am aware that the coronavirus has caused much suffering. However, the evidence does not support the shutting down of economies and the widespread panic that has resulted from it. The World Health Organization (WHO) recently announced that it’s highly unlikely for one with no symptoms to spread this virus. Does this not make quarantining the healthy and masks unnecessary?
Furthermore, for the majority of people, COVID-19 is not any more deadly than the typical flu. Those under seventeen have a greater chance of lightning striking them than of this virus killing them.
In spite of this, media and left-leaning politicians have convinced us that we are incapable of deciding the risk inherent in public gatherings. Most states closed down “non-essential” businesses and churches to protect us from ourselves. Many governors have put draconian measures in place that have more to do with control than anything else.
How does this relate to the New World Order? The third goal of the UN’s Agenda 2030 states the mission of this coming worldwide government will be to “ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages.” In other words, we must turn over the responsibility for our health to a government agency because they supposedly possess a better understanding of how to protect our health than we do.
We have already seen calls for this type of ruling authority to deal with this virus. On March 26, 2020, former Prime Minister of the United Kingdom, Gordon Brown, called upon world leaders to create “a temporary form of global government” in order to contain the COVID-19 pandemic.
I believe the widespread wearing of masks in public symbolizes the willingness of people to submit to a worldwide regime who promises to act in their best interest. Do masks stop the spread of the virus? No. On May 21, 2020, the New England Journal of Medicine said this about wearing masks, “The chance of catching Covid-19 from a passing interaction in a public space is therefore minimal. In many cases, the desire for widespread masking is a reflexive reaction to anxiety over the pandemic.” The writer of the article in the journal concluded that masks reduce the fears of people, but are otherwise ineffective.
Only a NWO Can Protect the Environment
Until the arrival of COVID-19, the supposed climate change crisis had been the impetus behind the calls for the NWO. Both Agenda 2030 and its corresponding Green New Deal in the United States assume that the only way for us to protect the environment from imminent catastrophe is to join together under a totalitarian Marxist government.[ii]
Inherent in the goals of these initiatives is the unmistakable presupposition that only such a socialist type of government can save the environment from the dangers posed by climate change. Hollywood celebrities, politicians around the world, and even Pope Francis repeatedly warn us that only a New World Order can save the planet and thus preserve it for future generations.
Who decided that only a Marxist world order can combat climate change? Even if one concedes that climate change is an emergency requiring immediate action, why is it necessary for the entire world to forsake nationalism and free enterprise in order to address it?
According to the most recent statistics of the International Energy Agency (IEA), the United States leads the world in declining CO2 emissions. On February 11, 2020, the IEA stated that the “United States saw the largest decline in energy-related CO2 emissions in 2019 on a country basis—a fall of 140 Mt, or 2.9%, to 4.8 Gt.US emissions are now down almost 1 Gt from their peak in the year 2000, the largest absolute decline by any country over that period.”
China, on the other hand, provides us with ample evidence that totalitarian socialist governments are the absolute worst at controlling air pollution. It seems to me that the Marxist solution proposed by Agenda 2030 and the Green New Deal is the worst possible route to take since it has already proven incapable of decreasing pollution in our environment.
Only a NWO Can Protect Minorities from Racism
Among other things, the well-orchestrated and carefully planned rioting of the past few weeks has convinced many people that the United States can no longer protect people from racism or the abuse of the police. The subservient act of kneeling has become symbolic of agreeing with the rioters that not only can we not trust the police; our entire structure of law enforcement needs radical transformation.
The intent of the media and violent groups such as Antifa and Black Lives Matter is to shame us into believing we are all responsible for any and all racism as well as for the killing of George Floyd. As such, we must accept the reforms to our police departments even to the extent of agreeing to UN help in order to achieve justice for blacks.
According to NBC news, Ben Crump, a member of George Floyd’s legal team, has already appealed to the United Nations to intervene in the alleged injustice in the United States. In doing so, he stated, “The United States of America has a long pattern and practice of depriving Black citizens of the fundamental human right to life…. The United States government has consistently failed to hold police accountable and did not bring Federal criminal charges even in cases with irrefutable video evidence.”
While I believe Crump’s statements are totally false, the media along with many politicians are diligently working to convince people that such statements are true. As a result, we hear growing cries to either disband police departments or defund them. The future result of such action would quite likely lead to UN intervention to quell the resulting violence and lawlessness that will happen without our police.
This fits perfectly with goal number 11 of the United Nation’s 2030 Agenda, “Make cities and human settlements inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable.” The intent of the UN is for it, rather than individual nations, to ensure the safety of all people from the evils of racism and injustice.
We know from Scripture that racism and injustice will increase exponentially during the coming tribulation despite the lofty goals of the UN. The long-awaited utopia will eventually become a killing machine under the leadership of the antichrist.
Only a NWO Can Guarantee Equal Outcomes
The goals of the UN’s Agenda 2030 and the Green New Deal are the exact opposite of what the founding fathers envisioned for America. Those who wrote the Declaration of Independence and framed the constitution did so with the aim of forming a republic that guaranteed equal opportunity for its citizens. The Marxist globalists pledge to guarantee equal outcomes for all people via the New World Order.
The graves of over a hundred million people from the last century testify to the deceitfulness of such a claim, which is impossible to achieve for at least a couple reasons. First, in any totalitarian regime, it’s the ruling class that defines the “equal outcome” for the masses, not the people. And secondly, the elite always resort to deadly force in dealing with those who disagree with the elite regarding the nature of these “equal outcomes.”
As has been the case since the Tower of Babel in Genesis 11, the desire for a one-world government represents a rejection of God and His Word revealed on the pages of the Bible. People have long believed they can institute a better plan for governing the world than God.
Sadly, at the end of the millennium, people will even rebel against Jesus’ righteous and just rule over the world (Rev. 20:7-10). In doing so they will prove that rebellion against God and His Word comes from the heart of those who reject Jesus. The violence and rioting we see in the United States is not the result of systemic racism, but the result of hearts bent on spurning the Lord’s authority and revelation to us.
As people turn away from Jesus and the truth He embodies, the more likely they come to look to government as the answer to their woes and grievances. And once the left and the media convince them that the United States does not have their best interests at heart, they become more vulnerable to the cries for a worldwide governing authority that falsely promises a utopian existence for them.
Such things as new laws, more government regulation, and a worldwide governing authority will only continue the downward spiral of this Christ-rejecting world into lawlessness and destruction. It saddens me to see so many people, even Christians, sucked into the prevailing mindset that we need more government control to combat social ills and disease.
The answer is found in the pages of Scripture. It’s Jesus and Him alone. The future of this world consists of unimaginable death and destruction. For those of us who know the Savior, we look forward to His soon return.
Maranatha!!
Viganò:”those who resist the NWO will have the help and protection of God”
There is a man that in this moment terrifies the hierarchy of the anti-Catholic church of Bergoglio. This man has been the object of tremendous and evil attacks by the mainstream media. They have been trying to smear him and depict him as a criminal or like someone who is putting society in great danger. This man is Archbishop Viganò. His Excellency has become like a polar star of hope for those Catholics and even non-believers who have thirst for justice and common sense in this upside-down world. Viganò has been speaking calmly but his gentle voice has terrified the powerful people of the world. Viganò has exposed the Great Reset and the plan to destroy mankind. He clearly denounced the infiltration of Freemasonry into society and into the Church.
In other words, Viganò is guilty of having said the truth like a humble pastor of God. In this interview that His Excellency granted us, he once again tells us in what kind of historical period we are living. He also consoles us by reminding us that being persecuted for loving God and having Faith is the greatest honor that we may have. This is probably why so many people look at this man in this historical period. He’s one of the few pastors that can speak simply to the hearts of the common men. Here you can find his words addressed to any one of us.”
Your Excellency, in recent days you have been the victim of harsh attacks in the Italian media, and the attacks seem to be increasing in intensity. Massimo Giannini, editor of La Stampa of Turin, went so far as to call you a “scoundrel.” Another prominent Italian journalist, Bruno Vespa, said God should “forgive you” for your statements about the vaccines and the so-called pandemic. Could you explain why Italy’s mainstream media increasingly seems to consider you a sort of “public enemy”? Why are they seemingly so afraid of you?
As I have previously noted, it is typical of any totalitarian regime to seek to delegitimize any and every form of dissent, at first by ridiculing the adversary, making him the object of derision so as to discredit him before the eyes of the public opinion. Then, after delegitimizing the person as pathological, or in need of psychiatric care, suggesting that the adversary is mentally unstable who should be hospitalized in a mental institution. Finally, this process ends with the complete criminalization of all dissenters. In this way, the regime creates the necessary premises to separate all its adversaries from civil society.
Lies, insults and personal attacks — like the most recent that I have received from the Italian magazine “Venerdì” (published by the newspaper “La Repubblica”) — are part of this charade, a type of theatrical production in which the “high priests” of COVID tear their vestments, lamenting every objection to their lies. We should recall that “La Stampa” and “La Repubblica” belong to the Elkann family, a family related to the Rothschilds since the 1500s. As a matter of fact, John Elkann wrote the preface to Klaus Schwab’s book, The Fourth Industrial Revolution, in which the WEF (World Economic Forum) chairman describes the “Great Reset” in minute detail. In their adherence to the official narrative, the spokesmen for the elite also end up employing this tactic of discrediting and smearing those who oppose them, a typical practice of conspiratorial groups.
Certainly, given the deafening silence of the bishops and the propaganda of Santa Marta (Editor’s Note: the residence of Jorge Bergoglio), it is clear that a discordant voice that denounces the ongoing coup d’état being carried out by the globalist élite irritates and seems intolerable for those who ask for an unreasoning approval to their contradictory declarations.
In this context, the Italian media has gone so far as to send spies to attend the Masses celebrated by those priests, like Fr. Giorgio Ghio, who are denouncing the harm caused by the vaccines and the general anti-Christian spirit that seems to becoming ever more to dominate Western society. It seems that the spirit of the real, traditional Church is not only not dead, but even being rekindled. Do you believe that the globalist power is particularly afraid of this renewal of the traditional Catholic faith?
I would like to point out first of all that intrusion by the civil authorities in Church affairs is in direct violation of the Concordat between the Holy See and the Italian Republic. Moreover, the Episcopal Conference of Italy (CEI) does not have any authority to negotiate with the government protocols and agreements, so such agreements, in so far as agreed to by those who have no right to negotiate or ratify such agreements, have no validity whatsoever. Having said that, I think that every priest has the right, or rather the duty, to warn his faithful about the real danger – not at all merely hypothetical – represented by the inoculation of this experimental medical product. This is especially the case when the entire psycho-pandemic farce clearly aims to lead toward the establishment of a dictatorship, whose purpose is to control the citizens through a violation of their constitutional and natural rights under the guise of a health emergency.
The submission of the Catholic Hierarchy, of the Episcopal Conferences, of the Bishops and the Priests to this official narrative, is so brazen and servile as to make evident that infiltration by the “deep church” that I have denounced many times. This infiltration began at least 70 years ago, and today has become quite obvious due to its arrogance and to its persecution of all dissenting voices concerning both the alleged pandemic emergency and the even graver doctrinal, moral, and disciplinary deviations (of the present Church leadership) and the disturbing complicities of this leadership with the “deep state.”
This blatant betrayal by the Church’s pastors has sparked, as also has occurred in the area of civil government, a spontaneous opposition from the “base,” from the people, both ordinary lay people, and ordinary priests, and this opposition has concerned, significantly, both the response to the pandemic and the crisis of the Church hierarchy. On one hand, we have the promoters of the “Great Reset” with their anti-Catholic and anti-Christic ideology, supported by the Bergoglian church. On the other hand, we have those who are standing against the New World Order and who see their moral values and vision fulfilled in the perennial Catholic magisterium and in the traditional Catholic liturgy. The two cities, the City of the Devil and the City of God: the division is always the same because the opposing forces are drawn up based on positions that are ontologically opposed and inimical to one another.
A Russian Colonel who once served in the Soviet secret services, Vladimir Kvachov, has called the pandemic as a sort of “terrorist operation” that has been expressly conceived to enforce a global population reduction and usher in a global dictatorship. In an article published by the Rockefeller Foundation in 2010 whose title is “Operation Lockstep”, the outbreak of a pandemic is expressly mentioned. This pandemic allows world governments to implement authoritarian and repressive measures against personal freedom that are essential to move toward a one-world government. These restrictive measures are basically the same that we have been seeing enforced during the last year and a half, such as face masks and social distancing, which have brought mass psychosis and social hate seemingly unprecedented in Western societies. Do you think that this entire situation is an engineered crisis conceived by the globalist powers to drag mankind towards a state of constant fear and pave the way for the global Leviathan?
I do think so, and I have been saying this since the beginning of the psycho-pandemic, when in May 2020 I exposed the dangers and the absurdities of this grotesque farce. I am quite familiar with the scenarios of the Rockefeller Foundation, as well as with the ones depicted by the “Great Reset” of the World Economic Forum (WEF), whose president met the former Italian Prime Minister, Giuseppe Conte, in November of 2019 and the present Italian Prime Minister, Mario Draghi, just a few days ago. Likewise, I am also aware of the UN plan called Agenda 2030.
This operation required meticulous preparation and needed the participation of large parts of the public institutions and the private sectors, including the complicity of the Judiciary, of law enforcement and the media. These combined efforts are a real coup d’état and the pandemic is just a pretext – the profasis – through which is introduced the seeming inevitability of the violation of fundamental rights and the consequent establishment of the totalitarian regime of the New Order. In this New Order the pandemic superstition reigns supreme, with its magicians, its vaccine temples, its irrational rituals and its excommunications of sinners vitandi (“to be avoided” or “to be shunned”) — those who do not agree to give up their reason even before apostatizing from their Faith in order to embrace this insane ideological madness.
In the “Great Reset” society that Your Excellency has denounced on numerous occasions, the “transhumanist” ideology plays a fundamental role. Modern technology is advancing at a very fast pace and we are now speaking openly about the possibility of controlling human behavior through brain microchip implants. One who favors this new model of “human/robot” is Klaus Schwab, a character whom we have met in the previous questions, the head of the World Economic Forum. Do you think that the final purpose of transhumanism is really this, to deprive man of his God-given free will?
Transhumanism is a hellish project, in which the Devil mocks the creation of God by perverting and corrupting it. Obedience to the “easy yoke” of the Law of God is replaced by the enslavement and submission to Satan’s tyranny, in which there is no tolerance for good and everyone is forced to commit evil, accept evil, and legitimize evil. And despite the fact that only God can read our consciences, Satan tries to violate the sanctuary of our inner spiritual part in order to control it and induce us to commit evil even against our own will. In his recent book, The Great Reset, Klaus Schwab wrote the following:
“We are also studying new ways to use and implant internal devices that monitor our levels of activity, the hematochemical values and the ways in which these can be associated to wellbeing, to mental health, and to productivity at home and at work. We are also learning better the functioning of the brain and witnessing exceptional developments in the neurotechnology area.”
It is a delirium that only Lucifer can conceive, and it is destined to complete failure because of it Antichristic matrix, its defying of the divine Kingship of Jesus Christ. It is a delirium where the creature, rebelling against the divine laws, pretends to reach the place of the Highest and repeats, with the same disgraceful determination, the “Non serviam” (“I will not serve”) of Lucifer.
Satan is simia Dei (“an ape of God”): in everything that he does to keep us away from God and drag us toward Hell, we can always see his mocking attempt to imitate the Savior, to usurp His sovereignty, to pervert His teachings and to steal souls from Him. The Devil wants to be worshipped in the place of God. He wants the Antichrist to rule over the world and subjugate mankind to his tyranny by replacing the Church of Christ with the anti-Church of Satan, which is the Religion of Mankind, an ecumenical and ecological one.
In your videos and articles, you have spoken about the threat represented by the New World Order (NWO). Several statesmen and prime ministers, such as George H. Bush, Henry Kissinger, Nicolas Sarkozy, and David Rockefeller – just to name a few– used this expression in their public statements. These politicians describe the NWO as a sort of “Eden” we all should aim for. During the COVID crisis, we have been often hearing these words. Can you explain the idea that drives the New World Order and why the vaccines play a very important role in the fulfillment of this goal?
The New World Order is neither New nor Order: it represents the foolish ambition of Satan to overthrow the providential plan of God, to cancel the true Religion that leads to eternal salvation and finally to replace the “ordo christianus” (“the Christian order”) with infernal chaos. In this disorder, the lie replaces the Truth, injustice and abuse of power replace justice, whim instead of obedience to the law of God, death instead of life, illness instead of health, the legitimization of Evil and the condemnation of Good, the persecution of good people and the praising of evil ones, ignorance in the place of culture and wisdom, ugliness and horror instead of beauty, division and hatred instead of harmony and love. Satan doesn’t want to be worshipped by adopting the qualities of God, but by demanding to be an object of adoration through everything that is evil, obscene, false, absurd, and monstrous. He seeks complete subversion, a subversion ontologically devilish and Antichristic: a “New Order” obtained by means of a global coup d’état imposed under the guise of an engineered planned emergency.
The vaccine campaign, lacking any scientific validity, serves first of all as the apparent legitimization for implementing global tracking and controls, today under the pretext of limiting COVID spread (a pretext which is false, because, among other reasons, the vaccinated can still become infected and be contagious). But tomorrow, this campaign aims to expand its reach, extending the “Green Pass” to include information used in a “social credit system” to confront a “green emergency,” which will be likewise false and specious. The “Green Pass” is being conceived as something like the Mark of the Beast mentioned in the Apocalypse of Saint John to allow or forbid people to buy, sell, travel, spend, eat and live.
Secondly, the inoculation of people with an experimental genic serum that provokes a weakening of our natural immune system represents a very grave crime, because it turns ordinary healthy people into chronically ill people, and consequently into customers of the health care companies and private care. This situation hugely inflates the profits of the globalist élite and brings a general impoverishment of the population. Even this aspect, apparently secondary, reveals the subversive character of the “Great Reset,” because the “Great Reset” does not represent only an attack against the health of an individual, but also an attack against the national security of the States, because their armed forces are harmed by the side effects of the vaccine, while the not-vaccinated soldiers are banned from active duty. I think that this is a point not enough considered by those who are analyzing the present crisis, and it shows the malice of those who. Once in power, cooperate for the destruction of nations in order to subjugate them to the New Order.
Speaking again about the New World Order, Your Excellency said in one of your videos that Vatican II played a fundamental role in the early 1960s in paving the way for this plan. In this regard, the Council may be considered as the event that built a “new liberal Church” separated from the Catholic tradition. This “liberal Church” has embraced the spirit of the modern world, rather than trying to contain it. Essentially, the institution that should have been the “katechon,” the force that impeded the manifestation of the Antichrist, instead became the spokesman and promoter of the Antichrist. Is it possible to say the masonic forces that infiltrated the Church planned this transition? Do you think that the present Church is living the apostasy predicted by Leo XIII in 1884, and predicted by other relevant prophecies such as the ones of Fatima in 1917 and Akita in 1973?
As one of the main characters of Vatican II (1962-1965), Cardinal Leo Joseph Suenens said, the conciliar revolution represented “the 1789 of the Catholic Church” [Editor’s note: The year 1789 was the beginning of the French Revolution which overthrew the entire pre-French Revolution society.] In this view, ever since Vatican II, the Church has embraced the revolutionaries’ principles, liberal ideology, Communism, collectivism, and more generally “the spirit of the world”; gender theory, and the dissolution of Christianity, not only in the doctrinal area but also in the moral and cultural area, that is, as the vital element of Christian Civilization. This betrayal was accomplished in ways not unlike the ones that were used by the masonic Lodges against the Catholic Monarchies, and it was realized through an infiltration plan that was unfolded on two fronts: one ideological, and one practical.
On the ideological side, we witnessed the corruption of orthodoxy through heresies and philosophical errors of which we are still suffering the nefarious consequences; on the practical side, we witnessed the corruption of people’s morality, subjecting individuals to passions to dominate them, enslaving them to their own vices in order to blackmail them, promoting the most corrupt to the highest posts of institutions which, through their outrageous conduct, were delegitimized and discredited. What kind of credibility may the Church claim in matters of moral sexuality when its highest prelates are corrupt perverts? What kind of credibility may the Church claim, when officials of the Holy See are implicated in financial scandals and obscure market speculations?
Therefore, a return to Tradition is necessary, and to those values that have today been removed and forgotten, such as honesty, the sense of duty, fidelity, love of Country, honor, discipline. It would be a return to the ordo christianus in the civil sphere, which would involve a radical reform of the States; the same should be done in the ecclesial sphere with the removal of the false pastors and the restoration of everything that was destroyed by the ideological fury of Vatican II. If we want to end the hard test that Providence is demanding of us, it is fundamental that we remove the cause of the chastisements that the Lord is inflicting upon us. And the inner cause is this entire Antichristic system that was conceived by masonic principles and by the Revolution.
We must restore authority as an expression of the power of Christ, and we must give a moral and spiritual education to those who govern us. It is certainly a hard task, but we should do it if we really want to transmit to our children the values that make them good Christians and good citizens, accountable before God and desirous of obeying Him, of proclaiming Him King, and of giving Him public honors. Once we have acknowledged Him again as King, Our Lord will not allow His children to perish in battle, and He will reward them with a great victory. However, until we understand the error that lies at the base of the present horrors, we cannot hope in the intervention of God.
Recently, Bergoglio has clearly said that it will be necessary to give birth to the “Great Reset,” and he has also pointed out that there will not be a return to normal. Bergoglio has turned himself into an apostle of the universal religion desired by the masonic lodges, whose ultimate goal is to completely remove Christianity. Does it have sense to state that Bergoglio is the natural conclusion of Vatican II? Do you think that the apostasy of the Church, which was foreseen in several prophecies and in the visions of the Venerable Holzhauser, has already reached its peak and is close to its conclusion?
Bergoglio is one of the most convinced adherents of the globalist religion: he embraces all of its goals, he pushes its plans, he promotes its doctrines, and he fights its enemies. If he were not to have the role that he has within the ecclesial hierarchy, he could be considered the prophet of the New World Order and the main enemy of the Church of Christ. The fact that he is universally considered as the head of the Church shows us an evident contradiction, an extremely grave conflict of interests, a blatant betrayal of the authority he possesses.
The same ways that allowed him to replace the outgoing Benedict XVI reveal the intervention of forces hostile to the Church. The manipulations of the so-called Saint Gallen mafia are a direct proof of this hostile intervention, planned beforehand also by the “deep state,” as emerges from the emails of John Podesta, who spoke about a “springtime of the Church” in which the Church would embrace the spirit of the world and abandon the proclamation of the Gospel.
This “pontificate” is the coherent application of the principles of Vatican II, as Bergoglio himself has proudly claimed. Everything that he has said and done since 2013 is aligned with the errors woven into various ambiguous passages of the Conciliar texts, from his intransigent silences to his misleading ambiguities. But like everything that comes from the Devil, this project has no hope to succeed and serves only to allow us to understand a very clear truth that we are still not able to recognize: the only hope of Salvation rests in the complete embracing of the Catholic Faith, as Our Lord taught it to the Apostles and as the Holy Church has proposed it for belief for 2000 years. All the errors, all the attempts to adapt the faith to the mentality of this age, all the compromises to carve out a place for the Church in the world, and all the betrayals in exchange for power come from Satan, and as such are destined to failure.
If Christ the King will return to reign in the Church, even before coming back to reign in civil society, He will grant the Church good and holy Pastors, a courageous Pontiff who will denounce apostasy, fight errors, gather around the Cross of Christ the good. Because the Church, the Mystical Body of Christ, is also destined to suffer Her own Passion, but in the dignity and wholeness of Her being, precisely, the Bride of the Immaculate Lamb, and not the concubine of the eternal defeated.
This is why I hope and pray that Providence would grant the world a time of peace and conversion, in order to lead back the Pastors and the Flock to fidelity to the Gospel, so that they will be able to face with dignity the final persecution before the Universal Judgement. If this propitious time were to be ushered in by the Consecration of Russia to the Immaculate Heart, I think that we could truly read the present facts in that eschatological vision that finds fulfillment in the victory of Christ over the Devil.
Your Excellency has launched a public appeal in recent days in which you call for the formation of an “anti-globalist Alliance.” Do you think that the headquarters of this alliance should be Italy, a country that is historically hated by Freemasonry and by the globalist powers?
Italy is a nation blessed by God and by the presence of the papacy. Its civilization — represented by the historical, cultural and artistic legacy of its cities, but also united in the bond of the Catholic Faith – has always been the object of the dissolving action of satan and his servants. Freemasonry hates Italy, hates its glorious history, which is intrinsically tied to the birth of Christianity, first, and then its later spread. Freemasonry also hates the traditions of this country, which are impregnated by Christianity, hates its art, deeply Christian, hates its culture and civilization, which is an eloquent voice of the power of the Faith in influencing every walk of life. It hates its Saints, who through their preaching and their example drew away from hell millions of souls; it hates its people, whose character seems still to hint to show that authenticity and passion that is profoundly Catholic, expressed by small gestures, by generosity, by a moral sense that is truly Christian.
This is why I believe Italy should have a key role in the opposition against the tyranny of the New Order, by proposing itself as a natural headquarters for this World Anti-Globalist Alliance. And considering the fact that the return of a Catholic Monarch seems quite hard to imagine in this moment, I think that the form of government of the pre-Union Communes and States [Editor’s note: the form of government of the Italian city states prior to the Union of Italy in 1870] could greatly inspire those who would like a reform of Italian civil society aligned with Christian principles and, at the same time, compatible with the needs of modern society. In this regard, I think in particular at The Allegory of Good Government fresco in Siena’s town hall [Palazzo Comunale], in which the theological Virtues enlighten and guide the cardinal and civic Virtues.
Many people are suffering serious personal problems due to the discrimination caused by the “Green Pass” that was enforced by Draghi’s government. Many people are giving up their jobs and salaries to avoid taking this vaccination, and many others are protesting in the streets against this unprecedented authoritarian society. What would you like to say to those who are suffering the consequences of this dystopic society and to those who are giving in to loss of hope, indeed, to desperation?
I would like to answer with the words of Our Lord: “I have told you these things, so that in me you may have peace. In this world you will have trouble. But take heart! I have overcome the world (John, 16, 33).
To those who are suffering their own discrimination and the one of their beloved ones; to those who were forced to take a vaccination because the civil authority shamefully blackmailed them, with the outrageous complicity of the ecclesial authority; to those who with courage refuse to surrender to illegitimate and tyrannical laws; to those who are deprived of their means of support due to their coherence, I say this: you are the proof that the strength and the violence of Evil can possibly affect you in your belongings, in your body and in your family; but they cannot ever, ever, strip away from you the peace of having stayed loyal to the Lord.
Do you think that the martyrs were people gifted with special powers? The real martyrs were, are, and will be persons like you and I, persons with a thousand flaws maybe, but driven by the love for Christ, that is, driven by Charity, who are ready to sacrifice their lives in order to not renounce that supernatural and divine love. And if they were able, with the help of God, to face death accompanied by horrible pains, do you think that you today are not able, under the mantle of the most holy Virgin Mary, to stand up against these tyrants, as cruel as they are cowardly? Feel honored by the privilege that is granted to you of meriting Heaven: your fidelity, your strength against the impositions of a hostile power, will merit you the help and protection of Heaven even in the littlest things.
Remain in the Grace of God, which is the only good that no one can ever take away from you: all the rest will be in the hands of Her whom we invoke as the Help of Christians. And when the Virgin intervenes, Hell trembles.
World renowned archbishop confronts the New World Order. This courageous man is the #1 religious whistleblower in the world. First he exposed financial corruption in the Vatican. Then he exposed systematic, organized and protected child abuse in the Vatican. Next he exposes how the Vatican is at the heart of the satanic New World Order. When the world came under attack in 2020, archbishop Vigano rose to the forefront of the awakening army worldwide. He sent a revealing letter to President Trump, in which he warned for the plan of the globalist tyrants to create a worldwide dictatorship, under the guise of health emergencies. This letter was absolutely brilliantly written and testified of a remarkably bright and educated mind, inspired by a good, caring heart.
Archbishop Vigano also released a historic warning to humanity, which was signed by hundreds of leading scholars, scientists, lawyers, journalists, and religious authorities. In this "Appeal to the Church and the World" Vigano outlines the grave dangers of the New World Order that is being installed.
Other letters from Archbishop Vigano including the one to President Trump on October 25/2020:
https://therealtruthnetworkcom.wordpress.com/2020/10/30/letter-to-potus/
The New World Order and Soon Return of Christ :: By John Sarkett
Why Should I Worry About Any of This?
I had shared Cardinal Vigano’s new and rather remarkable essay on the encroachment of the New World Order, The Fourth Industrial Revolution, Klaus Schwab, et al. with a family member. I did this because sending links to podcasts by prophecy-minded preachers was met with a cold shoulder, so I tried a different approach. It didn’t get me too far. I got this response:
QUESTION
There is a prevailing theme in the Bible. It is said a few different ways, but essentially the point is… if you are a believer in God, fear God, follow his Commandments, believe in the resurrection etc… God will protect you. He has your back, will take care of you. “Be still and know I am God.” So… therefore, why would I or should I worry about any of this? (This is a real question if you want to take a stab at it.)
Frustrating to read on some level, surely a lack of interest in the things of God, yet there it was — a challenge to respond.
Frustrating also because the respondent didn’t refer to “Jesus Christ.” All faiths refer to God, but Christians believe only faith in God’s son Jesus Christ saves.
I had months earlier asked my correspondent (who is presently reading through the Bible and listens to Emergent Church podcasts) if she was saved. After a long pause, she said, “I think so.” She left it at that. There was no urgency to assuage the ambiguity with the phrase familiar to believers, “What must I do to be saved?” This illustrated to me that one does not gain salvation from (a) merely reading the Bible or (b) merely listening to church services. One must put one’s faith in Jesus Christ. I came away thinking she hadn’t and really didn’t plan to.
As believers know, this must be faith in Jesus Christ, not just a generic term ‘God,’ used by many religions. We know this from Acts 4:10-12: “Be it known unto you all, and to all the people of Israel, that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, whom ye crucified, whom God raised from the dead, even by him doth this man stand here before you whole. This is the stone which was set at nought of you builders, which is become the head of the corner. Neither is there salvation in any other: for there is none other name under heaven given among men, whereby we must be saved.”
As well as, “For God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life” (John 3:16).
Belief, faith, is the operative element and the one that moved and moves God. All through the gospels, it was faith that astonished Christ. “Your faith has made you well.” “I have not found so great faith in all of Israel.” And on the contrary too. In Mark 6:6, Jesus was amazed at their lack of faith and could do no miracles there. You or I might have made salvation about any number of things; God made it about faith. Abraham believed God, and he counted it to him for righteousness (Gen 15:6).
Power in the name Jesus Christ
Besides employing the term “God” vis-à-vis “Jesus Christ,” the other word in the question posed to me that caught my attention, and not in a good way, was “worry.” The person asked, “Why should I worry about this?” This had the connotation of ‘Why should I be bothered with this?’ But let’s put this aside and just leave it as plain vanilla “worry,” i.e., anxiety. Why?
An answer that occurred to me: the encroachment of the New World Order, as a prelude to the revealing of Antichrist and the tribulation to follow, can indeed evoke a degree of anxiety (i.e., worry) in even the most stalwart Christian. Or fatigue, in the sense that the foe is approaching, but that there are no effective direct countermeasures to be taken vis-à-vis these cosmic forces in the here in now, with the exception of prayer and study and meditation. There is nothing like helplessness to increase anxiety.
However, and more importantly, the encroachment and multiplication of the signs of the end times should be equally producing, in the believer, a spirit of joyous anticipation — the One who saved us is about to appear before the Antichrist is revealed. We may seem to be down several touchdowns at halftime, but we can be assured we are still going to win this game despite the current score.
And so – as dire as the present times, as obvious the signs of the end – I find it hard to comprehend how it is that so few Christians-in-name have any interest in the (a) signs of the times and (b) reappearance and descent back to earth, as promised by Jesus Christ.
“…When the Son of Man comes, will he find faith on the earth?” (Luke 18:8).
When conversing on the subject of Bible prophecy some years ago, a (different) family member said to me, “Why would anyone want Jesus Christ to be King of the earth?” (Somewhere on the spectrum between unbelief and blasphemy, that unforgettable comment stuck in my mind ever since. But that is, it seems to me, the position of, not Bible-believing Christians, but nominal Christians.)
The answer for that audacious question: we would all want Jesus as King because that is the theme of the entire Bible, from the start of Genesis (3:15, the heel bruised, the head crushed) to the very last words of Revelation.
Despite the fact that, for so many, Christianity is a sentimentality, a cultural “niceness,” this is the Realpolitik, the practical reality that is about to be brought to earth with power, authority, and yes, even that rod of iron: There will be a new world order, just not the one that the globalists want to achieve. Jesus once was a baby, in a manger, yes, but he is now the all-powerful and mighty God who will fulfill his promises, all of them. And he is standing in the wings, about to appear on the world stage.
A remarkable moment in time, never quite to be repeated. One might ask: If you had a long-lost relation, a very special one, who you loved, who sent word he was coming to visit, what would be your level of expectation and anticipation? Of preparation? Of excitement? Why do so many Christians compartmentalize and dismiss the signs of the end that are all around us and that herald the return and kingdom of Christ?
Christians are expected to be enthusiastic about the return of the King. There is a special crown for those who love his appearing. “Henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness, which the Lord, the righteous judge, shall give me at that day: and not to me only, but unto all them also that love his appearing” (2 Tim 4:8).
Christians are to be aware and informed. “Study to shew thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth” (2 Tim 2.15).
In the Old Testament, the tribe of Issachar, 87,000 mighty men of valor, were heralded as those who “had understanding of the times, to know what Israel ought to do.” There was also praise for the noble Bereans. “These [Bereans] were more noble than those in Thessalonica in that they received the word with all readiness of mind and searched the scriptures daily whether those things were so” (Acts 17:11).
Christians are to purify themselves. One of the things that knowledge of Bible prophecy engenders is purification, holiness. “He who has this hope purifieth himself. Behold, what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God: therefore the world knoweth us not, because it knew him not. Beloved, now are we the sons of God, and it doth not yet appear what we shall be: but we know that, when he shall appear, we shall be like him; for we shall see him as he is. And every man that hath this hope in him purifieth himself, even as he is pure” (John 3:1-3).
Christians are to be zealous, repent; lukewarmness is rebuked by Jesus himself:
“And unto the angel of the church of the Laodiceans write; These things saith the Amen, the faithful and true witness, the beginning of the creation of God; I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot: I would thou wert cold or hot. So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of my mouth. Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked: I counsel thee to buy of me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see.
“As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore, and repent. Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear my voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with me in my throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with my Father in his throne. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches” (Revelation 3:14-22).
Christians are instructed to ferret out the truth. “It is the glory of God to conceal a thing, but the honor of kings is to search out a matter” (Proverbs 25:2). There is no better example of this in Scripture than the birth of the Saviour, the Lord Jesus Christ. Anna and Simeon were among a tiny handful who were expecting him, though his birth was predicted almost to the day by the prophecy in Daniel 9:
“Know therefore and understand, that from the going forth of the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem unto Messiah the Prince shall be seven weeks, and threescore and two weeks: the street shall be built again, and the wall, even in troublous times. And after threescore and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, but not for Himself.”
The Hebrew word here for seven is shabua. This can mean seventy days, or weeks, or years. Which one it is must be gleaned from the context. In this case, it clearly means years. Seven weeks (7) and threescore and two weeks (62) would be 69 weeks. And 69 weeks would be exactly 483 days (69 x 7). In this prophetic denotation, then, this would be 483 years.
The commandment to restore and build Jerusalem was given by Asteiages, “Artexerxes,” “Darius the Median,” the “Ahasuerus” or ‘great king’ of the book of Esther, in 454 B.C.
Many scholars agree that the Lord Jesus Christ was born during the fall feast of tabernacles in 4 B.C. This was exactly 4,000 years after the creation of Adam, a completion of 80 Jubilee (50-year) cycles. According to this calculation, he would have begun his ministry at the age of 30, in the fall of the year 25 A.D. The Jews regarded the age of 30 as the fullness of manhood. His ministry lasted 3 and 1/2 years. He was crucified – “cut off” – at the age of 33 and 1/2 in spring, 29 A.D., exactly 483 years after the edict to rebuild Jerusalem! Just as the prophecy predicted.
Though they were inspired directly by the Holy Spirit to recognize Jesus as Messiah, it seems likely that Daniel’s prophecy was known as well to Anna and Simeon and helped create their foreknowing and spirit of expectation and anticipation for the time of his birth.
Christians, in the latter days, are to be “watchmen on the wall,” i.e., to warn others of impending events:
Ezekiel 3:17 “Son of man, I have made thee a watchman unto the house of Israel: therefore hear the word at my mouth, and give them warning from me.”
Ezekiel 33:2 “Son of man, speak to the children of thy people, and say unto them, When I bring the sword upon a land, if the people of the land take a man of their coasts, and set him for their watchman….”
Ezekiel 33:6 “But if the watchman see the sword come, and blow not the trumpet, and the people be not warned; if the sword come, and take [any] person from among them, he is taken away in his iniquity; but his blood will I require at the watchman’s hand.”
Ezekiel 33:7 “So thou, O son of man, I have set thee a watchman unto the house of Israel; therefore thou shalt hear the word at my mouth, and warn them from me.”
Perhaps the most important reason: Christians, and everyone else for that matter, are commanded sternly not to take the Mark of the Beast. To take it ensures eternal damnation, no salvation. Perhaps with so much at stake, this single stricture is all that is needed, by the alert, to be “watching” and “not be deceived,” as Jesus said (four times!) on the Mount of Olives (Matt. 24).
What happens to those who “take the Mark”? Sadly, eternal damnation:
Rev. 14.9-11 “And the third angel followed them, saying with a loud voice, If any man worship the beast and his image, and receive his mark in his forehead, or in his hand, The same shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God, which is poured out without mixture into the cup of his indignation; and he shall be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels, and in the presence of the Lamb: And the smoke of their torment ascendeth up for ever and ever: and they have no rest day nor night, who worship the beast and his image, and whosoever receiveth the mark of his name.”
Some have said taking the Mark can and will be forgiven by God (e.g., pastor and teacher, John MacArthur), but the plain fact is that this teaching contradicts the explicit, plain, actual Word of God. There is only a short step or two from today’s Covid vax to tomorrow’s Mark of the Beast. Health risks and VAERS database aside, many believe the vax to be a good thing. It is imperative that they do not think the same of the Mark!
The New World Order and Soon Return of Christ: Part II: By John Sarkett
Dark Times Precede Joyous Times for Believers
Dark times are these Biblical end-times, positively Orwellian. How could it be otherwise? Believers are under siege. So many sinister events to “worry” about, and no matter how chipper or optimistic, nobody can be immune from these freshly-minted disasters all the time. In just the last two years, we’ve seen:
-
Biden’s Afghanistan catastrophe
-
S. arms Taliban with $2 billion of abandoned weaponry (could not have been an accident; no one is that incompetent)
-
Turning of USA over to New World globalists by way of riots, elections, military malfeasance
-
Invasion of illegals at border continuously worsens
-
Iran now just weeks away from nuclear capability; Israel vows to thwart
-
Manufactured Covid bioweapon unleashed on the entire world
-
Covid jab mandate for the entire world despite causing deaths, injuries, infertility, miscarriages
-
Fauci lies about funding “gain of function” Wuhan research proven in 900-page The Intercept-acquired Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) Big Brother censorship and silencing of our doctors and scientists who espouse therapeutics vs. “vaccine”
-
Big Brother censorship of conservatives; Trump banned
-
BLM/Antifa destruction (2020: 25 dead, billions in property damage)
-
God already judging, turns world over to reprobate mind concerning Marxism, homosexuality, child transgenderism (Romans 1)
-
Looming financial crisis due to profligate debt creation (on no one’s radar)
-
China to offer cryptocurrency backed by 38,000 tons of gold? (Lights out for American $)
-
Rise in suicides, even among Christians
-
Christian apostasy
These bring to mind: “And when these things begin to come to pass, then look up, and lift up your heads; for your redemption draweth nigh” (Luke 21.28).
That is where the Bible-believing Christian can confidently stand. In the Word. The Word tells us there are just as many exciting developments to offset these catastrophes, just behind them:
These include:
-
The Rapture, a big subject unto itself. See Rapture: Fact or Fiction? by Dr. David Reagan
-
Seven years in heaven. “In my Father’s house are many mansions…. I go to prepare a place for you.” A mansion here on planet Earth that takes a year or two or three to construct is usually pretty breathtaking. What of one 2,000 years in the works? With a potential 3 billion angel construction task force, see The Mighty Angels of Revelation by Nathan Jones.
-
Bema judgment seat of Christ, rewards dispensed
-
Marriage supper of the Lamb
-
Armageddon
-
Riding back to earth behind Christ on his white war-charger
-
Yeshua reigns as king. Psalm 45:16 “Instead of thy fathers shall be your children, whom thou mayest make princes in all the earth.” Special positions for Moses (state); Elijah (church); David (“For they shall serve the Lord their God, and David their King, whom I will raise up for them” (Jer. 30:9, written concerning Israel and Judah); apostles (each will judge one of the twelve tribes of Israel) (Matt. 19:27-28).
-
“Then answered Peter and said unto him, Behold, we have forsaken all, and followed thee; what shall we have therefore? And Jesus said unto them, Verily I say unto you, That ye which have followed me, in the regeneration when the Son of man shall sit in the throne of his glory, ye also shall sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel. And every one that hath forsaken houses, or brethren, or sisters, or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or lands, for my name’s sake, shall receive an hundredfold, and shall inherit everlasting life” (Matthew 19:27-29).
-
Lucifer/Satan loosed, the rebellion (Rev 20:3). An absolutely remarkable event, the loosing of Satan and his last rebellion. After nearly 1,000 years, people won’t remember or believe Satan’s days of ruling the earth, so here is Satan’s insurrection refrained. Satan will be proven yet again to be evil and the Lord God proven good, gracious and benevolent.
-
Eternity, new heavens, new earth. Rev. 22:16-21 “I, Jesus, have sent my angel to you to tell the churches all these things. I am both David’s Root and his Descendant. I am the bright Morning Star. The Spirit and the bride say, ‘Come.’ Let each one who hears them say the same, ‘Come.’ Let the thirsty one come—anyone who wants to; let him come and drink the Water of Life without charge.
“And I solemnly declare to everyone who reads this book: If anyone adds anything to what is written here, God shall add to him the plagues described in this book. And if anyone subtracts any part of these prophecies, God shall take away his share in the Tree of Life and in the Holy City just described. He who has said all these things declares: ‘Yes, I am coming soon!’ The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen!”
The promise of Jesus Christ himself, last words of the Bible. He is coming here, to our terra firma – soon. “And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto myself; that where I am, there ye may be also.”
We are almost home, Christians. Among Bible-believing Christians, Christ will indeed find faith when he comes. Among the in-name-only Christians, apparently not. The Word says: “If in this life only we have hope in Christ, we are of all men most miserable.” (1 Corinthians 15:19).
But to that, we add that the corollary must then be true as well: if in the next (and soon-to-be) life we have hope in Christ, we are of all men most joyous.
And even so, please return soon, Lord Jesus Christ!
World Economic Forum Promotes Smart City Governance
https://www.weforum.org/impact/smart-cities-governance-alliance/
The WEF’s Global Smart Cities Alliance on Technology Governance is the largest global initiative that represents over 200,000 cities, local governments, research institutions, non-profit organizations and corporations. The Alliance collectively is promoting Technocracy on a global scale. ⁃ TN Editor
-
Data gathered using IoT technologies is helping cities combat crime, and reduce pollution.
-
The G20 Global Smart Cities Alliance is establishing global policy norms for data collection and use, transparency, and public trust.
-
As of May 2022, the Alliance is leading smart city governance initiatives in more than 36 cities around the world.
The impact on protecting citizens in smart cities.
Led by the World Economic Forum, the G20 Global Smart Cities Alliance on Technology Governance is the largest global initiative aiming at ensuring responsible and ethical use of smart city technologies.
It is developing, testing, and implementing global standards and policies to ensure that data collected in public places is used safely and ethically, mitigate potential risks and foster public trust.
Representing more than 200,000 cities and local governments, companies, start-ups, research institutions and non-profit organizations, the Alliance is leading numerous initiatives in more than 36 pioneer cities around the world focusing on smart city governance through mobility, administration, infrastructure, energy, as well as cultural and creative industries.
Istanbul, Kampala, Milan and Newcastle, for example, are sponsoring the Dig Once initiative to ensure that digital infrastructures are integrated into construction projects, speeding up their installation and reducing inconvenience for citizens.
Mexico City and Milan are increasing their cyber accountability to ensure transparency and build citizens confidence on cybersecurity measures taken by the public administration.
Apeldoorn, Bogota and Istanbul are implementing new Privacy Impact Assessment models to ensure citizens’ personal data are protected and processed securely.
What’s the challenge in the way of smart city governance?
To support their booming urban populations, many cities are coming to rely on the internet of things (IoT)—that is, the world’s ever-expanding network of connected devices—to collect, share and analyse real-time data on urban environments. The data gathered using IoT technologies is helping cities combat crime, reduce pollution, decrease traffic congestion, improve disaster preparedness and more. However, it is also raising growing concerns about privacy and security.
Without proper governance, these smart city technologies pose significant challenges. But despite the growing number of smart cities around the world, no global framework exists for regulating how data should be collected in public spaces (e.g. by traffic cameras or Wi-Fi hotspots) and subsequently used.
Our approach to smart city governance.
World leaders announced the launch of theGlobal Smart Cities Alliance on Technology Governance at the 2019 G20 Summit in Osaka, Japan. As the International Organization for Public-Private Cooperation, the World Economic Forum was selected to be the secretariat of the G20 Global Smart Cities Alliance.
"Cities are the solution-makers and testbeds of the future. Only by creating a joint trust-based framework can we realize the full potential of smart city technologies for the benefit of all mankind in the future."
— Jan Vapaavuori, Mayor of Helsinki (2017-2021), Finland
The Smart Cities Alliance is establishing global policy norms for data collection and use, transparency and public trust, and best practices in smart city governance. It is bringing together governments, private-sector partners and civil society organisations to co-design, pilot and scale up innovative policy solutions that help cities responsibly implement IoT technologies.
Experts from more than 50 global organisations have been collaborating through the Alliance to develop a first-of-its-kind global policy roadmap on smart city technologies.
The pioneer cities that have been adopting the roadmap and guiding its development towards smart city governance are: Apeldoorn, The Netherlands; Barcelona, Spain; Belfast, UK; Bengaluru, India; Bilbao; Spain; Buenos Aires, Argentina; Bogota, Colombia; Brasilia, Brazil; Chattanooga, USA; Cordoba, Argentina; Daegu, South Korea; Dallas, USA; Dubai, UAE; eThekwini, South Africa; Faridabad, India; Gaziantep, Türkiye; Hamamatsu, Japan; Hyderabad, India; Indore, India; Istanbul, Türkiye; Kampala, Uganda; Kaga, Japan; Kakogawa, Japan; Karlsruhe, Germany; Leeds, UK; Lisbon, Portugal; London, UK; Maebashi, Japan; Manila, Philippines; Medellin, Colombia; Melbourne, Australia; Mexico City, Mexico; Milan, Italy; Muscat, Oman; Newcastle, Australia; Pittsburgh, USA; San Jose, USA, Tampere, Finland and Toronto, Canada.
"Local and regional governments will need to ensure the application of technology promotes human rights through equitable public service provision; putting our communities and planet first. The G20 Smart Cities Alliance is an important mechanism to help facilitate this transformation, bringing together a critical network of partners to collectively address and mitigate future crises.”
— Emilia Saiz, Secretary General, United Cities and Local Governments (UCLG)
Alongside the global policy roadmap, the Smart Cities Alliance is also providing support to cities at the local level, by creating regional and national alliances that can adapt global policy models and connect cities with local experts and with each other. Starting with a city community based in Japan, the Alliance has created additional networks in India and Latin America.
As of May 2022 the Alliance is supporting more than 70 cities to adopt smart city governance. In view of this success, the Alliance is planning to launch more networks in Asia, the Middle-East and Africa.
The achievements of this initiative were recognised by the Smart City Expo World Congress with the Governance and Economy Award in 2021.
The founding partners of the G20 Global Smart Cities Alliance on Technology Governance include: Japan and the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia; the Smart Cities Mission of India; Cities for All; Cities Today Institute; Commonwealth Local Government Forum; Commonwealth Sustainable Cities Network; Connected Places Catapult; Digital Future Society; ICLEI – Local Governments for Sustainability; International Telecommunication Union; National League of Cities; Open and Agile Smart Cities; Smart City Expo World Congress; United Cities and Local Governments; What Works Cities; World Economic Forum, and World Enabled.
How can you get involved?
The Global Smart Cities Alliance on Technology Governance is led by the Forum’s Platform for Shaping the Future of Urban Transformation.
The Alliance is welcoming cities and organizations to become partners in smart city governance. If you are interested in joining the Alliance or in supporting our regional networks, contact us.
Boris Johnson on Smart Tech & Digital Authoritarianism at UN Assembly (Censored Important Videos)
But this technology could also be used to keep every citizen under round-the-clock surveillance. ... Voice connectivity will be in every room and almost every object: your mattress will monitor your nightmares; your fridge will beep for more cheese, your front door will sweep wide the moment you approach.
Digital authoritarianism is not, alas, the stuff of dystopian fantasy but of an emerging reality.
Nanotechnology is revolutionizing medicine by designing robots a fraction of the size of a red blood cell, capable of swimming through our bodies, dispensing medicine and attacking malignant cells.
PM speech to the UN General Assembly: 24 September 2019 - Transcript
Prime Minister Boris Johnson spoke to the UN General Assembly in New York.
Mr President, Your Excellencies, Ladies and Gentlemen, faithful late night audience.
It is customary for the British Prime Minister to come to this United Nations and pledge to advance our values and defend our rules, the rules of a peaceful world. From protecting freedom of navigation in the Gulf, To persevering in the vital task of achieving a two-state solution to the conflict in the Middle East. And of course I am proud to do all of these things.
But no one can ignore a gathering force that is reshaping the future of every member of this Assembly. There has been nothing like it in history. When I think of the great scientific revolutions of the past - print, the steam engine, aviation, the atomic age - I think of new tools that we acquired, but over which we (the human race) had the advantage, which we controlled.
That is not necessarily the case in the digital age.
You may keep secrets from your friends, from your parents, your children, your doctor – even your personal trainer – but it takes real effort to conceal your thoughts from Google. And if that is true today, in future, there may be nowhere to hide.
Smart cities will pullulate with sensors, all joined together by the “internet of things”, bollards communing invisibly with lamp posts. So there is always a parking space for your electric car, so that no bin goes unemptied, no street unswept, and the urban environment is as antiseptic as a Zurich pharmacy.
But this technology could also be used to keep every citizen under round-the-clock surveillance.
A future Alexa will pretend to take orders. But this Alexa will be watching you, clucking her tongue and stamping her foot.
In the future, voice connectivity will be in every room and almost every object: your mattress will monitor your nightmares; your fridge will beep for more cheese, your front door will sweep wide the moment you approach, like some silent butler; your smart meter will go hustling - if its accord - for the cheapest electricity.
And every one of them minutely transcribing your every habit in tiny electronic shorthand, stored not in their chips or their innards - nowhere you can find it, but in some great cloud of data that hovors ever more oppressively over the human race. A giant dark thundercloud waiting to burst. And we have no control over how or when the precipitation will take place.
And every day that we tap on our phones or work on our ipads - as I see some of you doing now - we not only leave our indelible spoor in the ether but we are ourselves becoming a resource. Click by click, tap by tap. Just as the carboniferous period created the indescribable wealth - leaf by decaying leaf - of hydrocarbons.
Data is the crude oil of the modern economy. And we are now in an environment where we don’t know who should own these new oil fields. We don’t always know who should have the rights or the title to these gushers of cash. And we don’t know who decides how to use that data.
Can these algorithms be trusted with our lives and hopes? Should the machines - and only the machines - decide whether or not we are eligible for a mortgage or insurance? Or what surgery or medicines we should receive? Are we doomed to a cold and heartless future in which computer says yes - or computer says no? With the grim finality of an emperor in the arena?
How do you plead with an algorithm? How do you get it to see the extenuating circumstances? And how do we know that the machines have not been insidiously programmed to fool us or even to cheat us?
We already use all kinds of messaging services that offer instant communication at minimal cost. The same programs, platforms, could also be designed for real-time censorship of every conversation, with offending words automatically deleted, indeed in some countries this happens today.
Digital authoritarianism is not, alas, the stuff of dystopian fantasy but of an emerging reality.
The reason I am giving this speech today is that the UK is one of the world’s tech leaders - and I believe governments have been simply caught unawares by the unintended consequences of the internet. A scientific breakthrough more far-reaching in its everyday psychological impact than any other invention since Gutenberg.
And when you consider how long it took for books to come into widespread circulation,the arrival of the internet is far bigger than print. It is bigger than the atomic age. But it is like nuclear power in that it is capable of both good and harm - but of course it is not alone. As new technologies seem to race towards us from the far horizon we strain our eyes as they come, to make out whether they are for good or bad - friends or foes?
AI - what will it mean? Helpful robots washing and caring for an ageing population? or pink eyed terminators sent back from the future to cull the human race? What will synthetic biology stand for - restoring our livers and our eyes with miracle regeneration of the tissues, like some fantastic hangover cure? Or will it bring terrifying limbless chickens to our tables. Will nanotechnology help us to beat disease, or will it leave tiny robots to replicate in the crevices of our cells?
It is a trope as old as literature that any scientific advance is punished by the Gods. When Prometheus brought fire to mankind in a tube of fennel, as you may remember, that Zeus punished him by chaining him to a tartarean crag while his liver was pecked out by an eagle. And every time his liver regrew the eagle came back and pecked it again. And this went on for ever - a bit like the experience of Brexit in the UK, if some of our parliamentarians had their way.
In fact it was standard poetic practice to curse the protos heuretes - the person responsible for any scientific or technical breakthrough. If only they had never invented the ship, then Jason would never have sailed to Colchis and all sorts of disasters would never have happened.
And it is a deep human instinct to be wary of any kind of technical progress. In 1829 they thought the human frame would not withstand the speeds attained by Stephenson’s rocket. And there are today people today who are actually still anti-science. A whole movement called the anti-Vaxxers, who refuse to acknowledge the evidence that vaccinations have eradicated smallpox, and who by their prejudices are actually endangering the very children they want to protect.
And I totally reject this anti-scientific pessimism. I am profoundly optimistic about the ability of new technology to serve as a liberator and remake the world wondrously and benignly. Indeed, in countless respects, technology is already doing just that.
Today, nanotechnology - as I mentioned earlier - is revolutionizing medicine by designing robots a fraction of the size of a red blood cell, capable of swimming through our bodies, dispensing medicine and attacking malignant cells like some Star Wars armada. Neural interface technology is producing a new generation of cochlear implants, allowing the gift of hearing to people who would not otherwise be able to hear the voices of their children. A London technology company has worked out how to help the blind to navigate more freely with nothing more than an app on their smartphones. New technologies, produced in Britain, helping the deaf to hear and the blind to see.
And we used to think that printing was something you did to run off a boarding card. Now a British company has used 3D printing to make an engine capable of blasting a rocket into space.
In African countries, millions of people without bank accounts can now transfer money using a simple app; they can buy solar energy and leap in one transaction from no electricity to green power. And new advances are making renewable energy ever cheaper, aiding our common struggle against climate change.
Our understanding of the natural world is being transformed by genome sequencing. The discovery of the very essence of life itself. The secret genetic code that animates the spirit of every living being. And allows medical breakthroughs the like of which we have never known. Treatments tailored to the precise genetic makeup of the individual.
So far, we have discovered the secrets of less than 0.3 percent of complex life on the planet. Think what we will achieve when – and it is a matter of when – we understand 1 or 2 percent, let alone 5 or 10 percent.
But how we design the emerging technologies behind these breakthroughs – and what values inform their design –will shape the future of humanity. That is my point to you tonight my friends, my Excellencies. At stake is whether we bequeath an Orwellian world, designed for censorship, repression and control, or a world of emancipation, debate and learning, where technology threatens famine and disease, but not our freedoms.
Seven decades ago, this General Assembly adopted the Universal Declaration of Human Rights with no dissenting voices, uniting humanity for the first and perhaps only time behind one set of principles. And our declaration - our joint declaration - upholds “freedom of opinion and expression”, the “privacy” of “home or correspondence,” and the right to “seek…and impart information and ideas”.
Unless we ensure that new technology reflects this spirit, I fear that our declaration will mean nothing and no longer hold. So the mission of the United Kingdom and all who share our values must be to ensure that emerging technologies are designed from the outset for freedom, openness and pluralism, with the right safeguards in place to protect our peoples.
Month by month, vital decisions are being taken in academic committees, company boardrooms and industry standards groups. They are writing the rulebooks of the future, making ethical judgements, choosing what will or will not be rendered possible. Together, we need to ensure that new advances reflect our values by design.
There is excellent work being done in the EU, the Commonwealth, and of course the UN, which has a vital role in ensuring that no country is excluded from the wondrous benefits of this technology, and the industrial revolution it is bringing about. But we must be still more ambitious. We need to find the right balance between freedom and control; between innovation and regulation; between private enterprise and government oversight.
We must insist that the ethical judgements inherent in the design of new technology are transparent to all. And we must make our voices heard more loudly in the standards bodies that write the rules. Above all, we need to agree a common set of global principles to shape the norms and standards that will guide the development of emerging technology.
So - here’s the good news - I invite you next year to a summit in London, a wonderful city, where by the way it is not raining 94 per cent of the time, and where at one stage - when I was Mayor of London - we discovered that we had more Michelin starred restaurants even than Paris. The French somehow rapidly recovered - by a process that I wasn’t quite sure was entirely fair. But we still have by far, in the UK, by far the biggest tech sector - fintech, biotech, meditech, nanotech, green tech - every kind of tech - in London - the biggest tech sector anywhere in Europe, perhaps half a million people working in tech alone. I hope you will come there, where we will seek to assemble the broadest possible coalition to take forward this vital task. Building on all that the UK can contribute to this mission as a global leader in ethical and responsible technology. If we master this challenge – and I have no doubt that we can – then we will not only safeguard our ideals, we will surmount the limits that once constrained humanity and conquer the perils that once ended so many lives.
Together, we can vanquish killer diseases, eliminate famine, protect the environment and transform our cities. Success will depend, now as ever, on freedom, openness and pluralism, the formula that not only emancipates the human spirit, but releases the boundless ingenuity and inventiveness of mankind, and which, above all, the United Kingdom will strive to preserve and advance.
Excellencies, Ladies and Gentlemen, thank you for your kind attention.
Published 25 September 2019
Attack of the Drones: Skynet is Coming
Drones
Imagine a world where drones are everywhere. Now imagine a world where drones control everything. This scenario might seem far off into the future or even a little far-fetched. But what if it were revealed to you, that this technology is not only being developed, but it’s already here. In this documentary you'll discover the truth about drones of all sorts and what it could eventually lead up to. The question now is, are you ready?
Artificial Intelligence
There's a movement going on in the scientific community that you might not be aware of. This idea of Artificial Intelligence or A.I. has been in development for quite some time. In fact, a lower form of artificial intelligence has been in front of us the whole time. In this series you'll receive a wealth of information that proves without a doubt where this movement is going. You'll discover what it's connection to drone technology really is, and what it will all become if humanity isn't careful.
Green Cities
Good Morning Clown World, Vol. 58 (J Wilderness)
An exploration of the impending green "smart city" (problem, reaction) solution.
Follow us as we continue to compile evidence of our descent into absolute Clown World.
The World Government
Where will the headquarters of the Antichrist be located? By Dr. David R. Reagan
https://christinprophecy.org/articles/the-world-government/
In their “Left Behind” series of books, Tim LaHaye and Jerry Jenkins portray the Antichrist moving the headquarters of the United Nations from New York to Babylon and changing the name of the organization to the Global Community.
There is a strong biblical basis for believing that Babylon will be the capital of the Antichrist’s world empire. Revelation 17 pictures Babylon as the headquarters of the Antichrist, and Revelation 18 describes the destruction of the city by God and equates it with the destruction of the Antichrist’s world kingdom.
But there is a problem with these passages. Revelation 17 actually states that the capital will be “mystery Babylon” (verse 5), which I believe is a clear indication that the author is speaking symbolically. A good example of this same terminology being used to express a truth symbolically can be found in Revelation 11:8 where Jerusalem is referred to as “the great city which mystically is called Sodom and Egypt.”
Likewise, Peter uses the term Babylon to refer symbolically to Rome in 1 Peter 5:13. He refers to the church in Rome as “she who is in Babylon.” This verse makes it clear that Babylon was a code name for Rome among First Century Christians.
In Revelation 17 two clues are given as to the identity of the city. First, it is described as the city of “seven mountains” (verse 9). Second, it is described as “the great city which reigns over the kings of the earth” (verse 18). I believe these descriptions make it clear that “mystery Babylon” is Rome. John could not name Rome because he was a Roman prisoner, so he described the city symbolically and then gave us clues that could only point to Rome.
Furthermore, Isaiah 13:17-20 says that when Babylon is destroyed by the Medes, it will “never be inhabited or lived in from generation to generation.” There are some, like Charles Dyer, who have tried to argue that Babylon is being rebuilt today. But the only rebuilding has been for tourist purposes, not for large scale habitation. The site of ancient Babylon is still over 90% desolate.
So, I believe the capital of the Antichrist’s empire, both politically and spiritually, will be the city of Rome.